Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Alpha: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and Distribution Boards, Terminal Blocks
Alpha: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and Distribution Boards, Terminal Blocks
© Siemens AG 2007
Catalog ET A1 2007
Distribution Boards and
Terminal Blocks
alpha
ALPHA Small Distribution Boards
and Distribution Boards,
Terminal Blocks
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
© Siemens AG 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated
manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and sys- Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants - from the
tems for automation in all sectors - from incoming goods to out- first planning steps, through operation, right up to moderniza-
going goods, from the field level through the production control tion. Consistent integration in the further development of our
level to connection with the corporate management level. products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment
On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly security here.
tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution
unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures sig- towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and
nificant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in produc-
highest level of transparency across all levels. tivity.
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet Safety Integrated
AS-Interface HART
Building
Technology
KNX/EIB SIWAREX
Weighing PROFIBUS PA
GAMMA instabus ECOFAST IP65 SIMOCODE pro SIRIUS SIMATIC Technology
Micro-Automation and Distributed Motor Manage- Soft Starter Distributed Drive Systems/
Aktor-Sensor Interface Level Automation System ment System I/O SINAMICS SINAMICS SIMODRIVE SINAMICS
© Siemens AG 2007
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated
manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and sys- Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants - from the
tems for automation in all sectors - from incoming goods to out- first planning steps, through operation, right up to moderniza-
going goods, from the field level through the production control tion. Consistent integration in the further development of our
level to connection with the corporate management level. products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment
On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly security here.
tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution
unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures sig- towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and
nificant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in produc-
highest level of transparency across all levels. tivity.
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet Safety Integrated
AS-Interface HART
Building
Technology
KNX/EIB SIWAREX
Weighing PROFIBUS PA
GAMMA instabus ECOFAST IP65 SIMOCODE pro SIRIUS SIMATIC Technology
Micro-Automation and Distributed Motor Manage- Soft Starter Distributed Drive Systems/
Aktor-Sensor Interface Level Automation System ment System I/O SINAMICS SINAMICS SIMODRIVE SINAMICS
© Siemens AG 2007
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components Totally Integrated Power offers communication
of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP and software modules for connecting the energy
provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning, distribution systems to industrial automation and
construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings. building automation. This enables the implemen-
On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distri- tation of significant savings potential.
bution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Inte-
grated Power is based here on integration in planning and config-
uring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.
Communication HMI Load Graphs Prognoses Main- Message/ Selective Protocols Power Cost center
manage- tenance error protection DATE: quality
ment Substation
manage- EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
Building
ment
PAY PERIOD ENDING
Distribution
automation
DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
IN
OUT
Maintenance
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
task DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI
TOTAL HOURS
Process/production
OUT
U IN
UI
OUT
P o
cos TOTAL HOURS
PW checkup central ON
automation
DATE
W OFF
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
OUT
OFF OUT
CODES
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK OVER THE HOURS
SICK VACATION
TIME & ONE-HALF
instabus EIB
£ 110 kV
Planning
and configuration
© Siemens AG 2007
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components Totally Integrated Power offers communication
of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP and software modules for connecting the energy
provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning, distribution systems to industrial automation and
construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings. building automation. This enables the implemen-
On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distri- tation of significant savings potential.
bution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Inte-
grated Power is based here on integration in planning and config-
uring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.
Communication HMI Load Graphs Prognoses Main- Message/ Selective Protocols Power Cost center
manage- tenance error protection DATE: quality
ment Substation
manage- EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
Building
ment
PAY PERIOD ENDING
Distribution
automation
DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
IN
OUT
Maintenance
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
task DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI
TOTAL HOURS
Process/production
OUT
U IN
UI
OUT
P o
cos TOTAL HOURS
PW checkup central ON
automation
DATE
W OFF
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
OUT
OFF OUT
CODES
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK OVER THE HOURS
SICK VACATION
TIME & ONE-HALF
instabus EIB
£ 110 kV
Planning
and configuration
8 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA distribution boards and terminal blocks provide solutions in all areas:
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9
© Siemens AG 2007
10 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Öregrund (Sweden)
Wythenshawe
(Great Britain) Regensburg (Germany)
Chase Road Cham (Germany)
Drummondville (Canada) (Great Britain) Sibiu (Romania)
Kartal (Turkey)
Vassilikon Euböe (Greece) Shanghai (China)
Spartanburg (USA)
Aurangabad (India)
Manaus (Brazil)
Canoas (Brazil)
I201_13387
Branches worldwide
The products developed here are
manufactured not just in Regensburg
but worldwide in our factories.
These products (and systems) prove
their high performance, quality and
reliability on a daily basis.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11
© Siemens AG 2007
Services
12 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Save time with planning aids Comprehensive service and Information material and
support contacts
Whether you are an installation You can rely on Siemens technology If you require any further information,
engineer, planner or switchgear – as well as on our services and we have a wide range of information
engineer – we have tools that help support. We offer assistance in all material for you and your customers:
you plan the layout of your matters: from the planning of your an overview of our versatile switches
distribution boards and meter electrical installation technology, to and socket outlets, our building
cabinets. And that gives you more training, to marketing, advertising and control systems and our modular
time to spend on other projects. public relations. installation devices and distribution
boards. If you have any queries,
Simple Inscription
A new software tool means it has never been the text will be. On the right-hand side of the user
easier to label your switches, distribution boards interface, users can change the layout and format of
and modular installation devices
the required text. You can even upload and edit
The new PC-based inscription tool serves the
preprepared texts. The tool also allows users to insert
inscription of label inserts, forms and other
symbols, special characters and even images to
documentation of the relevant products from the
improve the clarity of the inscription.
following segments: ALPHA (distribution boards
and terminal blocks), BETA (low-voltage circuit Once the required number of labels has been set, the
protection), GAMMA (building controls) and pages can be printed out on a standard printer, onto a
DELTA (switches and socket outlets). prepunched adhesive film or simply on A4 paper and
used immediately. So it couldn't be easier to label any
The inscription tool is a software that supports users
number of distribution boards, socket outlets or
when labeling meter cabinets, wall-mounted and floor-
switches.
mounted distribution boards, modular installation
devices or the relevant components from the switch This inscription tool is available free of charge and can
and socket outlet system and socket outlet segment. be downloaded on the Internet in either English or
A key feature of this tool is its extremely simple and German. The software runs on all the more recent
user-friendly operator guidance. A single operator versions of the Microsoft operating system. The
interface gives users access to all the relevant operator guidance helps users to install the inscription
products of the ALPHA, BETA, GAMMA and DELTA tool without any problems. For easy application, an
ranges. The relevant forms and products are icon is automatically placed on the desktop.
integrated in the tool complete with images and can be You can download the inscription tool at:
called up as needed.
http://www.automation.siemens.com/et/html_00/
Load, label, print support/label_tool.htm
The catalog search facility lets you call up the products For further practical tips:
of the desired product range as and when required. In
http://www.automation.siemens.com/et/html_00/
this way, for example, you can display the operator
support/praxistipps.htm
interfaces of the Delta i-system. A simple mouse click
imports the image of the selected switch to be labeled
to the editing area. The surfaces that can be labeled
are highlighted. So users can see immediately where
14 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
A single operator interface gives users access to all the relevant products of the ALPHA, BETA, GAMMA and
DELTA ranges. The respective catalogs with images of the devices and systems are integrated in the tool and
can be called up as needed.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA ALPHA
modular distribution boards distribution boards
16 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
SIMBOX
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 17
© Siemens AG 2007
18 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 19
© Siemens AG 2007
SIMBOX
ALPHA
distribution boards
ALPHA
8HP molded-plastic
distribution system
ALPHA FIX
terminal blocks
20 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Cabinet
D i s t r i bu t io n b oa rd s depth mm
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 21
© Siemens AG 2007
Selection example:
Connection type insulation displacement, through-type terminals, conductor cross-section 2.5 mm2, 3 clamping points, gray color:
8WA3 003-0AF00
22 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 23
© Siemens AG 2007
24 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA 1
Small Distribution Boards
1/6
Surface-mounting and hood-type
distribution boards
Accessories
4
1/7 Dimensional drawings
SIMBOX LC 1/9
1/10
Introduction
Flush-mounting and
5
surface-mounting versions
1/11 Accessories
SIMBOX WP
1/12
1/13
Dimensional drawings
Introduction
6
1/14 Surface-mounting distribution boards
1/15
1/16
Accessories
Dimensional drawings 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview ■ Design
• Small distribution boards for modular installation devices with Designs
mounting depths of 55 mm and from 55 mm to 70 mm
Small distribution boards for flush-mounting, hollow-wall, surface-
• Modular width 1 MW r 18 mm mounting and hood-type distribution boards (without door) are
• Cutout height in the cover for shock protection: 45 mm.
available in 1 to 4-row versions; hood-type distribution boards with
doors are only available in the 1 to 3-row version.
■ Benefits Equipment
• Guided by soft and flexible teeth which fold themselves around
the cables in the plug-in, latching sliding flange, the cables are The distribution boards can be equipped with modular installation
easily fed into the enlarged connection compartment. devices, such as MCBs and RCCBs, up to a mounting depth of
• The latching N/PE terminal strip in flush-mounting and hollow-wall 55 mm or 70 mm with mountings for snapping onto the
distribution boards for a mounting depth of up to 70 mm uses 35 mm x 7.5 mm standard mounting rails according to EN 60715.
plug-in technology. The 1 and 2-row small distribution boards Each row can be fitted with devices up to 12 modular widths. For the
have 14 clamping points for 1.5 to 4 mm² with spring-loaded 3 and 4-row versions, the upper and lower row can be extended to
terminals and 3 clamping points for 2.5 to 16 mm² with screw 13 modular widths by cutting out the knockouts in the shock
terminal for N and PE. In the case of the 3 and 4-row versions, the protection cover.
distribution board has one terminal strip with 21 spring-loaded
terminals for 1.5 to 4 mm² and six screw terminals for 2.5 to
16 mm² for N and PE. For all other distribution boards, these
■ Technical specifications
terminal strips use strain-relief clamping technology with pressure Rated current in A up to 63
plates. The 1 and 2-row distribution boards have 12 × 1.5 to
10 mm² and 4 × 1.5 to 25 mm² clamping points for N and PE, and Rated voltage in V AC 400
the 3 and 4-row boards have 18 × 1.5 to 10 mm² and 6 × 1.5 to Degree of protection IP30
25 mm² clamping points. Safety class 2 (total insulation)
• For modular device designs up to 70 mm device mounting depth,
the wiring space behind the standard mounting rails has been Color pure white RAL 9010
enlarged to 12 mm.
• The sheet-steel door and its handle in modern design enable fast Standards
and concealed lock installation. SIMBOX 63 small distribution boards comply with DIN VDE 0603,
• The mechanical locking device in the frame ensures safe closing DIN 43871 and EN 60439-3.
of the door.
• The raised masking frame has high mechanical strength.
• Double-layer wall recessed boxes made of impact-resistant
plastic, and masking frames and doors made of electrogalvanized
sheet steel with powder coating offer high protection against
mechanical stress.
• The equipment racks are made of impact-resistant plastic
ensuring high dimensional stability.
• The standard mounting rails can be equipped in the wall recessed
boxes prior to installation.
• The combination of steel sheet and plastic ensures the
highest degree of safety for installation engineers and users.
■ Application
Small distribution boards are suitable as sub-distribution boards or
floor panel boards for all applications in electrical building
installation. Owing to their small mounting depth, they can be used
in residential and non-residential buildings as well as in schools,
commercial buildings and shops close to the respective load
centers.
Special applications
The 2nd range of SIMBOX 63 small distribution boards with their
12 to 48 modular widths (MW) are suitable for modular installation
devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm, as well as for flush
mounting in wall recesses with a depth of only 68 mm i.e., they can
also be fitted into recesses laid of standard bricks in size NF DIN 105
without the need for any chiseling.
■ Overview 2
• According to DIN VDE 0603, DIN 43871 and EN 60439-3 • With sliding flanges and N/PE terminals in strain-relief clamping
• Degree of protection IP30 technology (up to 55 mm mounting depth) or plug-in technology
•
•
Safety class 2 (total insulation)
Standard mounting rail spacing 125 mm, standard mounting rails
35 mm x 7.5 mm according to EN 60715
(up to 70 mm mounting depth)
• Color pure white RAL 9010
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Version External
dimensions
HxW
Recess dimensions Rows x MW
HxWxD
Order No. Price PG Weight
1 unit
PS*/
P. unit 4
mm mm 1 unit kg Unit(s)
5
For 55 mm device mounting depth
Flush-mounting distribution boards complete with door
• 1 row 311 x 361 290 x 333 x 65 1 x 12 8GB5 631 032 2.280 1/84
• 2 row 436 x 361 415 x 333 x 65 2 x 12 8GB5 632 032 3.070 1/60
• 3 row 581 x 361 560 x 333 x 65 3 x 121) 8GB5 633 032 3.950 1/48
• 4 row 706 x 361 685 x 333 x 65 4 x 121) 8GB5 634 032 4.720 1/36
6
8GB5 631
For up to 70 mm device mounting depth
Flush-mounting distribution boards complete with door
•
•
1 row
2 row
311 x 361
436 x 361
290 x 333 x 92
415 x 333 x 92
1 x 12
2 x 12
8GB5 651-1
8GB5 652-1
032
032
2.320
3.140
1
1
7
• 3 row 581 x 361 560 x 333 x 92 3 x 121) 8GB5 653-1 032 4.050 1
4 x 121)
8
• 4 row 706 x 361 685 x 333 x 92 8GB5 654-1 032 4.860 1
8GB5 651-1
9
1)
For 3 and 4-row distribution boards the upper and lower row
can be cut to 13 MW.
For accessories, see page 1/6.
For dimensional drawings, see page 1/7.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• According to DIN VDE 0603, DIN 43871 and EN 60439-3, with • With sliding flanges and N/PE terminals in strain-relief clamping
flame-retardant hollow-wall boxes technology (up to 55 mm mounting depth) or plug-in technology
• Degree of protection IP30 (up to 70 mm mounting depth)
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) • Cable binders for strain relief are enclosed
• Standard mounting rail spacing 125 mm, standard mounting rails • Color pure white RAL 9010
35 mm x 7.5 mm according to EN 60715
8GB5 641
For up to 70 mm device mounting depth
Hollow-wall distribution boards complete with door
• 1 row 311 x 361 290 x 333 x 92 1 x 12 8GB5 671-1 032 2.270 1
• 2 row 436 x 361 415 x 333 x 92 2 x 12 8GB5 672-1 032 3.060 1
• 3 row 581 x 361 560 x 333 x 92 3 x 121) 8GB5 673-1 032 3.910 1
• 4 row 706 x 361 685 x 333 x 92 4 x 121) 8GB5 674-1 032 4.690 1
8GB5 671-1
1)
For 3 and 4-row distribution boards the upper and lower row can be cut to
13 MW.
For accessories, see page 1/6.
For dimensional drawings, see page 1/7.
■ Overview 2
• According to DIN VDE 0603, DIN 43871 and EN 60439-3 • N/PE terminals in strain-relief clamping technique
• Degree of protection IP30 • Color pure white RAL 9010
•
•
Safety class 2 (total insulation)
Standard mounting rail spacing 125 mm, standard mounting rails
35 mm x 7.5 mm according to EN 60715 3
■ Selection and ordering data
Version External dimensions
HxWxD
mm
Rows x MW Order No. Price
1 unit
PG Weight
1 unit
kg
PS*/
P. unit
Unit(s)
4
For 55 mm device mounting depth
Surface-mounting distribution boards complete with door
•
•
1 row
2 row
272 x 342 x 72.5
397 x 342 x 72.5
1 x 12
2 x 12
8GB5 741
8GB5 742
032
032
1.210
1.860
1/96
1/72
5
• 3 row 542 x 342 x 72.5 3 x 121) 8GB5 743 032 2.580 1/48
• 4 row 667 x 342 x 72.5 4 x 121) 8GB5 744 032 3.350 1/36
8GB5 741
For up to 70 mm device mounting depth
6
Hood-type distribution boards without door
•
•
•
•
1 row
2 row
3 row
4 row
221 x 275 x 74
346 x 275 x 74
491 x 275 x 74
616 x 275 x 74
1 x 121)
2 x 121)
3 x 121)
4 x 121)
8GB5 775
8GB5 776
8GB5 777
8GB5 778
032
032
032
032
0.750
1.070
1.450
1.850
1/154
1/88
1/66
1/44
7
8
8GB5 776
Hood-type distribution boards, complete
• With door, pure white RAL 9010
- 1 row 221 x 275 x 100 1 x 121) 8GB5 761 032 0.770 1/126
- 2 row 346 x 275 x 100 2 x 121) 8GB5 762 032 1.100 1/72
8GB5 761
- 3 row
- 2 row
491 x 275 x 100
• With transparent door, blue transparent
- 1 row 221 x 275 x 100
346 x 275 x 100
3 x 121)
1 x 121)
2 x 121)
8GB5 763
8GB5 785
8GB5 786
032
032
032
1.495
0.770
1.100
1/54
1
1
9
- 3 row 491 x 275 x 100 3 x 121) 8GB5 787 032 1.495 1
10
8GB5 786
1)
For 3 and 4-row distribution boards the upper and lower row can be cut to
11
13 MW.
For accessories, see page 1/6.
For dimensional drawings, see pages 1/7 and 1/8.
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8GB4 584
N/PE terminal strips
• With plug-in technology
- For 1 to 2-row distribution boards with 14 clamping points 4 mm² 8GB6 226 032 0.135 1
and 3 clamping points 16 mm²
8GB6 224 - For 3 to 4-row distribution boards with 21 clamping points 4 mm² 8GB6 227 032 0.230 1
and 6 clamping points 16 mm²
• With strain-relief clamping technology
- Clamping points: 30 × 4 mm² and 6 × 16 mm² 8GB6 224 032 0.190 1
RCCB terminals 8GB4 576 032 0.026 1
• For 1 to 4-row distribution boards (can only be used in 3 and 4-row
small distribution boards if fitted with plug-in technology)
• For dividing the neutral conductor to 2 residual current operated
circuit-breakers
• With 3 x 1.5 to 10 mm2/1 x 1.5 to 25 mm2 clamping points
• For mounting in wall recessed boxes or hollow-wall boxes
• As well as for snapping onto a standard mounting rail
8GB4 576
Blanking strips
• For 1- to 4-row distribution boards
• For 14 modular widths
• With bent support
8GB4 683 Versions
• Pure white 8GB4 683 032 0.042 1/10
• Gray 8GB4 671 032 0.042 1/10
Door locks 1 set 1 set
• For flush, hollow-wall and surface-mounting distribution boards 8GB4 577 032 0.018 1 set
• With key (19 different tumbler arrangements possible, on request)
8GB4 577
Spare keys 8GB4 580 032 0.006 1
(The key number is required for ordering)
8GB4 580
Door locking kits 1 set 1 set
• For hood-type distribution boards 8GB4 378 032 0.015 1 set
• With key
• Pure white
8GB4 378
Partitions
• 3-row vertical 8GB4 381 032 0.044 1
• 4-row vertical 8GB4 382 032 0.056 1
• 3 and 4-row horizontal 8GB4 383 032 0.032 1
■ Dimensional drawings 2
Flush-mounting distribution boards
I2_07332a
70 97
I2_07331a
706
361
581
4
436
311
I2_07330a
5
50 70
Wall 65
Plaster
22
Wall thickness Wall 92
Plaster
22
Wall thickness
6
recess leveling recess leveling
I2_06297c
706
361
581
436
9
311
I2_07330a
W a ll c u to u t
2 )
2 row
3 row
X
I2 _ 0 6 4 0 7 b
(12) 10
AI2_06120b
1)
2)
Board thickness.
Minimum clearance 1-row 290 mm, 2-row 415 mm, 3-row 560 mm,
6 to 321)
min. 65
(min. 92)
3 3 3 m in . 2 0 3 ) 22
wall thickness
level
11
4-row 685 mm Device mounting depth 55 mm
3)
Required clearance for swinging out the fixing claws. (dimensions in parentheses apply to mounting depths of up to 70 mm)
Surface-mounting distribution boards
72,5
55
85
55
12
I2_06680
13
667
342
542
397
272
I2_06681a
14
I2_07402
70
15
Device mounting depth 55 mm (left) and 70 mm (right)
With transparent window in door
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
255
31
285
158
34
47
294
153
307
555
444
I2_06295a
100
11-mm wiring space
55
275 behind the standard
491
mounting rail
I2_06679a
346
221
I2_07400
70
I2_06406a Hinge
71,5
616
275
491
346
221
Snap-in lock
268,5
I2_07401
mounting rail
Sealable lock
268,5
70
■ Design
Versions
SIMBOX LC distribution boards are available in the following
versions:
• 1-row with 4, 8, 12 MW
5
• 2-row, each with 12 MW
Flush-mounting and surface-mounting distribution boards are • 3-row, each with 12 MW
available in 1 to 3-row versions.
Equipment
The distribution boards can be equipped with modular installation
6
devices, such as MCBs and RCCBs, up to a device mounting depth
7
of 55 mm or 70 mm for snap-on mounting on the 35 mm x 7.5 mm
standard mounting rails according to EN 60715.
Each row can be fitted with devices up to 12 modular widths.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• According to EN 60439-3 and IEC 60439-3 • Standard mounting rail spacing 150 mm according to EN 60715
• Degree of protection IP40 • Color: RAL 9016 traffic white
• Safety class 2 (total insulation)
3
1 unit P. unit
1 unit kg Unit(s)
Flush-mounting and surface-mounting versions
N/PE terminal strips
• 2 × 16 mm2 and 10 × 4 mm2 8GB2 081-0 032 0.036 10
• 2 × 16 mm2 and 14 × 4 mm2
• 1 × 16 mm2 and 6 × 4 mm2
• 1 × 16 mm2 and 4 × 4 mm2
8GB2 081-1
8GB2 081-2
8GB2 081-3
032
032
032
0.046
0.024
0.018
10
10
10
4
Cylinder locks
• Right
• Left
Connecting elements
8GB2 082-0
8GB2 082-1
8GB2 083-0
032
032
032
0.038
0.038
0.043
10
10
8
5
for enclosure
6
Blanking strips 8GB4 683 032 0.042 1/10
• For 1- to 4-row distribution boards
• For 14 modular widths
• With bent support
8GB4 683 • Pure white
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Dimensional drawings
Surface mounting
Flush mounting
■ Overview ■ Design 2
• Small distribution boards for modular installation devices with a Equipment
device mounting depth of 55 mm to 70 mm
The distribution boards can be equipped with modular installation
• Modular width 1 MW r 18 mm
■ Benefits
devices, such as MCBs and RCCBs with 63 A and a mounting depth
of 55 mm up to 70 mm, by snapping onto the standard
mounting rails 35 mm x 7.5 mm according to EN 60715.
3
• The wiring space behind the standard mounting rail is 15 mm and Depending on the selection, the small distribution boards can be
48 mm, ensuring fast and uncomplicated wiring. equipped with devices of 12 to 18 modular widths.
• The extremely robust transparent door can also be equipped
with a lock, which can be ordered from the range of accessories.
The door can be hinged on the right or left without tools; its
■ Technical specifications 4
opening angle is 180°. Rated current in A up to 63
• The withdrawable equipment rack ensures easy and fast
assembly. Due to the generous wiring space and the clearly
arranged, modular design, the installation time is reduced by
approx. 20 %.
• The plastics used can be recycled.
Rated voltage in V AC
Degree of protection
Safety class
400
IP65
2 (total insulation)
5
Color light gray RAL 7035
■ Application
Due to the high degree of protection IP65, these small distribution
boards can withstand harsh ambient conditions in both indoor and
Standards
The SIMBOX WP small distribution boards comply with EN 60439-3
and IEC 60439-3.
6
outdoor areas.
Their resistance to dust and splashing water makes them highly Versions
advantageous in different application areas, such as car washes,
farms, joiners' workshops, etc.
Special applications
SIMBOX WP surface-mounting distribution boards are available in
the following versions:
• 1-row with 4, 8, 12, 18 MW
7
• 2-row with 12 or 18 MW each
Due to their large temperature operating range (-25 °C to +60 °C), • 3-row with 18 MW.
UV radiation resistance and resistance to dust and splashing water,
this distribution board range is especially suitable for harsh ambient
conditions.
• 4-row with 18 MW.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• According to IEC 60439-3 • Standard mounting rail spacing 150 mm, standard mounting rails
• Degree of protection IP65 35 mm x 7.5 mm according to EN 60715
• Suitable for outdoor use (-20 °C to +60 °C) • Transparent doors
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) • Color light gray RAL 7035
• UV-resistant
8GB1 372-2
8GB1 373-3
For accessories, see page 1/15
For dimensional drawings, see pages 1/16.
■ Accessories 2
Version Order No. Price PG Weight PS*/
1 unit P. unit
Surface mounting
Neutral conductor and grounding terminal strips
1 unit kg Unit(s)
3
(N/PE terminal strips)
4
insulated
• MW 8 8GB2 052-0 032 0.190 10
8GB2 052-0 • MW 12 8GB2 052-1 032 0.317 10
• MW 18 8GB2 052-2 032 0.133 10
Safety cylinder locks 8GB2 055-0 032 0.055 10
made of metal
5
8GB2 055-0
6
2-component flanges for cable entry 8GB2 050-0 032 0.136 10
• With user-friendly cable routing
• Replaceable for types 8GB1 361-0 /
8GB1 362-0 / 8GB1 363-0
7
8GB2 050-0
Blanking strips
• With bent support
• MW 14
8
Versions
8GB4 683
• Pure white
• Gray
Covers
8GB4 683
8GB4 671
032
032
0.042
0.042
1/10
1/10 9
for joints of conduit and cable duct entries
• MW 12 8GB2 051-0 032 0.171 10
• MW 18
Inner partitions
horizontal
8GB2 051-1 032 0.275 10
10
• MW 12 8GB2 053-0 032 0.214 10
• MW 18 8GB2 053-1 032 0.300 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/15
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Dimensional drawings
c
b d max
o f e
g
n
a
h
I2_07865
m l
5
c
b d max
o f e
g
a
n
i
h
I2_07866
m l
5
c
b d max
o f e
g
a
n
i
h
I2_07867
m l
k
1 to 3-row (version with N-/PE terminal strips and 2-component flange for cable
entry) 8GB1 361-0, 8GB1 362-0, 8GB1 363-0
MW Type Dimensions
2
a b c dmax e f g h i k l m n o
1×4 8GB1 371-0 210 148 100 75 48 15 105 105 - - - - 156 87
1×8
1 × 12
1 × 18
2 × 12
8GB1 371-1
8GB1 371-2
8GB1 371-3
8GB1 372-2
210
260
285
420
215
298
410
298
100
140
140
140
75
75
75
75
48
48
48
48
15
48
48
48
105
117.5
117.5
147.5
105
142.5
142.5
122.5
-
-
-
150
-
102
102
102
-
75
75
75
-
21
21
21
110
161
185
320
115
200
310
200
3
2 × 18 8GB1 372-3 463 410 140 75 48 48 155.5 131.5 150 102 75 21 210 293
3 × 12
4 × 18
8GB1 373-3
8GB1 374-3
655
878
410
410
140
160
75
75
48
48
Version with N/PE terminal strip and two-component flange for cable entry
48
48
162.5
175
142.5
155.5
175
175
102
102
75
75
21
21
363
394
319
319 4
1 × 12 8GB1 361-0 278 298 140 75 48 48 126.5 151.5 - 102 75 21 161 200
5
2 × 12 8GB1 362-0 438 298 140 75 48 48 156.5 131.5 150 102 75 21 320 200
3 × 12 8GB1 363-0 588 298 140 75 48 48 156.5 131.5 150 102 75 21 494 200
6
c = Distribution board depth
g = Device mounting depth
h = Wiring space behind the standard mounting rail
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 1/17
17
© Siemens AG 2007
7
1/18 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
2/9
for modular installation devices
2/16
Unequipped distribution boards
and partially equipped distribution boards
2/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview ■ Application
System ALPHA 160 – DIN wall-mounted distribution boards are used for all
applications for which a small distribution board does not provide
The modular design of our new Siemens distribution board system sufficient equipping or wiring space, e.g. in residential,
draws on our long-term experience in the sector of distribution administrative, non-residential, commercial and industrial buildings.
boards.
Its ultra flat design (depth 140 mm) is an extremely useful addition to
This system focuses on our customers' individual requirements for the Siemens distribution board product range.
distribution board installation.
The distribution board and its components are of modular design.
The system comprises unequipped distribution boards, partially
equipped distribution boards with cabinet-high quick-assembly kits, With just a few standard components, it is possible to achieve a wide
cabinet-high quick-assembly kits for modular installation devices for range of project-related mounting and equipping options.
especially fast equipping and wiring, assembly kits for project- The ALPHA 160 – DIN wall-mounted distribution board range
related and individual assembly as well as an extensive range of comprises wall-mounted distribution boards with up to 7 modular
accessories. installation devices with 12 MW per mounting width (250 mm) each.
Enclosure The standard mounting rail tier spacing is 125 mm or 150 mm. A total
of 4 cabinet widths are available, each with an internal dimension of
Material: 250 mm.
Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel.
The cabinets can be supplied in safety class 2 (total insulation). The
Sheet thickness: standard degree of protection for flush-mounting distribution boards
body 0.75 mm, door 1 mm is IP43 and IP31 for surface-mounting distribution boards. The rated
Color: current is 160 A.
RAL 9016 (traffic white). The modular design of the board enables easy planning,
Further RAL colors are available upon request. configuration, calculation, ordering and mounting.
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits Cabinet-high quick-assembly kits or assembly kits that only require
The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel and a one-size screwdriver for assembly are available for all mountable
are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range of switching devices and modular installation devices.
equipping options, e.g., with switching devices and modular
installation devices.
The largest switching devices mountable with the ALPHA 160 – DIN
wall-mounted distribution boards are the 3NP40 10 and 3NP40 70
fuse switch disconnectors of size LV HRC 000 and LV HRC 00 with
a rated current of up to 160 A.
Cabinet dimensions
All dimensions are stated in mm.
Height (internal/external):
450/500, 600/650, 750/800, 900/950, 1050/1100
Width (internal/external):
250/300, 500/550, 750/800, 1000/1050
Depth (external): 140
Assembly kits in panel-size grid dimensions height x width:
150 x 250
■ Benefits
• Easy planning thanks to modular design Å
■ Technical specifications 2
Overvoltage category III
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp in KV
Clearance and creepage distances
Rated insulation voltage Ui in V
6
DIN VDE 0110
690
3
Rated operational voltage Ue in V AC/DC 690
Rated voltage Un (40 Hz – 60 Hz AC) in V
Rated current in A
Protective measures
690 for built-in devices
up to 160
Safety class 2 (total insulation)
4
Degree of protection according to EN 60529 Surface mounting: IP43 with door,
flush mounting: IP31 with door and integrated masking frame
Standard mounting rail tier spacing
per standard mounting rail tier in mm
Modular width (MW)
125/150
18 mm, 12 MW + 1 mountable MW
5
Pollution degree 3
6
Ambient temperature in °C 35 (24-h average value)
Relative air humidity in % 50 at 40 °C
Test specifications EN 60439-1/3 (VDE 0660 Part 500/504), DIN VDE 0603-1
Enclosure Sheet steel
Mounting dimensions DIN 43870
Surface
Color
• Enclosure1)
Electrogalvanized and powder-coated
8
Locking system Rotary handle which may be replaced by other locking systems
upon request
Packing material Shock-proof, environmentally-compatible
1)
Further RAL colors are available upon request.
9
Dimensions of cabinets and wall-recessed boxes
Surface-mounting Flush-mounting Recess dimensions
distribution boards distribution boards with for wall recessed boxes
(external dimensions) integrated masking frame
(external dimensions)
Depth 140 mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth 140 mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth 145 mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
10
500 300 558 358 560 360
550 608 610
650
800
300
550
800
708
858
358
608
858
710
860
360
610
860
11
1050 1108 1110
800 300
550
800
1050
858 358
608
858
1108
860 360
610
860
1110
12
950 300 1008 358 1010 360
550 608 610
1100
800
1050
300
550
1158
858
1108
358
608
1160
860
1110
360
610
13
800 858 860
14
1050 1108 1110
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Cabinet depth of 140 mm • Enclosure complete with door1) and rotary handle which can be
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) replaced by other locking systems
• Tier spacing of 125 mm with N/PE bar per panel width • Two 2-component flanges per panel width at the top and bottom
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white) Note:
• Surface-mounting distribution board: degree of protection IP43
• Flush-mounting distribution boards with masking frame: degree of In the case of flush-mounting distribution boards, the wall anchors
protection IP31 are included in the scope of delivery.
1) Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a double door.
■ Overview 2
• Cabinet depth of 140 mm • Two 2-component flanges per panel width at the top and bottom
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) Note:
3
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Surface-mounting distribution board: degree of protection IP43 In the case of flush-mounting distribution boards, the wall anchors
• Flush-mounting distribution board with integrated masking frame: are included in the scope of delivery.
degree of protection IP31
• Enclosure with door1) and rotary handle which can be replaced by
other locking systems
5
(internal/external dimensions) distribution boards P. unit distribution boards P. unit
Order No. Price Order No. Price
Height Width
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s) PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
450/500 250/300 8GK1 032-1KK11 1 8GK1 031-1KK11 1
600/650 250/300
500/550
8GK1 032-2KK11
8GK1 032-2KK21
1
1
8GK1 031-2KK11
8GK1 031-2KK21
1
1
7
750/800 8GK1 032-2KK31 1 8GK1 031-2KK31 1
8
I2_08449
500/550
750/800
8GK1 032-4KK21
8GK1 032-4KK31
1
1
8GK1 031-4KK21
8GK1 031-4KK31
1
1
11
I2_08451
12
1000/1050 8GK1 032-4KK41 1 8GK1 031-4KK41 1
1)
Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a double door.
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see page 2/6 to 2/12.
14
For accessories, see page 2/13 ff.
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled, cabinet-high system
components for the most common applications. Such kits already
include the longitudinal stays and can be simply snapped into the
unequipped distribution boards of the respective mounting height
thanks to the time-saving quick-locking connection.
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 2/16.
3
P. unit
mm PG 039 1 set Unit(s)
Longitudinal stays
• For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution boards,
two longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit width
4
• 1 set = 2 stays
450 8GK4 851-3KK00 1 set
8GK4 851-3KK00
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 150, 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500 For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 2/9).
The assembly kits with a width of 250 mm and 500 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 2/16.
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
3
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 150, 300
Width: 250, 500 For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 2/9).
6
150 250 8GK4 401-1KK11 1
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
comprising: mounting plate, front cover for unequipped panels the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 300, 450, 600
Width: 250 For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 2/9).
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
3
screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 150, 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500 For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 2/9).
8
8GK4 501-2KK21 1
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 300
Width: 250 For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 2/9).
6
550 860 × 610 × 145 8GK1 071-3KK21 1
800 860 × 860 × 145 8GK1 071-3KK31 1
1050 860 × 1110 × 145 8GK1 071-3KK41 1
950 300 1010 × 360 × 145 8GK1 071-4KK11 1
7
550 1010 × 610 × 145 8GK1 071-4KK21 1
800 1010 × 860 × 145 8GK1 071-4KK31 1
1050 1010 × 1110 × 145 8GK1 071-4KK41 1
1100 300 1160 × 360 × 145 8GK1 071-5KK11 1
550 1160 × 610 × 145 8GK1 071-5KK21 1
800
1050
1160 × 860 × 145
1160 × 1110 × 145
8GK1 071-5KK31
8GK1 071-5KK41
1
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
3
P. unit
PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Wall mounting rails
• For all wall-mounted distribution boards
• The distribution board allows fast and accurate mounting by one person
4
8GK9 912-0KK10
Versions
• Length 250 mm 8GK9 912-0KK10 1
• Length 500 mm 8GK9 912-0KK20 1
• Length 750 mm 8GK9 912-0KK30 1
• Length 1000 mm
• Length 1250 mm
Cabinet mounting lugs, flat
8GK9 912-0KK40
8GK9 912-0KK50
1
1
5
• For mounting and fixing a cabinet directly against the wall without spacing 1 set
- 1 set = 4 lugs incl. screws 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 set
• For connecting 2 cabinets and for mounting and fixing the cabinets directly
against the wall without spacing, you also require 8GK9 910-0KK36 for the ends
of a row of cabinets
8GK9 910-0KK37
1 set
1 set
6
- 1 set = 2 lugs incl. screws
Locking systems
• Standard locking devices
- made of plastic
- color: black
8GK9 560-0KK04 1
7
- with rotary handle for wall-mounted distribution board, degree of protection IP43
8GK9 560-0KK04 - cannot be retrofitted to other locking devices
• Rotary handle locking devices for profile cylinders
- for wall-mounted distribution boards with degree of protection IP43/IP55, with
mounting option for a profile semicylinder (length 40 mm)
- suitable for E012 or Senat tumbler
8GK9 560-0KK06 1
8
- color: black
9
• Lockable rotary handle 8GK9 560-0KK13 1
- incl. E012 lock and key
Profile semicylinders
• With E012 lock and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK07 1
• With Senat tumbler and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK08 1
8GK9 560-0KK07
• With 3-mm pin as double-bit lock 8GK9 560-0KK10 1
10
8GK9 560-0KK08
11
8GK9 560-0KK10
2-component flanges
• For fast and proper wiring
• With 44 possible knock-outs
8GK9 000-0KK02 1 12
• Comprising 2 elastic components
8GK9 000-0KK02
8GD9 084
Siemens nameplates
Made of aluminum, self-adhesive, color: petrol
PG 042
8GD9 084 1 13
Paint sticks 8GK9 910-0KK15 1
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• 12 g
Paint spray cans
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• 400 ml
8GK9 910-0KK17 1 14
For further accessories, see page 2/16.
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/15
17
© Siemens AG 2007
• Horizontal
- width 250 mm 8GK9 002-0KK10 1
8GK9 910-0KK20
8GK9 910-0KK11
1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination
• With 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from
1.5 to 4 mm2 for PE bar and one N bar each with 2 screw terminals from
2.5 to 16 mm2 and 10 plug-in terminals from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on
8GK9 910-0KK12 1 5
longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination
6
Blanking strips
Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
• For 12 MW (1 MW = 18 mm) 8GK9 910-0KK00 1
• Length 1 m, without pressure-relief joint, to cut to length 8GK9 910-0KK01 1
8GK9 910-0KK00
ALPHA assembly tools 8GK9 910-0KK27 1
• Short and long version
• With ergonomic handle for supports
7
8GK9 910-0KK27
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 2/17
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
7
2/18 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
4
Boards
(Flat Pack Delivery)
Assembly Kits
for Unequipped
Distribution Boards
3/18
3/19
8GK4 longitudinal stays
8GK4 assembly kits
for modular installation devices
6
3/20 8GK4 assembly kits
3/21
for horizontal terminal blocks
8GK4 assembly kits
for vertical terminal blocks
7
3/22 8GK4 assembly kits with mounting plates
3/23
3/24
8GK4 assembly kits for unequipped panels
8GK4 assembly kits for unequipped panels
with deep-drawn cover, 40 mm
8
3/25 8GK4 assembly kits
3/26
for 3NP4 fuse switch disconnectors
for mounting on support plate
8GK4 assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse switch
9
disconnectors for busbar mounting
3/27
3/28
8GK4/8GE3 assembly kits
for SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers
8GK4 assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse
10
bases for busbar system mounting
3/29
3/30
8GK4 assembly kits
for SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
8GE assembly kits for meter mounting
11
12
Accessories 3/31 Wall recessed boxes
3/32 Unequipped distribution boards
3/35 Quick-assembly kits and assembly kits
13
3/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Flat Pack
The new delivery option for the ALPHA distribution board product
range offered by Siemens is both a new product and an innovation.
"Flat Pack" means that the distribution boards are delivered in the
form of individual parts packaged in cardboard boxes.
The cardboard boxes contain the individual parts, brief mounting
instructions and all mounting accessories.
Only a few manual steps are required to assemble the individual
system components to createwall or floor-mounted distribution
boards of degree of protection IP43.
The only tool required for such assembly is a one-size screwdriver.
This offers clear advantages and customer benefits: a considerable
reduction in the delivery volume and storage space required.
It goes without saying that the distribution boards can also be
delivered in a pre-assembled form.
System
The modular design of our new Siemens distribution board system
draws on our long-term experience in the sector of distribution
boards.
This system focuses on our customers' individual requirements for
distribution board installation.
The system comprises unequipped distribution boards as Flat Pack
for surface-mounting distribution boards (delivery in individual parts
for self-assembly), pre-assembled unequipped distribution boards ■ Benefits
for surface-mounting and flush-mounting distribution boards, • Flat pack delivery option (assembly kit for self-assembly, i.e., the
cabinet-height quick-assembly kits for ultra fast equipping and quick-assembly kits and assembly kits can be mounted directly
wiring, assembly kits for project-related and individual assembly – onto the platform) or delivery as pre-assembled unequipped
as well as an extensive range of accessories. distribution board
• Easy planning thanks to modular design
Enclosures • Ample wiring space behind the standard mounting rail
Material: • Comprehensive range of cabinet-high and frequently applied
Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel. quick-assembly kits and assembly kits for individual and project-
Sheet thickness: related assembly
Degree of protection IP43: • Easy assembly thanks to keyhole-fastened components and
Body 0.75 mm, Door 1 mm modules with quick-acting locks
Degree of protection IP55: • Short mounting times thanks to quick-assembly kits
Body 1 mm, Door 1 mm • System design according to DIN, EN and VDE regulations
• Solid sheet-steel enclosure
Color: • Degree of protection: Surface-mounting version: IP43 with door,
RAL 9016 (traffic white). Further RAL colors are available upon IP55 with door; Flush-mounting design: IP31 with door and
request. integrated masking frame
Quick-assembly kits and assembly kits • Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and safety class 2
(total insulation)
The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel and • High-quality surface finish: cabinets made of electrogalvanized
are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range of and powder-coated sheet steel, system components made of
equipping options, e.g., for switching devices and modular sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel, galvanized and transparently
installation devices. chromated small components and screws
The largest switching devices mountable with the ALPHA 400 – DIN • Doors can be hinged on the right or left
wall-mounted distribution boards are Siemens switching devices • Door opening angle of 170°
with a rated current of 400 A. • Replaceable locking systems (accessories)
• Transparent doors in Giugiaro design (accessories)
Cabinet dimensions
• Front cover with sealable 90° quick-release locks
All dimensions are stated in mm. • Environmentally-compatible and recyclable plastics.
Height (internal/external): 600/650, 750/800, 900/950,
1050/1100, 1200/1250, 1350/1400
Width (internal/external): 250/300, 500/550, 750/800,
1000/1050, 1250/1300
Depth (external): 210
Assembly kits in panel-size grid dimensions height x width:
150 x 250
■ Application 2
ALPHA 400 – DIN wall-mounted distribution boards are used for all standard mounting rail tier spacing is 125 mm or 150 mm. A total of
applications where an ALPHA 160 – DIN wall-mounted distribution 5 cabinet mounting widths are available, each with an internal
board does not provide sufficient equipping or wiring space, e.g. in
residential, administrative, non-residential, commercial and
industrial buildings.
With a mounting depth of 210 mm, it ideally supplements the
dimension of 250 mm.
The cabinets can be supplied in safety class 1 (protective conductor
connection) and safety class 2 (total insulation). The standard
degree of protection for surface-mounting distribution boards is IP43
3
Siemens distribution board product ranges. and IP55. The standard degree of protection for flush-mounting
The distribution board and its components are of modular design.
With just a few standard components, it is possible to achieve a wide
range of project-related mounting and equipping options.
distribution boards is IP31. The rated current is 400 A.
The modular design of the board enables easy planning,
configuration, calculation, ordering and mounting.
4
The ALPHA 400 – DIN wall-mounted distribution board range Cabinet-high quick-assembly kits or assembly kits that only require
a one-size screwdriver for assembly are available for all mountable
5
comprises wall-mounted cabinets with up to 9 modular installation
devices, each with 12 MW per mounting width (250 mm). The switching devices and modular installation devices.
■ Design
Platform concepts covering parts such as top and base plate as well as side plates are
A further innovation of the ALPHA distribution board product range
is the "platform concept", which means that all supporting build-in
components are mounted directly onto the platform (rear plate).
then mounted.
The available wiring space can be optimally utilized as the rear
panels of the modular installation devices can be manually
6
The covering parts (side plates, roofing plates, base plates and accessed from all four sides.
doors) are either assembled immediately or at a later point in time, The advantage of being able to fit the remaining parts of the
irrespective of the assembly kits. The fact that the quick-assembly
kits and assembly kits can be equipped and wired with modular
installation devices is an additional advantage.
enclosure at a later stage also makes it possible to prevent damage
to the coating or other aesthetic damage.
During the mounting phase, the platform can be optionally mounted
7
The completely wired assembly kits can then be placed on the with or without the covering parts and doors. The completely
platform and secured to the rear panel with a quick-acting lug. In equipped and wired assembly kits or quick-assembly kits are then
addition, the quick-assembly kits or assembly kits can optionally be
secured with a screw, which is included in delivery. The enclosure
simply click-fastened onto the platform or in the pre-assembled
unequipped distribution board. 8
9
10
11
12
13
The completely equipped and The front covers can now be The covering parts such as top,
wired assembly kits or quick-
assembly kits are fastened
directly onto the platform (rear
plate).
mounted. base and side plates are then
mounted.
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Technical specifications
Overvoltage category III
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp in kV 6
Clearance and creepage distances DIN VDE 0110
Rated insulation voltage Ui in V 690
Rated operational voltage Ue in AC/DC V 690
Rated voltage Un (40 Hz – 60 Hz AC) in V 690 for built-in devices
Rated current in A up to 400
Rated peak short-circuit current Ipk in kA up to 61.3 (3-pole) 2), conduction interval of 30 ms
Rated short-time current Icw in kA 20, conduction interval of 1 s
Protective measures Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection)
Safety class 2 (total insulation)
Number of conductors within the busbar run 4/5
Degree of protection according to EN 60529 Surface mounting: IP43 with door, IP55 with door
Flush mounting: IP31 with door and integrated masking frame
Standard mounting rail tier spacing 125/150
per standard mounting rail tier in mm
Modular width (MW) 18 mm, 12 MW + 1 mountable MW
Pollution degree 3
Ambient temperature in °C 35 (24-h average value)
Relative air humidity in % 50 at 40 °C
Test specifications EN 60439-1/3 (VDE 0660 Part 500/504), DIN VDE 0603-1
Enclosure Sheet steel
Mounting dimensions DIN 43870
Surface Electrogalvanized and powder-coated
Color
• Enclosure1) RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Covers RAL 7035 (light gray)
Locking system Rotary handle which may be replaced by other locking systems upon request
Packing material Shock-proof, environmentally-compatible
1)
Further RAL colors are available upon request.
2)
Busbar support distance: 400 mm, Cu busbars 30 mm × 10 mm.
■ Technical specifications 2
Dimensions of cabinets and wall recessed boxes
Surface-mounting
distribution boards
(external dimensions)
Flush-mounting
distribution boards with
integrated masking frame
(external dimensions)
Recess dimensions
for wall recessed boxes 3
Depth 210 mm Depth 210 mm Depth 215 mm
Height
mm
650
Width
mm
300
Height
mm
–
Width
mm
–
Height
mm
–
Width
mm
–
4
550
800
800
1050
1300
300
550
858 358
608
860 360
610
5
800 858 860
1050 1108 1110
950
1300
300
550
800
1008
1358
358
608
858
1010
1360
360
610
860
6
1050 1108 1110
7
1300 1358 1360
1100 300 1158 358 1160 360
550 608 610
800 858 860
1050 1108 1110
1300 1358 1360
1250 300
550
800
1050
1308 358
608
858
1108
1310 360
610
860
1110
8
1300 1358 1360
9
1400 300 1458 358 1460 360
550 608 610
800 858 860
1050 1108 1110
1300 1358 1360
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Benefits
• Flat Pack: cabinet assembly kit for self-assembly; the cabinet-high • Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
quick-assembly kits and the assembly kits can be mounted directly • Unassembled enclosure with unassembled enclosed door1) and
onto the platform of this cabinet assembly kit rotary handle, which can be replaced by other locking systems.
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Flanges: per field width; 1-component flange at the bottom
• Degree of protection IP43 incoming side, 2-component flange at the top outgoing side
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and 1)
Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
safety class 2 (total insulation) double door.
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/31.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Flat Pack: cabinet assembly kit for self-assembly; the cabinet-high • Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
quick-assembly kits and the assembly kits can be mounted directly • Unassembled enclosure with unassembled enclosed door1) and
onto the platform of this cabinet assembly kit
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm
• Degree of protection IP43
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and 1)
rotary handle, which can be replaced by other locking systems.
• Flanges: per field width; 1-component flange at the bottom
incoming side, 2-component flange at the top outgoing side
Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
3
safety class 2 (total insulation) double door.
5
dimensions) P. unit P. unit
Height Width Order No. Price Order No. Price
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s) PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
1050/1100 250/300 8GK1 102-5KK12 1 8GK1 112-5KK12 1
500/550
750/800
8GK1 102-5KK22
8GK1 102-5KK32
1
1
8GK1 112-5KK22
8GK1 112-5KK32
1
1
6
7
1000/1050 8GK1 102-5KK42 1 8GK1 112-5KK42 1
I2_08456
1200/1250 250/300
500/550
8GK1 102-6KK12
8GK1 102-6KK22
1
1
8GK1 112-6KK12
8GK1 112-6KK22
1
1
8
750/800 8GK1 102-6KK32 1 8GK1 112-6KK32 1
■ Overview
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Enclosure pre-assembled with door1) and rotary handle which can
• Degree of protection IP43 be replaced by other locking systems
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and • Flanges: per field width; 1-component flange at the bottom
safety class 2 (total insulation) incoming side, 2-component flange at the top outgoing side
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white) 1) Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/30.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Enclosure pre-assembled with door1) and rotary handle which can
• Degree of protection IP43 be replaced by other locking systems
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and
safety class 2 (total insulation)
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Flanges: per field width; 1-component flange at the bottom
1)
incoming side, 2-component flange at the top outgoing side
Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Cabinet
(internal/external dimensions)
Surface-mounting distribution boards, IP43
Safety class 1 PS*/ Safety class 2 PS*/
4
Height Width Order No. Price P. unit Order No. Price P. unit
mm
1050/1100
mm
250/300
PG 039
8GK1 122-5KK12
1 unit Unit(s)
1
PG 043
8GK1 132-5KK12
1 unit Unit(s)
1 5
500/550 8GK1 122-5KK22 1 8GK1 132-5KK22 1
750/800
1000/1050
8GK1 122-5KK32
8GK1 122-5KK42
1
1
8GK1 132-5KK32
8GK1 132-5KK42
1
1
6
I2_08456
500/550
750/800
8GK1 122-6KK22
8GK1 122-6KK32
1
1
8GK1 132-6KK22
8GK1 132-6KK32
1
1
8
9
1000/1050 8GK1 122-6KK42 1 8GK1 132-6KK42 1
I2_08457
1350/1400 250/300
500/550
8GK1 122-7KK12
8GK1 122-7KK22
1
1
8GK1 132-7KK12
8GK1 132-7KK22
1
1
10
750/800 8GK1 122-7KK32 1 8GK1 132-7KK32 1
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/30.
12
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Enclosure pre-assembled with door1) and rotary handle which can
• Degree of protection IP55 be replaced by other locking systems
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and • Flanges: per field width: one 2-component flange each at the
safety class 2 (total insulation) incoming/outgoing side
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white) 1) Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/30.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Enclosure pre-assembled with door1) and rotary handle which can
• Degree of protection IP55 be replaced by other locking systems
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and
safety class 2 (total insulation)
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Flanges: per field width: one 2-component flange each at the
1)
incoming/outgoing side
Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Cabinet
(internal/external
Surface-mounting distribution boards, IP55
Safety class 1 PS*/ Safety class 2 PS*/
4
dimensions) P. unit P. unit
Height
mm
1200/1250
Width
mm
250/300
Order No.
PG 039
8GK1 123-6KK12
Price
1 unit Unit(s)
1
Order No.
PG 043
8GK1 133-6KK12
Price
1 unit Unit(s)
1
5
500/550 8GK1 123-6KK22 1 8GK1 133-6KK22 1
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/30.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Flanges: per field width: one 2-component flange each at the top
• Degree of protection: IP31 (flush-mounting design comes with an and bottom
integrated masking frame)
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and Note:
safety class 2 (total insulation) In the case of flush-mounting distribution boards, the wall anchors
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white) are included in the scope of delivery.
• Enclosure pre-assembled with door1) and rotary handle which can 1)
be replaced by other locking systems Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/30.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Flanges: per field width: one 2-component flange each at the top
• Degree of protection: IP31 (flush-mounting design comes with an and bottom
integrated masking frame)
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and
safety class 2 (total insulation)
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
Note:
In the case of flush-mounting distribution boards, the wall anchors
are included in the scope of delivery.
3
• Enclosure pre-assembled with door1) and rotary handle which can 1)
be replaced by other locking systems Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
500/550
750/800
8GK1 121-6KK22
8GK1 121-6KK32
1
1
8GK1 131-6KK22
8GK1 131-6KK32
1
1
6
1000/1050 8GK1 121-6KK42 1 8GK1 131-6KK42 1
7
I2_08457
1350/1400 250/300
500/550
8GK1 121-7KK12
8GK1 121-7KK22
1
1
8GK1 131-7KK12
8GK1 131-7KK22
1
1
8
9
750/800 8GK1 121-7KK32 1 8GK1 131-7KK32 1
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits, see pages 3/14 to 3/30.
10
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled, cabinet-high system include the longitudinal stays and can be simply snapped into the
components for the most common applications. Such kits already unequipped distribution boards of the respective mounting height.
8GK4 003-6KK11 1 --
(with 2 N/PE bars)
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 500 mm are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled, cabinet-high system include the longitudinal stays and can be simply snapped into the
components for the most common applications. Such kits already unequipped distribution boards of the respective mounting height.
Height Width
Tier spacing 125 mm,
with N/PE bar
Order No. Price
PS*/
P. unit
Tier spacing 150 mm,
without N/PE bar
Order No. Price
PS*/
P. unit
4
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s) PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
1050 250 7/84 8GK4 001-7KK11 1 8GK4 051-7KK11 1
5
8GK4 003-7K11 1 --
(with 2 N/PE bars)
6
500 14/168 8GK4 001-7KK22 1 8GK4 101-7KK22 1
7
1200 250 8/96 8GK4 001-8KK12 1 8GK4 101-8KK12 1 8
8GK4 003-8KK12
(with 2 N/PE bars)
1 --
9
500 16/192 8GK4 001-8KK22 1 8GK4 101-8KK22 1
10
11
1350 250 9/108 8GK4 002-8KK12 1 8GK4 102-8KK12 1
12
8GK4 003-8KK13 1 --
13
(with 2 N/PE bars)
14
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 500 mm are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/15
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Terminal compartment height: 300 mm
• Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled, cabinet-high system
components for the most common applications. Such kits already
include the longitudinal stays and can be simply snapped into the
unequipped distribution boards of the respective mounting height.
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Terminal compartment height: 300 mm
• Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled, cabinet-high system
components for the most common applications. Such kits already
include the longitudinal stays and can be simply snapped into the
unequipped distribution boards of the respective mounting height. 3
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions
Height
mm
Width
mm
Order No.
PG 039
Price
1 unit
PS*/
P. unit
Unit(s)
4
Quick-assembly kit combinations, tier spacing 150 mm, without N-/PE-bar
for terminal blocks, modular installation devices and unequipped panels
900 250 8GK4 105-6KK12 1 5
500 8GK4 105-6KK22 1 6
1050 250 8GK4 105-7KK12 1
7
8
500 8GK4 105-7KK22 1
9
1200 250 8GK4 105-8KK12 1
10
11
500 8GK4 105-8KK22 1
12
1350 250 8GK4 106-8KK12 1
13
14
500 8GK4 106-8KK22 1
15
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
16
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 500 mm are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
17
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
including supports, screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 150, 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500, 750
boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18). 3
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports 4
■ Selection and ordering data
External
dimensions
Rows/
MW
Assembly kits, for modular installation devices
Tier spacing 125 mm, PS*/ Tier spacing 150 mm, PS*/
5
without N/PE bar P. unit without N/PE bar P. unit
6
Height Width Order No. Price Order No. Price
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s) PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
150 250 1/12 -- 8GK4 351-1KK12 1
7
500 1/24 -- 8GK4 351-1KK22 1
300 250
500
2/24
2/48
8GK4 301-2KK12
8GK4 301-2KK22
1
1
8GK4 351-2KK12
8GK4 351-2KK22
1
1
8
450
750
250
2/72
3/36
--
8GK4 301-3KK12 1
8GK4 351-2KK32
8GK4 351-3KK12
1
1
9
500 3/72 8GK4 301-3KK22 1 8GK4 351-3KK22 1
10
750 3/108 -- 8GK4 351-3KK32 1
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
including supports, screws and mounting accessories boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18).
Height: 150, 300, 450
Width: 250, 500, 750
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
including supports, screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500, 750
boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18). 3
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports 4
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions
Height Width
Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit 5
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for vertical terminal blocks
• Terminal blocks of insulated design
• With closed front cover for unequipped panels
300 250 8GK4 402-2KK12 1
6
500
750
8GK4 402-2KK22
8GK4 402-2KK32
1
1
7
450 250 8GK4 402-3KK12 1
8
500 8GK4 402-3KK22 1
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: mounting plate, front cover for unequipped panels • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
including supports, mounting brackets (depth-adjustable), 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
screws and mounting accessories ordered separately (see page 3/18).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600 • If the mounting plate is fitted so that it extends over several panel
Width: 250, 500, 750 widths, no longitudinal stay can be placed in the middle.
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 75, 150, 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500, 750
2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18). 3
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports 4
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions Color Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
5
Height Width
6
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for unequipped panels
75 250 Gray 8GK4 501-0KK12 1
7
500 8GK4 501-0KK22 1
500
750
8GK4 501-1KK22
8GK4 501-1KK32
1
1
8
300 250
500
Gray 8GK4 501-2KK12
8GK4 501-2KK22
1
1
9
750 8GK4 501-2KK32 1
10
450 250 Gray 8GK4 501-3KK12 1
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
screws and mounting accessories 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18).
Height: 300, 450
Width: 250, 500, 750
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: support plate, front cover for unequipped panels For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
including supports, molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting
accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450
2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18). 3
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
4
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
5
Height Width
6
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse switch disconnectors for mounting on support plate
Fixing plate with matching cover and molded-plastic cover
• Up to 160 A,
for NH000 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
, 300 250 1 × 3NP40 10,
disconnector left
8GK4 551-2KK12 1
7
2 × 3NP40 10 8GK4 552-2KK12 1
8
450 250 4 × 3NP40 10 8GK4 553-3KK12 1
9
• Up to 160 A,
for NH00 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
300 250 1 × 3NP40 70, 8GK4 554-2KK12 1
10
disconnector left
13
• Up to 400 A,
for NH2 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
450 250 1 × 3NP43 70 8GK4 557-3KK12 1 14
For accessories, see page 3/32 ff.
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18).
Height: 300, 450
Width: 250 • the Cu busbar and busbar supports must be ordered separately
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 (see page 3/35).
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
• Up to 160 A,
for NH00 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
with flat adapter
450 250 1 × 3NP40 75-1/3NP40 76-1, 8GK4 653-3KK12 1
disconnector left
• Up to 250 A,
for NH1 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
450 250 1 × 3NP42 75/3NP42 76 8GK4 655-3KK12 1
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: support plate, front cover for unequipped panels For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
including supports, screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600
Width: 250
2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18). 3
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports 4
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions
Height Width
Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit 5
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers
• 3 and 4-pole
for SENTRON VL circuit-breakers
300 250 8GK4 701-2KK12 1
6
f630_06
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/27
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
busbar supports for bus-mounting fuse bases, screws and 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
mounting accessories These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450 • The Cu busbar must be ordered separately (see page 3/35).
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: deep-drawn front cover with supports • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450
Width: 250, 500, 700
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18).
• The Cu busbar and busbar supports must be ordered
3
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard separately (see page 3/35).
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
4
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
5
Height Width
mm mm
Assembly kits for SR 60 busbar system, 60 mm
Busbar center-to-center clearance of 60 mm
PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
6
300 250 8GK4 801-2KK13 1
7
500 8GK4 801-2KK23 1
12
Shrouding covers, for 3NP4 076 fuse switch disconnectors PG 103
13
3NY7 600 1
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not Note:
standardized, only for internal measurements, comprising: meter For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
support plate with all-round partitions, screws and mounting 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
accessories These must be ordered separately (see page 3/18).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 450
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
I2_08085
Height
mm
Width
mm
HxWxD
4
Ready-to-fit for fast installation of the distribution board
800 300 860 × 360 × 215 8GK1 171-3KK12 1
550 860 × 610 × 215 8GK1 171-3KK22 1
800 860 × 860 × 215 8GK1 171-3KK32 1
1050 860 × 1110 × 215 8GK1 171-3KK42 1
8GK1 171-3KK12
950
1300
300
550
860 × 1360 × 215
1010 × 360 × 215
1010 × 610 × 215
8GK1 171-3KK52
8GK1 171-4KK12
8GK1 171-4KK22
1
1
1
5
800 1010 × 860 × 215 8GK1 171-4KK32 1
1100
1050
1300
300
1010 × 1110 × 215
1010 × 1360 × 215
1160 × 360 × 215
8GK1 171-4KK42
8GK1 171-4KK52
8GK1 171-5KK12
1
1
1
6
550 1160 × 610 × 215 8GK1 171-5KK22 1
800
1050
1300
1160 × 860 × 215
1160 × 1110 × 215
1160 × 1360 × 215
8GK1 171-5KK32
8GK1 171-5KK42
8GK1 171-5KK52
1
1
1
7
1250 300 1310 × 360 × 215 8GK1 171-6KK12 1
550
800
1050
1310 × 610 × 215
1310 × 860 × 215
1310 × 1110 × 215
8GK1 171-6KK22
8GK1 171-6KK32
8GK1 171-6KK42
1
1
1
8
1300 1310 × 1360 × 215 8GK1 171-6KK52 1
1400 300
550
800
1460 × 360 × 215
1460 × 610 × 215
1460 × 860 × 215
8GK1 171-7KK12
8GK1 171-7KK22
8GK1 171-7KK32
1
1
1
9
1050 1460 × 1110 × 215 8GK1 171-7KK42 1
1300 1460 × 1360 × 215 8GK1 171-7KK52 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/31
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Wall-mounting rails
PG 039 1 unit Unit(s) 3
• For all wall-mounted distribution boards
• The distribution board allows fast and accurate mounting and fixing by one person
8GK9 912-0KK10 Versions
• Length 250 mm
• Length 500 mm
8GK9 912-0KK10
8GK9 912-0KK20
1
1
4
• Length 750 mm 8GK9 912-0KK30 1
• Length 1000 mm
• Length 1250 mm
Cabinet mounting lugs, flat
8GK9 912-0KK40
8GK9 912-0KK50
1
1 5
• For mounting and fixing the cabinets directly against the wall without spacing 1 set
(1 set = 4 lugs incl. screws) 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 set
• For connecting 2 cabinets and for mounting and fixing the cabinets directly against
the wall without spacing, you also require 8GK9 910-0KK36 for the ends of a row
of cabinets
8GK9 910-0KK37
1 set
1 set
6
(1 set = 2 lugs incl. screws)
7
Locking systems
• Standard locking devices 8GK9 560-0KK04 1
- color: black
- made of plastic
- with rotary handle for wall-mounted distribution boards,
degree of protection IP43
8GK9 560-0KK04
- cannot be retrofitted to other locking devices
• Retrofit kits
- for standard locking device to degree of protection IP55
- can only be used for cabinets with degree of protection IP55
8GK9 560-0KK05 1 8
• Rotary handle locking devices for profile semicylinders 8GK9 560-0KK06 1
8GK9 560-0KK05
- color: black
- for wall-mounted distribution boards with degree of protection IP43/IP55, with
mounting option for a profile semicylinder (length 40 mm)
• Lockable rotary handle 8GK9 560-0KK13 1
9
- incl. E012 lock and key
10
Profile semicylinders
• With E012 lock and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK07 1
• With Senat tumbler and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK08 1
• With 3-mm pin as double-bit lock 8GK9 560-0KK10 1
8GK9 560-0KK07
11
8GK9 560-0KK08
8GK9 560-0KK10
12
Flanges
8GK9 100-0KK00
for fast and correct wiring
• 1-component flange (for IP43 distribution boards, installed on bottom panel)
- for bottom cable entry, with 11 possible knockouts
- max. ∅ 50.5 mm, made of plastic
8GK9 100-0KK00 1
13
• 2-component flange (degree of protection: IP55) 8GK9 100-0KK01 1
14
- for top/bottom cable entry
- with 44 possible knock-outs
- comprising 2 elastic components
8GK9 100-0KK01 • Flange plate: steel sheet (only safety class 1)
- for metric screw connections degree of protection: IP43 8GK9 100-0KK02 1
- for metric screw connections degree of protection: IP55 8GK9 100-0KK03 1
8GK9 100-0KK02
• Connecting flange 8GK9 100-0KK10 1
15
8GK9 100-0KK10
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/33
17
© Siemens AG 2007
PG 043
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• With insert nuts and quick-locking technology
• With 1 set of captive nuts size M5, width 250 mm
Height 900
Height 1050
Height 1200
8GS4 016-1
8GS4 016-2
8GS4 016-3
1
1
1
4
8GS4 016-1 Height 1350 8GS4 016-4 1
8GK9 920-0KK21
Captive nuts for perforated plates
• M6
• M5 (1 set = 10 captive nuts)
PG 038
8GK9 920-0KK21
1 set
10 5
8GK9 920-0KK22 1 set
6
• M4 (1 set = 10 captive nuts) 1 set
8GK9 920-0KK23 1 set
Busbar supports
with matching support plate
• 1-pole PK 039
8GK9 651-0KK00
7
- for Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm 5SH3 506 4/240
- height 150 mm
• 5-pole
- busbar center-to-center clearance of 40 mm 8GK9 651-0KK00 1
8GK9 671-0KK00 for Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm
for mounting 3NP fuse switch disconnectors
height 300 mm
- busbar center-to-center clearance of 60 mm
for Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
height 450 mm
8GK9 671-0KK00 1
8
8GK9 711-0KK00 • 3-pole
busbar center-to-center clearance of 60 mm
for Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
- for 3NP fuse switch disconnectors, height 300 mm
- for bus-mounting fuse bases, height 300 mm
- for bus-mounting fuse bases and 3NP4076 fuse switch disconnectors, used
8GK9 711-0KK00
8GK9 711-0KK01
8GK9 711-0KK03
1
1
1
9
together with assembly kits with deep-drawn front covers (mounting directly on the
stays)
Cu busbars
• Cu cross-section of 12 × 5 mm, 250 A
- Length 250 mm 8GK9 731-0KK10 1
10
- Length 500 mm 8GK9 731-0KK20 1
- Length 750 mm
- Length 1000 mm
- Length 1250 mm
8GK9 731-0KK30
8GK9 731-0KK40
8GK9 731-0KK50
1
1
1
11
• Cu cross-section of 20 × 5 mm, 320 A
- Length 250 mm 8GK9 733-0KK10 1
- Length 500 mm
- Length 750 mm
- Length 1000 mm
8GK9 733-0KK20
8GK9 733-0KK30
8GK9 733-0KK40
1
1
1
12
- Length 1250 mm 8GK9 733-0KK50 1
• Cu cross-section of 30 × 5 mm, 450 A
- Length 250 mm
- Length 500 mm
8GK9 735-0KK10
8GK9 735-0KK20
1
1
13
- Length 750 mm 8GK9 735-0KK30 1
14
- Length 1000 mm 8GK9 735-0KK40 1
- Length 1250 mm 8GK9 735-0KK50 1
Supports for front covers for unequipped panels 1 set
• Long design 8GK9 910-0KK30 1 set
• Material: plastic
• 1 set = 4 supports
8GK9 910-0KK30 15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 3/35
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8GK9 910-0KK10
N/PE bars as plug-in terminal
• Each with 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from 8GK9 910-0KK11 1
1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination, width 250 mm
8GK9 910-0KK11 • With 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from 8GK9 910-0KK12 1
1.5 to 4 mm2 for PE bar and one N-N bar each with 2 screw terminals from 2.5 to
16 mm2 and 10 plug-in terminals from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal
stays at a 30° inclination, width 250 mm
Terminal blocks for circular conductors
• Busbar thickness of 5 mm
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm2 PG 103 100 units
8US19 21-2AA00 100
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm2 8US19 21-2AB00 50
8US19 21-2AA00 ... AC00 - Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm2 8US19 21-2AD00 50
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm2 8US19 21-2AC00 50
• Busbar thickness of 10 mm
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm2 8US19 21-2BA00 100
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm2 8US19 21-2BB00 50
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm2 8US19 21-2BD00 50
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm2 8US19 21-2BC00 50
Replacement door hinges PG 038 1 set
• For wall-/floor-mounted distribution boards 8GK9 920-0KK24 1 set
• 1 set = 2 hinges
8GK9 920-0KK24
Partitions
• For the visual and spatial separation of different potentials
• Material: plastic
• For mounting depth 210 mm
Versions
• Vertical
- Height 300 mm 8GK9 301-2KK01 1
• Horizontal
- Width 250 mm 8GK9 103-0KK10 1
- Width 500 mm 8GK9 103-0KK20 1
- Width 750 mm 8GK9 103-0KK30 1
7
8GK9 910-1KK80
ALPHA assembly tools
• For supports, short and long version
8GK9 910-0KK27 1 8
• With ergonomic handle
8GK9 910-0KK27
10
8GK9 910-0KK34
Notes
7
3/38 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
4/8
8GK4 assembly kits
for modular installation devices
8GK4 assembly kits
5
for horizontal terminal blocks
4/9
4/10
8GK4 assembly kits
for vertical terminal blocks
8GK4 assembly kits with mounting plates
6
4/11 8GK4 assembly kits for unequipped panels
4/12 8GK4 assembly kits for unequipped panels
with deep-drawn cover, 40 mm 7
4/13 8GK4 assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse
switch disconnectors for mounting on
4/14
support plate
8GK4 assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse
switch disconnectors for busbar mounting
8
4/15 8GK4/8GE3 assembly kits
4/16
for SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers
8GK4 assembly kits
for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors
9
4/17 8GK4 assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse
4/18
bases for busbar system mounting
8GK4 assembly kits
for SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
10
4/19 8GE assembly kits for meter mounting
Accessories - Ordering
Large Quantities
4/25
4/27
Front covers
Assembly kits
12
4/28 Mounting frames
13
4/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview ■ Application
System The ALPHA 630 – DIN floor-mounted distribution boards are used for
all applications for which the ALPHA 400 – DIN wall-mounted
The modular design of our new Siemens distribution board system distribution boards do not provide sufficient equipping or wiring
draws on our long-term experience in the sector of distribution space, e.g. in administrative, non-residential, commercial and
boards. industrial buildings.
This system focuses on our customers' individual requirements for With three available mounting depths of 210 mm, 250 mm and
distribution board installation. 320 mm, it ideally supplements the Siemens distribution board
The system comprises unequipped distribution boards with degree product ranges.
of protection IP43 in the form of Flat Packs (delivery in single parts The distribution board and its components are of modular design.
for self-assembly, explained in detail in chapter 3), pre-assembled
unequipped distribution boards with degree of protection IP55, With just a few standard components, a wide range of project-
assembly kits for project-related and individual assembly and an related mounting and equipping options can be realized.
extensive range of accessories. The ALPHA 630 – DIN floor-mounted distribution board range
Enclosure comprises wall-mounted cabinets with up to 12 modular installation
devices each with 12 MW per mounting width (250 mm).
Material: The standard mounting rail tier spacing is 150 mm. A total of 5
Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel. cabinet mounting widths are available, each with an internal
Sheet thickness: dimension of 250 mm.
degree of protection IP43/IP55 The cabinets can be supplied in safety class 1 (protective conductor
body 1 mm, door 1 mm connection) and safety class 2 (total insulation). The standard
Color: degree of protection for floor-mounted distribution boards is IP43 for
RAL 7035 (light gray), further RAL colors available on request. cabinet depths of 210 mm (Flat Pack: delivery as individual
components) and IP55 (pre-assembled unequipped distribution
Assembly kits boards) for standard cabinet depths of 250 mm and 320 mm.
The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel and The rated current is 630 A.
are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range of 40-mm or 60-mm busbar systems with dimensions of up to
equipping options, e.g., with switching devices and modular 30 mm × 10 mm may be installed.
installation devices.
The modular design of the board enables easy planning,
The largest switching devices mountable with the ALPHA 630 – DIN configuration, calculation, ordering and mounting.
floor-mounted distribution boards are Siemens switching devices
with a rated current of up to 630 A. Assembly kits which only require a one-size screwdriver for
assembly are available for all mountable switching devices and
Cabinet dimensions modular installation devices.
All dimensions are stated in mm.
Height:
Internal: 1800
External with base: 1950
Width (internal/external):
250/300, 500/550, 750/800, 1000/1050, 1250/1300
Depth (external): 210, 250, 320
Assembly kits in panel-size grid dimensions
height x width: 150 x 250
■ Benefits
• Flat Pack delivery option (assembly kit for self-assembly, the
assembly kits can be mounted directly onto the platform) or as
pre-assembled unequipped distribution board
• Easy planning thanks to modular design
• Ample wiring space behind the standard mounting rail
• Comprehensive range of assembly kits for individual and project-
related assembly of Siemens switching devices and modular
installation devices
• Easy assembly thanks to keyhole-fastened components and
modules with quick-acting locks
• System design according to DIN, EN and VDE regulations
• Solid sheet-steel enclosure
• Degrees of protection: IP43 and IP55
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and safety class
2 (total insulation)
• High-quality surface finish: cabinets made of electrogalvanized
and powder-coated sheet steel, system components made of
sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel, galvanized and transparently
chromated small components and screws
• Doors can be hinged on the right or left
• Door opening angle of 170°
• Replaceable locking systems (accessories)
• Transparent doors in Giugiaro design (accessories)
• Front cover with sealable 90° quick-release locks
• Environmentally-compatible and recyclable plastics.
■ Technical specifications 2
Overvoltage category III
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp in kV 6
Clearance and creepage distances DIN VDE 0110
Rated insulation voltage Ui in V 690
Rated operational voltage Ue in AC/DC V 690
4
Rated voltage Un (40 Hz – 60 Hz AC) in V 690 for built-in devices
Rated current in A up to 630
Rated peak short-circuit current Ipk in kA up to 61.3 (3-pole) 2), conduction interval of 30 ms
Rated short-time current Icw in kA 20, conduction interval of 1 s
Protective measures Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection)
8
Color 1) RAL 7035 (light gray)
Locking system 3-point locking with integrated espagnolette lock
(can be replaced with other locking systems if required)
Packing material Shock-proof, environmentally-compatible
1) Further RAL colors are available upon request.
Cabinet dimensions
Cabinet
(external dimensions)
9
Height Width Depth
mm
1950
with base (100 mm)
mm
300
550
mm
210 10
800
1050
1950
with base (100 mm)
1300
300
550
800
250
11
1050
1300
1950
with base (100 mm)
300
550
800
1050
320
12
1300
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Delivery options: • Degree of protection IP43
– Flat Pack (assembly kit for self-assembly: the cabinet-high quick- • Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
assembly kits and the assembly kits can be mounted directly • Enclosure (with base) with unassembled enclosed door1) or
onto the platform (rear plate) of this assembly kit) enclosure (with base) pre-assembled with door1) and espagnolette
– Pre-assembled unequipped distribution board lock which can be replaced with other locking systems
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Flanges: per field width: one 2-component flange each at the top
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and safety class and bottom
1)
2 (total insulation) Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
8GK1 302-8KK12
Cabinet depth of 210 mm Delivery as pre-assembled unequipped distribution board,
degree of protection: IP43
1800/1950 with base 250/300 8GK1 322-8KK12 1 8GK1 332-8KK12 1
8GK1 322-8KK12
■ Accessories
Version Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
PG 039 1 set Unit(s)
Longitudinal stays 8GK4 853-8KK00 1 set
• For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
two longitudinal stays are required for each assembly kit width
• Height1800 mm, width 210 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
8GK4 853-8KK00
■ Overview 2
• Type of delivery: Pre-assembled unequipped distribution board • Enclosure (with base) with unassembled enclosed door1) or
• Cabinet depths: 250 mm and 320 mm enclosure (with base) pre-assembled with door1) and espagnolette
lock which can be replaced with other locking systems
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and safety class
2 (total insulation) • Flanges:
- Depth 250 mm: per field width: one 2-component flange each at
• Degree of protection IP55 the top and bottom
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray) - Depth 320 mm: per field width: two 2-component flange each at
1)
the top and bottom
Cabinets with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a
double door.
4
■ Selection and ordering data
Internal/external dimensions Surface-mounting distribution boards
Safety class 1 Safety class 2
5
Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/
Height Width P. unit P. unit
mm
Cabinet depth of 250 mm
mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s) PG 039
Delivery as pre-assembled unequipped distribution board
Degree of protection: IP55
1 unit Unit(s)
6
1800/1950 with base 250/300 8GK1 323-8KK13 1 8GK1 333-8KK13 1
1000/1050
1250/1300
8GK1 323-8KK43
8GK1 323-8KK53
1
1
8GK1 333-8KK43
8GK1 333-8KK53
1
1
8
I2_08460
8GK1 323-8KK13
9
10
Cabinet depth of 320 mm Delivery as pre-assembled unequipped distribution board
Degree of protection: IP55
1800/1950 with base 250/300 8GK1 323-8KK14 1 8GK1 333-8KK14 1
8GK1 323-8KK14
■ Accessories
13
Version Order No. Price PS*/
Longitudinal stays
PG 039
8GK4 853-8KK01
1 set
P. unit
Unit(s)
1 Set
14
• For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
15
two longitudinal stays are required for each assembly kit width
• Height 1800 mm, Depth 250/320 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
8GK4 853-8KK01
16
For assembly kits, see page 4/7 ff.
For accessories, see page 4/20 ff.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Marshaling boxes for supporting the incoming/outgoing cables, • Degree of protection IP43 and IP55
option for terminal blocks available • Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
• Large, foamed front cover with fixing screws
Note:
• Dimensions
Height 350 mm, depths 210 mm, 250 mm and 320 mm Flanges and 8GK9 920-0KK31 connecting kit must be ordered
separately, see accessories on page 4/20 ff.
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection)
■ Accessories
Version Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
PG 039 1 set Unit(s)
Longitudinal stays
• Stays are available for mounting in the marshaling boxes
• 1 set = 2 stays
Versions
• Height 300 mm, depth 210 mm 8GK4 855-2KK02 1 set
• Height 300 mm, depth 250, 320 mm 8GK4 855-2KK03 1 set
8GK4 855-2KK02
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 150, 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250
Height
mm
Width
mm
MW without N/PE bar
Order No.
PG 039
Price
1 unit
P. unit
Unit(s)
5
Assembly kits, for modular installation devices
150 250 1/12 8GK4 351-1KK12 1
250
1/36
2/24
8GK4 351-1KK32
8GK4 351-2KK12
1
1
7
500 2/48 8GK4 351-2KK22 1
8
750 2/72 8GK4 351-2KK32 1
500
4/48
4/96
8GK4 351-4KK12
8GK4 351-4KK22
1
1
11
750 4/144 8GK4 351-4KK32 1
12
The assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
13
The assembly kits with a width of 500/750 mm are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 4/22 ff.
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 150, 300, 450 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
H × W: 150 × 250 These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
H × W: 150 × 250
Height
mm
Width
mm PG 039 1 unit
P. unit
Unit(s)
5
Assembly kits for vertical terminal blocks
6
Terminal blocks of insulated design with closed front cover for unequipped panels
300 250 8GK4 402-2KK12 1
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: mounting plate, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, mounting brackets (depth-adjustable), fixation to the supports
screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 300, 450, 600 • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Width: 250, 500, 750 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
Panel-size grid dimensions These must be ordered separately (see page 4/5 and 4/4).
H × W: 150 × 250
• If the mounting plate is fitted so that it extends over several panel
widths, no longitudinal stay can be placed in the middle.
8GK9 533-0KK10
For accessories, see page 4/22 ff.
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 75, 150, 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
H × W: 150 × 250
Height
mm
Width
mm PG 039 1 unit
P. unit
Unit(s)
5
Assembly kits for unequipped panels
75 250
500
Gray 8GK4 501-0KK12
8GK4 501-0KK22
1
1
6
150 250
500
Gray 8GK4 501-1KK12
8GK4 501-1KK22
1
1
7
8
750 8GK4 501-1KK32 1
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
screws and mounting accessories 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
Height: 300, 450,
Width: 250, 500, 750
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450 Note:
Width: 250, 500 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
H × W: 150 × 250
Height
mm
Width
mm PG 039 1 unit
P. unit
Unit(s)
5
Assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse switch disconnectors for mounting on support plate
6
Fixing plate with matching cover and molded-plastic cover
• Up to 160 A, for NH000 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
300 250 1 × 3NP40 10, 8GK4 551-2KK12 1
disconnector left
8
• Up to 160 A, for NH00 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
300 250 1 × 3NP40 70,
disconnector left
8GK4 554-2KK12 1 9
2 × 3NP40 70 8GK4 555-2KK12 1 10
• up to 250 A, for NH1 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
450 250 1 × 3NP42 70 8GK4 556-3KK12 1
11
• Up to 400 A, for NH2 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
450 250 1 × 3NP43 70 8GK4 557-3KK12 1
12
• Up to 630 A, for NH3 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
13
450 500 1 × 3NP44 70 8GK4 558-3KK13 1
14
For accessories, see page 4/22 ff.
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
Height: 300, 450 • The Cu busbar and busbar supports must be ordered
Width: 250 separately (see page 4/22).
Panel-size grid dimensions
H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
• Up to 160 A, for NH00 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors with flat adapter
450 250 1 × 3NP40 75-1/3NP40 76-1, 8GK4 653-3KK12 1
disconnector left
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: support plate, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500
Panel-size grid dimensions For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
H × W: 150 × 250
10
600 250 1× 8GK4 703-4KK13 1
VL630
12
• 3 and 4-pole for SENTRON VF circuit-breakers
300 250 1 × 3VF2
PG 042
8GE3 712-1 1
13
f630_06
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
busbar supports on support plate, screws and mounting 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
accessories These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) • The Cu busbar must be ordered separately!
Height: 600, 750
Width: 250, 500, 750 • Note: Please heed max. rated current of 630 A!
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 • The assembly kits for sizes 1-3
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard require a mounting depth of 320 mm.
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
busbar supports for bus-mounting fuse bases, screws and 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
mounting accessories These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) • The Cu busbar must be ordered separately
Height: 300, 450 (see page 4/22).
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions
H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
4
fixation to the supports
6
P. unit
Height Width
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases, for mounting on busbar systems
3-pole, busbar center-to-center clearance of 60 mm
300 250 7 x NEOZED D02 8GK4 801-2KK12 1
7
450 250 7 X NEOZED D02 8GK4 801-3KK12 1
8
For accessories, see page 4/22 ff. 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/17
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: deep-drawn front cover with supports • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
Height: 300, 450 These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
Width: 250, 500, 700
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 • The Cu busbar and busbar supports must be ordered separately
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard (see page 4/22).
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not Note:
standardized, only for internal measurements, comprising: meter For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
support plate with all-round partitions, screws 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit.
and mounting accessories These must be ordered separately (see pages 4/4 and 4/5).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 450
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
5
P. unit
Height Width
mm mm PG 042 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for meter mounting
for meter mounting (not standardized, 375 mm)
450 250 8GE3 713-4 1
6
I2_08085
Height Width
mm mm PG 039 1 unit Unit(s)
Transparent doors (Giugiaro design)
• Degree of protection IP43
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray)1)
• The standard sheet-steel doors can be replaced with these doors
• For cabinets with a width of 800 mm or more, the transparent doors will be
delivered as a double door.
1850 300 8GK9 503-0KK10 1
550 8GK9 503-0KK20 1
800 8GK9 503-0KK30 1
1050 8GK9 503-0KK40 1
1300 8GK9 503-0KK50 1
8GK9 503-0KK10
8GK9 503-0KK30
Cabinet mounting lugs, flat
• For mounting and fixing the cabinets directly against the wall 1 set
(1 set = 4 lugs incl. screws) 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 set
• For connecting 2 cabinets and for mounting and fixing the cabinets directly against 1 set
the wall without spacing (8GK9 910-0KK36 for the ends of a row of cabinets is 8GK9 910-0KK37 1 set
additionally required)
(1 set = 2 lugs incl. screws)
Flanges
for fast and correct wiring
• 1-component flange (for IP43 distribution boards, installed on bottom panel) 8GK9 100-0KK00 1
- for bottom cable entry, with 11 possible knockouts
8GK9 100-0KK00 - max. ∅ 50.5 mm, made of plastic
• 2-component flange (degree of protection: IP55) 8GK9 100-0KK01 1
- for top/bottom cable entry
- with 44 possible knock-outs
8GK9 100-0KK02 - comprising 2 elastic components
• Flange plate: steel sheet (only safety class 1)
- for metric screw connections, degree of protection: IP43 8GK9 100-0KK02 1
- for metric screw connections, degree of protection: IP55 8GK9 100-0KK03 1
• Connecting flange 8GK9 100-0KK10 1
8GK9 100-0KK10
Paint sticks 8GK9 910-0KK16 1
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
• 12 g
Paint spray cans 8GK9 910-0KK18 1
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
• 400 ml
1)
Further degrees of protection and colors are available upon request.
8GK9 901-0KK12
550
800
1050
8GK9 901-0KK22
8GK9 901-0KK32
8GK9 901-0KK42
1
1
1
4
1300 8GK9 901-0KK52 1
8GK9 901-0KK13
300
550
800
250 8GK9 901-0KK13
8GK9 901-0KK23
8GK9 901-0KK33
1
1
1
5
1050 8GK9 901-0KK43 1
6
1300 8GK9 901-0KK53 1
300 320 8GK9 901-0KK14 1
8GK9 901-0KK14 550 8GK9 901-0KK24 1
800 8GK9 901-0KK34 1
1050 8GK9 901-0KK44 1
Locking systems
• Rotary handle
1300 8GK9 901-0KK54
8GK9 561-0KK01
1
1
7
- recessable, with pushbutton technique
• Lock insert
- for installation of profile semicylinders
• Profile semicylinder, 40 mm, with E012 lock and 2 keys
- with insert for the rotary handle
8GK9 561-0KK02
8GK9 561-0KK00
1
1
8
- only to be used together with the lock insert (this must be ordered separately)
9
• Profile semicylinder with Senat tumbler 8GK9 560-0KK03 1
8GK9 561-0KK01
10
8GK9 561-0KK02
11
8GK9 561-0KK00
12
Cable clamping rails
13
• For strain relief
• C profile 30 mm x 15 mm
Versions
8GK9 911-0KK10 • Width 250 mm 8GK9 911-0KK10 1
• Width 500 mm 8GK9 911-0KK20 1
• Width 750 mm
• Width 1000 mm
• Width 1250 mm
8GK9 911-0KK30
8GK9 911-0KK40
8GK9 911-0KK50
1
1
1
14
Circuit diagram pockets
• DIN A 3, made of sheet steel, depth 10 mm
• DIN A 4, transparent sleeve
• DIN A 4, made of plastic, depth 30 mm
8GK9 910-0KK22
8GK9 910-0KK23
PG 042
8GD9 132 1/10
1
1 15
8GK9 910-0KK22
Siemens nameplates
Made of aluminum, self-adhesive, color: petrol
PG 042
8GD9 084 1
16
8GD9 084
1)
Further base heights, e.g. 30 mm, are available on request.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/21
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8GK9 910-0KK30
8GK9 910-0KK10
N/PE bars as plug-in terminal
• Each with 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from 8GK9 910-0KK11 1
1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination
8GK9 910-0KK11 • With 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for 8GK9 910-0KK12 1
PE bar and one N bar each with 2 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 10 plug-in
terminals from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination
4
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² PG 103 100 units
8US19 21-2AA00 100
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² 8US19 21-2AB00 50
8US19 21-2AA00 - Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² 8US19 21-2AD00 50
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² 8US19 21-2AC00 50
• Busbar thickness of 10 mm
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm²
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm²
8US19 21-2BA00
8US19 21-2BB00
100
50
5
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² 8US19 21-2BD00 50
6
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² 8US19 21-2BC00 50
Replacement door hinges PG 038 1 set
• For wall-/floor-mounted distribution boards 8GK9 920-0KK24 1 set
• 1 set = 2 hinges
8GK9 920-0KK24
Partitions (for depth 210 mm)
• For the visual and spatial separation of different potentials
7
• Material: plastic
• For mounting depth 210 mm
Versions
• Vertical
- Height 300 mm 8GK9 301-2KK01 1
8
- Height 450 mm 8GK9 301-3KK01 1
8GK9 301-2KK01 - Height 600 mm
- Height 750 mm
- Height 900 mm
8GK9 101-4KK01
8GK9 101-5KK01
8GK9 101-6KK01
1
1
1
9
8GK9 103-0KK10 - Height 1050 mm 8GK9 101-7KK01 1
10
- Height 1200 mm 8GK9 101-8KK01 1
- Height 1350 mm 8GK9 102-8KK01 1
• Horizontal
- Width 250 mm 8GK9 103-0KK10 1
- Width 500 mm 8GK9 103-0KK20 1
- Width 750 mm
Blanking strips
Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
8GK9 103-0KK30 1
11
• For 12 MW (1 MW = 18 mm) 8GK9 910-0KK00 1
8GK9 910-0KK00
• Length 1 m,
without pressure-relief joint, to cut to length
Connecting kits, IP43/IP55
• For side-by-side mounting of enclosures
8GK9 910-0KK01
8GK9 920-0KK31
1
1
12
• Comprising:
- Screws
- Washers
- Nuts
- 10 m of sealing strip roll
Note
13
A bushing flange is required for electrical connections!
Cable holders
• For standard mounting rails
• 1 set = 10 cable holders
8GK9 910-1KK80
1 set
1 set 14
I2_10746
15
8GK9 910-1KK80 16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8GD9 290
Extra-deep brackets 8GK9 910-0KK34 1
• For recessed installation standard mounting rails
8GK9 910-0KK34
Standard mounting rails 8GK9 910-0KK35 1
• Insulated and recess installed
• Width 250 mm
Quick-lock screws 8GK9 910-0KK26 20
• Material: plastic
• Color: RAL 7035
8GK9 910-0KK26
Installation tools 8GK9 910-0KK27 1
• For supports
• Short and long version
• With ergonomic handle
8GK9 910-0KK27
■ Overview 2
• Front covers, closed, in large order quantities • Dimensions of front covers (mm)
(Big Pack) Height: 75, 150, 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500, 750
Height
mm
Width
mm PG 039 1 unit
P. unit
Unit(s)
4
Front covers
closed
75 250 8GK9 601-0KK10 10
5
150 250 8GK9 601-1KK10 10
500
750
8GK9 601-1KK20
8GK9 601-1KK30
10
10
6
300 250 8GK9 601-2KK10 10
7
500 8GK9 601-2KK20 10
■ Overview
• Front covers, with cutout, in large order quantities • Dimensions of front covers (mm)
(Big Pack) Height: 150, 300, 450, 600
Width: 250, 500, 750
Tier spacing: 150
8GK9 910-0KK31
• Short version
1 set
100 4
• Material: metal/plastic 8GK9 910-0KK25 25 sets
5
• 1 set = 4 supports
8GK9 910-0KK25
Standard mounting rails 15 mm
• Width 250 mm 8GK9 910-1KK10 10
6
8GK9 910-1KK10 • Width 500 mm 8GK9 910-1KK20 10
• Width 750 mm 8GK9 910-1KK30 10
• Width 1000 mm 8GK9 910-1KK40 10
• Width 1250 mm 8GK9 910-1KK50 10
7
Standard mounting rail holders
• For standard mounting rail, 15 mm and supports
• Long design
• Comprising 1 left and 1 right holder
• 1 set = 20 holders, 10 × left, 10 × right
Versions
8GK9 910-1KK83 • For 1 standard mounting rail
1 set
1 set 8
8GK9 910-1KK83 1 set
9
• For 3 standard mounting rails 1 set
8GK9 910-1KK84 1 set
• For 4 standard mounting rails 1 set
8GK9 910-1KK85 1 set
8GK9 910-1KK84
10
8GK9 910-1KK85
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/27
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Mounting frame for easy equipping of the control cabinets,
comprising: base, on rollers, with fast height adjustment and
swiveling top-mounted frame, for control cabinet panels up to
20 kg or 75 kg with pneumatic springs
■ Benefits
• Flexible height adjustment
• Weight compensation, i.e. the workpiece becomes as light as a
feather
• Swiveling top-mounted frame (horizontal 0° to vertical 90°)
• Safe thanks to multiple-disk brakes, steel springs and retention
hooks
• Equipped with rollers (including 2 with parking brakes) for mobility
• Higher carrying capacity thanks to pneumatic springs
• Fine adjustment by tension spring
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 4/29
17
© Siemens AG 2007
7
4/30 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA
Modular Distribution Boards
Assembly Kits
for Unequipped
Distribution Boards
5/5
5/6
8GK4 assembly kits
for modular installation devices
8GK4 assembly kits
5
for horizontal terminal blocks
5/7
5/8
8GK4 assembly kits
for vertical terminal blocks
8GK4 assembly kits with mounting plates
6
5/9 8GK4 assembly kits for unequipped
5/10
panels
8GK4 assembly kits for unequipped
7
panels with deep-drawn cover, 40 mm
8
5/11 8GK4 assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse switch
disconnectors for mounting on support
plate
5/12 8GK4 assembly kits for 3NP4 fuse switch
disconnectors for busbar mounting
5/13 8GK4/8GE3 assembly kits
for SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers
9
5/14 8GK4 assembly kits
10
for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors
5/15 8GK4 assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse
bases for busbar system mounting
5/16 8GK4 assembly kits
5/17
for SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
8GE assembly kits for meter mounting 11
Accessories 5/18 Unequipped distribution boards
5/20 Standard busbar supports,
for horizontal mounting 12
13
5/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
• Modular distribution board for side-by-side mounting
• According to DIN VDE 0660, Part 500, EN 60439-1
• Degree of protection up to IP55
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection)
• Control cabinet frame made of 2 mm profiled sheet steel,
electrogalvanized, powder-coated
• Color: RAL 7035 light gray, further RAL colors available on request
• Fixing grid 25 mm vertical and horizontal, according to DIN 43660
• Installation with self-tapping screws
4
• 400 mm wide fields for lateral cable or busbar compartments
■ Design
Assembled modular distribution board, consisting of:
5
• Control cabinet frame
• Rear panel
6
■ Selection and ordering data
Dimensions Control cabinet frames Roofing plates Roofing plates
7
with rear panel closed with flange sections
8
7 8
90 89
9
06 06
I2_ I2_
I2_06884
10
H W D Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/
11
P. unit P. unit P. unit
mm mm mm PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 unit Unit(s)
2000 400 400 8GG2 401-1 1 8GG3 301-0 1 8GG3 321-0 1
600 8GG2 402-1 1 8GG3 302-0 1 8GG3 322-0 1
850 8GG2 404-1 1 8GG3 304-0 1 8GG3 324-0 1
2000
1100
400
600
600
8GG2 406-1
8GG2 411-1
8GG2 412-1
1
1
1
8GG3 306-0
8GG3 301-1
8GG3 302-1
1
1
1
8GG3 326-0
8GG3 321-1
8GG3 322-1
1
1
1
12
850 8GG2 414-1 1 8GG3 304-1 1 8GG3 324-1 1
1100 8GG2 416-1 1 8GG3 306-1 1 8GG3 326-1 1
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 5/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
3
03
08
I2_ 90
1
06
I2_
H W D Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit P. unit P. unit
mm mm mm PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 039 1 set Unit(s)
2000 400 400 8GG3 361-0 1 8GG3 401-0 1 8GK9 400-0KK15 1 set
600 8GG3 362-0 1 8GG3 402-0 1 8GK9 400-0KK25 1 set
850 8GG3 364-0 1 8GG3 404-0 1 8GK9 400-0KK35 1 set
1100 8GG3 366-0 1 8GG3 406-0 1 8GK9 400-0KK45 1 set
2000 400 600 8GG3 361-1 1 8GG3 401-1 1 8GK9 400-0KK17 1 set
600 8GG3 362-1 1 8GG3 402-1 1 8GK9 400-0KK27 1 set
850 8GG3 364-1 1 8GG3 404-1 1 8GK9 400-0KK37 1 set
1100 8GG3 366-1 1 8GG3 406-1 1 8GK9 400-0KK47 1 set
I2_06892
H W D Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit P. unit P. unit
mm mm mm PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 set Unit(s)
2000 400 400 8GG3 004-1 1 8GG3 044-2 1 8GG3 204-0 1 set
600 8GG3 004-2 1 8GG3 044-3 1 8GG3 204-0 1 set
850 8GG3 004-4 1 8GG3 044-4 1 8GG3 204-0 1 set
1100 8GG3 004-6 1 8GG3 044-5 1 8GG3 204-0 1 set
2000 400 600 8GG3 004-1 1 8GG3 044-2 1 8GG3 204-1 1 set
600 8GG3 004-2 1 8GG3 044-3 1 8GG3 204-1 1 set
850 8GG3 004-4 1 8GG3 044-4 1 8GG3 204-1 1 set
1100 8GG3 004-6 1 8GG3 044-5 1 8GG3 204-1 1 set
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 150, 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250
500
1/12
1/24
8GK4 351-1KK12
8GK4 351-1KK22
1
1
6
300
750
250
1/36
2/24
8GK4 351-1KK32
8GK4 351-2KK12
1
1
7
500 2/48 8GK4 351-2KK22 1
8
9
750 2/72 8GK4 351-2KK32 1
The assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
8GK4 351-4KK32 1
13
The assembly kits with a width of 500/750 mm are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
For accessories, see page 5/18 ff.
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 5/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 150, 300, 450 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250 ordered separately if necessary (see page 5/18).
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250
500
8GK4 402-2KK12
8GK4 402-2KK22
1
1
6
450
750
250
8GK4 402-2KK32
8GK4 402-3KK12
1
1
7
500
750
8GK4 402-3KK22
8GK4 402-3KK32
1
1
8
9
600 250 8GK4 402-4KK12 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 5/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: mounting plate, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, mounting brackets (depth-adjustable), fixation to the supports
screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) Note:
Height: 300, 450, 600 • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Width: 250, 500, 750 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
Panel-size grid dimensions ordered separately if necessary (see page 5/18).
H × W: 150 × 250
• If the mounting plate is fitted so that it extends over several panel
widths, no longitudinal stay can be placed in the middle.
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 75, 150, 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250
300 250
500
Gray 8GK4 501-2KK12
8GK4 501-2KK22
1
1
8
450
750
250 Gray
8GK4 501-2KK32
8GK4 501-3KK12
1
1
9
500
750
Gray
Gray
8GK4 501-3KK22
8GK4 501-3KK32
1
1
10
11
600 250 Gray 8GK4 501-4KK12 1
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
screws and mounting accessories 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) ordered separately if necessary (see page 5/18).
Height: 300, 450,
Width: 250, 500, 750
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450 Note:
Width: 250, 500 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250
10
disconnector left
12
13
• Up to 400 A, for NH2 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
450 250 1 × 3NP43 70 8GK4 557-3KK12 1
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 5/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports, • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
molded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) ordered separately if necessary
Height: 300, 450 (see page 5/18).
Width: 250 • The Cu busbar and busbar supports must be ordered
Panel-size grid dimensions separately (see page 4/22).
H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
• Up to 160 A, for NH00 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors, with flat adapter
450 250 1 × 3NP40 75-1/3NP40 76-1, 8GK4 653-3KK12 1
disconnector left
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 300, 450, 600 Note:
Width: 250, 500 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250 ordered separately if necessary (see page 5/18).
4
■ Selection and ordering data
External dimensions
Height
mm
Width
mm
Order No.
PG 039
Price
1 unit
PS*/
P. unit
Unit(s)
5
Assembly kits for SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers
• 3 and 4-pole, for SENTRON VL circuit-breakers
300 250 8GK4 701-2KK12 1 6
f630_06
14
f630_10
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, • The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
including supports, screws and mounting accessories fixation to the supports
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 600, 750 Note:
Width: 250, 500, 750 For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
Panel-size grid dimensions 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
H × W: 150 × 250 ordered separately (see page 5/18).
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: equipment racks, front cover for unequipped panels • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
including supports, busbar supports for bus-mounting fuse bases, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
screws and mounting accessories ordered separately if necessary (see page 5/18).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) • The Cu busbar must be ordered separately (see page 4/22).
Height: 300, 450
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions
H × W: 150 × 250
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard
and the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
4
fixation to the supports
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 5/15
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note:
comprising: front cover for unequipped panels including supports • For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm) 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
Height: 300, 450 ordered separately if necessary (see page 5/18).
Width: 250, 500, 700 • The Cu busbar and busbar supports must be ordered separately
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250 (see page 4/22).
• The front cover for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
the quick-acting locking technique facilitates fast and reliable
fixation to the supports
■ Overview 2
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not Note:
standardized, only for internal measurements, comprising: meter For mounting the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
support plate with all-round partitions, screws and mounting 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be
accessories ordered separately (see page 5/18).
• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)
Height: 450
Width: 250
Panel-size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250
6
I2_08085
8GK4 854-8KK05
Locking systems
• Rotary handles PG 155
- recessable 8GG3 800-1 1
- with mounting options for profile semicylinders
• Profile semicylinders with E012 lock PG 042 1 set
- incl. key 8GD9 255 1 set
8GG3 800-1 - 1 set = 2 locking systems
• Profile semicylinders with Senat tumbler PG 039
- and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK08 1
8GD9 255
Circuit diagram pockets PG 039
DIN A 4, transparent sleeve 8GK9 910-0KK23 1
8GK9 910-0KK23
Plastic cable flange plates
• Degree of protection IP41
- without knockouts PG 042
8GD6 047 1/5
- with cellular rubber insert for arbitrary cable insertion PG 042
8GD6 095 1/5
- with filter fan PG 042 1 set
8GD6 157 1 set
- with knockouts
13 x Pg 3.3/6 x Pg 6/5 x Pg 21 PG 042
8GD6 048 1/5
12 x Pg 29 PG 042
8GD6 050 1/5
4 x Pg 29/3 x Pg 36 PG 042
8GD6 051 1/5
4 x 75 mm/Pg 48/12 x Pg 36/Pg 29 PG 042
8GD6 052 1/5
• Degree of protection IP55 with knockouts
- 13 x Pg 13.3/6 x Pg 6/5 x Pg 21 PG 042
8GD6 054 1
- 12 x Pg 29 PG 042
8GD6 055 1
- 4 x Pg 29/3 x Pg 36 PG 042
8GD6 056 1
• 2 x 6 mm ... 15 mm
PG 046
8HP1 805
PG 046
8HP1 806
1
1
4
• 3 x 4 mm ... 12.5 mm PG 046
• 4 x 4 mm ... 12 mm
Paint sticks
8HP1 807
PG 046
8HP1 808
PG 039
1
1
5
• RAL 7035 (light gray) 8GK9 910-0KK16 1
6
•2g
Paint spray cans PG 039
• RAL 7035 (light gray) 8GK9 910-0KK18 1
• 400 ml
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 5/19
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• For mounting and allocation on the rear panel, minimum cabinet • For rated current of busbars at +35 °C ambient temperature,
depth 600 mm observe reduction factor according to DIN 43671
• Crossarms must be ordered separately
■ Technical specifications
Rated Rated short-time current Icw (1 s) kA/rated peak withstand current Ipk kA,
current max. distance between two busbar supports (in mm)
A 10/20 15/30 20/40 30/63 40/84 50/105 55/121 60/132 65/143 70/154 80/176 100/220
3-pole
800 1200 800 600 375 275 – – – – – – –
1250 – – – 500 375 300 260 235 225 – – –
1600 – – – 460 340 260 240 220 200 – – –
4-pole
800 1200 800 600 375 275 – – – – – – –
1250 – – – 500 375 300 260 235 225 – – –
1600 – – – 460 340 260 240 220 200 – – –
I2_06939
I2_08402
Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/ Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit P. unit P. unit
A PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 unit Unit(s) PG 155 1 unit Unit(s)
3-pole
800 2 x 20 x 10 8GF5 801 1 1 x 20 x 10 8GG5 220-0 1 1 x 20 x 10 8GG5 821-0 1
1250 2 x 30 x 10 1 x 30 x 10 1 x 30 x 10
1600 2 x 40 x 10 8GF5 802 1 2 x 20 x 10 8GG5 220-0 1 1 x 40 x 10
4-pole
800 2 x 20 x 10 8GF5 806 1 1 x 20 x 10 8GG5 220-1 1 1 x 20 x 10 8GG5 821-0 1
1250 2 x 30 x 10 1 x 30 x 10 1 x 30 x 10
1600 2 x 40 x 10 8GF5 807 1 2 x 20 x 10 8GG5 220-1 1 1 x 40 x 10
■ Accessories 2
Version Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
1 unit 1 unit
Crossarms for standard busbar support, incl. mounting material
1 set = 2 crossarms
• Cabinet width 400 mm 8GG5 820-0 1 set
I2_06937
Notes
7
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
5/22 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA 400-ZS
Meter Cabinets
6/2 Introduction
6/3 Unequipped distribution boards
4
6/4 Distribution board panels
6/5 Distribution board panels with S system
6/6 Quick-assembly kits
for telecommunications
6/7 Quick-assembly kits without wiring kits
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
6/1
© Siemens AG 2007
Introduction
■ Overview ■ Application
The new Siemens ALPHA 400-ZS meter cabinets are designed ALPHA 400-ZS meter cabinets are used everywhere where electric
for universal applications in residential and non-residential energy is fed in, measured and distributed.
buildings. Based on the ALPHA 400-DIN wall-mounted distribution Meter cabinets and components are of modular design to ensure
boards, we have designed a modular system that meets all the that only a few standard components are required to create a wide
current technical supply conditions of the public utilities as well as variety of project-related installation and equipping options.
offering a wide variety of options with regard to enclosures, delivery
form, degree of protection and equipment. In addition to the standard meter cabinets in degrees of protection
IP31 and IP43, the system also offers meter cabinets for damp
Special emphasis was placed on the different regional requirements rooms in degree of protection IP55.
of the distribution network providers (DNP) and their different
methods of installation.
The system comprises pre-assembled unequipped distribution
■ Design
boards for surface mounting and flush mounting, cabinet-high The modular meter cabinets of the ALPHA 400-ZS series comprise
quick-assembly kits for ultra fast equipping and wiring, and a the following system components: unequipped distribution boards in
comprehensive range of accessories. 4 heights and 5 widths, quick-assembly kits in 3 different widths, and
accessories.
The clear, modular design of the board enables easy planning,
calculation, ordering, delivering, transportation, equipping and The universal system concept and the combination options offered
mounting of components and complete cabinets. by the ALPHA 400 DIN distribution board ensure that there are a
wide variety of options for the planning and configuration of larger
The ALPHA SELECT software helps installation technicians, meter and distribution cabinet systems.
planners and electric wholesalers to quickly plan and determine
prices for distribution boards and meter cabinets. Once you have And to complete these systems, the ALPHA cable entry boxes are
specified location, zip code and respective DNP, you will be offered available. For internal measurements, the meter cabinet mounting
a suitable assortment of complete meter cabinets and mounting kits can be mounted into any Siemens installation system with a
examples to suit your requirements. In addition, you can also plan 210 mm mounting depth.
your own customized combinations of unequipped distribution
boards and quick-assembly kits.
■ Benefits
• Design is identical to that of the ALPHA 400-DIN distribution board
• Planning is in accordance with the current TAB and respective
DNP requirements
• Short assembly times
• Low stock levels
■ Overview 2
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Surface-mounting distribution boards, degree of protection: IP55
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) - color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Enclosure each with door1) and rotary handle which can be - incoming and outgoing-side: one two-component flange per
replaced by other locking systems panel width
• Surface-mounting distribution boards, degree of protection: IP43 • Flush-mounting distribution boards, degree of protection: IP31D
- unequipped distribution board or flat pack2) - color: RAL 9016 (traffic white)
- color: RAL 9016 (traffic white) - incoming and outgoing-side: one two-component flange per
- incoming-side: one 1-component flange per panel width panel width
- outgoing-side: one 2-component flange per panel width
1)
2)
- without wall-recessed boxes
If the doors are wider than 750 mm/800 mm, they will be supplied as a
double door
4
Cabinet assembly kit for self-assembly
Utilities-specific meter mounting boards, meter cabinet accessories and modular installation devices can be found in the regional
6
meter mounting board lists.
7
900/950 250/ 8GK1 132-4KK12 8GK1 133-4KK12 8GK1 131-4KK12
300
8
750/ 8GK1 132-4KK32 8GK1 133-4KK32 8GK1 131-4KK32
800
9
1250/ 8GK1 132-4KK52 8GK1 133-4KK52 8GK1 131-4KK52
1300
10
500/ 8GK1 132-5KK22 8GK1 133-5KK22 8GK1 131-5KK22
550
800
11
1000/ 8GK1 132-5KK42 8GK1 133-5KK42 8GK1 131-5KK42
1050
12
1200/1250 250/ 8GK1 132-6KK12 8GK1 133-6KK12 8GK1 131-6KK12
300
13
750/ 8GK1 132-6KK32 8GK1 133-6KK32 8GK1 131-6KK32
800
I2_08457
14
1250/ 8GK1 132-6KK52 8GK1 133-6KK52 8GK1 131-6KK52
1300
500/
550
750/
8GK1 132-7KK22
8GK1 132-7KK32
8GK1 133-7KK22
8GK1 133-7KK32
8GK1 131-7KK22
8GK1 131-7KK32
15
800
I2_08458
1000/
1050
1250/
8GK1 132-7KK42
8GK1 132-7KK52
8GK1 133-7KK42
8GK1 133-7KK52
8GK1 131-7KK42
8GK1 131-7KK52
16
1300
1)
17
Wall recessed boxes not essential. For wall recessed boxes, see section ALPHA 400 DIN wall-mounted distribution boards.
■ Overview
• Tier spacing 125 mm
• With N/PE bar
■ Overview 2
• Tier spacing 125 mm
• With N/PE bar
4
mm mm 1 unit
General details
Utilities-specific meter mounting boards, meter cabinet accessories and modular
installation devices can be found in the regional meter mounting board lists.
Distribution board panels with S system
900 250 4/48 4-pole
5-pole
8GS2 088-0
8GS2 088-1
5
6
1050 250 5/60 4-pole
5-pole
8GS2 088-2
8GS2 088-3
7
8
9
10
1200 250 6/72 4-pole 8GS2 088-4
5-pole 8GS2 088-5
11
12
1350 250 7/84 4-pole
5-pole
8GS2 088-6
8GS2 088-7 13
14
15
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
16
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 500 mm are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
■ Overview
• Mounting plate with: • Telecommunications panel with:
- insert nuts - blanking strips
- quick-locking technology - partition
- 8 captive nuts
I2_09429
1050 8GS4 016-2 8GS4 026-7
I2_09430
I2_11665
1 TSG, 3 VR, 8GS2 083-3 1 TSG, 3 VR, 8GS2 097-5
with NEOZED element with DII element
6
I2_11216
I2_11216
1 TSG, 3 VR,
with LS B 10 A/10 kA
8GS2 090-8
7
8
I2_0935
9
10
I2_11218
11
12
I2_11219
I2_11749
13
14
I2_09372
I2_12444
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 6/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
I2_11846
1 RES, 4 VR, 5-pole 8GS2 094-1 1 TSG, 6 VR, 8GS2 090-2
with LS B 10 A/25 kA
I2_09362
I2_12445
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 6/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
7
6/10 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
7/23
Enclosures with switch disconnectors
with fuses, 63 A to 250 A
Assembly kits for load transfer switches
7
and parallel switches
Accessories 7/24
7/32
Components for busbar runs
Enclosure accessories
8
7/35 Installation accessories
7/39 Racks and cable space covers
9
Dimensional Drawings 7/42 Single enclosures
7/47 Accessories
10
11
12
13
7/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Assembly kits Meter NEOZED and Enclosure with Connecting Intermediate Cover
for devices enclosure DIAZED fuse mounting plate flange frame
with snap-on enclosure
mounting
I2_13418
Cover plate Components for Switch disconnector Cable entry plate LV HRC fuse LV HRC fuse
busbars bases switch-disconnector
4
5
■ Application
enclosure fixings are on the outside.
10
It is suitable for use in all industrial and commercial areas, in Declaration of conformity
power plants, large public and private buildings, public utility
companies, as well as office and residential buildings.
The components of the 8HP distribution system comply with the
This declares conformity of the components and distribution boards
with the safety requirements for low-voltage equipment as specified
in the EU Directive dated 19.02.1973.
11
requirements of type-tested low-voltage switchgear assemblies
(TTA) to EN 60439-1/DIN VDE 0660 Part 500. The enclosure Special tests
complies with the protective measure "Total Insulation" according to
DIN VDE 0100.
Standards
Fire tests for equipment used in mining are performed by the
Versuchsgrube Tremonia, Dortmund, Germany. 12
Shock tests for equipment used in protective rooms are performed
DIN VDE 0660 Part 500 by the Bundesamt für Zivilschutz, Bad Godesberg, Germany,
■ Design
The distribution system comprises 5 enclosure sizes with a basic Intermediate frames can be used to increase the mounting depth of
size of 307 mm. size 3 and 4 enclosures. Several intermediate frames can be used
together. Each intermediate frame increases the mounting depth by
The enclosures have removable knockouts for flange openings and 92.5 mm.
cable entries. They can be used for distributed as well as for single
installation. Installation conditions for different climatic conditions, "Application –
Installation Conditions". If installed in rooms with high humidity and
The covers are available in opaque or transparent versions strongly fluctuating temperatures, suitable measures must be taken
(size 2.5 only available in the transparent version). (e.g. ventilation, indoor heating), in order to prevent the generation
The covers are equipped with quick-release locks for tool actuation. of harmful condensation water. In the event of extreme temperature
These can be replaced with locks for manual actuation. fluctuations, breathers must be installed.
The mounting depth of the enclosure is 147 mm. For enclosure
size 2 there is also a cover for a mounting depth of 212 mm, and for
enclosure size 2.5 there is a transparent cover for a mounting depth
of 185 mm.
■ Technical specifications 2
Rated current in A 250 400 630 1000
Rated operational voltage Ue in V 690 AC, 600 DC
Rated insulation voltage Ui in V 1000 AC, 1200 DC
Molded-plastic group I 600 ≤ CTI
acc. to DIN VDE 0110 Parts 1 and For the installed devices, the specifications listed in the catalogs are
2/01.89 applicable
Rated withstand voltage/pollution degree
Minimum air clearances in mm
Minimum creepage distances in mm
8 kV/3
8
12.5
4
Rated current
5
• Busbars in V 250 400 630 1000
• Built-in devices in A up to 800
• Infeed in A up to 1800
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529, DIN VDE 0470 IP65 (8HP1 520 cable entry plate and incoming feeder panel
with additional measures)
Color
• Enclosure parts RAL 7035, light gray
• Transparent cover Colorless
• Cable space cover RAL 7035, light gray
7
Ambient temperature in °C –40 to +55
Busbars
• Rated current in A 250 400 630 1000
• Bar dimensions
- main conductor L1, L2, L3 in mm 12 × 5 20 × 8 2 × 20 × 8 2 × 30 × 10
- N and PE bar in mm
• Infeed
- single-sided in A
- centered in A
12 × 5
250
400
20 × 8
400
800
20 × 8
630
1000
30 × 10
1000
1800
8
Short-circuit strength of the busbar
• Rated current at 85 °C bar temperature in A
• Max. spacing of busbar supports
- 307 mm Ith (1 s) in kA
- 307 mm Is in kA
250
10
40
400
20
70
630
30
70
1000
40
80
9
- 614 mm Ith (1 s) in kA 10 20 30 30
10
- 614 mm Is in kA 40 70 70 60
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Impact strength according to Belgian standard NBN C20-001 and French standard NF C20-010
Degree of Code Test values Enclosure base part Cover
protection M h
kg m
IP65 7 1.5 0.4 8HP1 101 8HP1 201
M
8HP1 102 8HP1 202/8HP1 212
IP65 8 5 0.2 8HP1 103 8HP1 203
8HP1 104 8HP1 204
h
■ Overview 2
• All complete empty enclosures are equipped with metal mounting
1 Enclosure base part
plates.
2 Mounting plate
• The quick-acting locks of the covers need tools for opening and
can be shut manually. 3 Intermediate frames (sizes 3 and 4)
Cover, opaque, for mounting
• The enclosures have removable knockouts for flange openings 4a
depth 147 mm
and cable entries.
4b Cover, transparent, for mounting
4
• High covers (for sizes 2 and 2.5) and intermediate frames (for sizes depth 147 mm
3 and 4) are available to increase the mounting depth. 5a* Cover, opaque, for mounting
depth 212 mm (size 2)
5b* Cover, transparent, for mounting
depth 212 mm (size 2) and
5
185 mm (size 2.5)
I2_12241
* not shown
1
2
3
4a 5a* 4b 5b*
7
and cover version complete Enclosure base part Cover/+ Mounting plate
(delivery in individual intermediate frame
components)
Type Image Type Image Type Image Type
1 147 mm
opaque 8HP2 001 1 8HP1 101 4a 8HP1 201 2 8HP6 301
2
transparent
147 mm
opaque
transparent
8HP2 021
8HP2 002
8HP2 022
1
1
1
8HP1 101
8HP1 102
8HP1 102
4b
4a
4b
8HP1 221
8HP1 202
8HP1 222
2
2
2
8HP6 301
8HP6 302
8HP6 302
8
212 mm
2.5
opaque
transparent
147 mm
transparent
8HP2 012
8HP2 032
8HP2 027
1
1
1
8HP1 102
8HP1 102
8HP1 107
5a
5b
4b
8HP1 212
8HP1 232
8HP1 227
2
2
2
8HP6 302
8HP6 302
8HP6 307
9
185 mm
3
transparent
147 mm
opaque
transparent
8HP2 047
8HP2 003
8HP2 023
1
1
1
8HP1 107
8HP1 103
8HP1 103
5b
4a
4b
8HP1 247
8HP1 203
8HP1 223
2
2
2
8HP6 307
8HP6 303
8HP6 303
10
239.5 mm1)
11
opaque Order as individual 1 8HP1 103 4a 8HP1 203+ 2 8HP6 303
components 3 8HP1 283
transparent 1 8HP1 103 4a 8HP1 223+ 2 8HP6 303
3 8HP1 283
4 147 mm
opaque 8HP2 004 1 8HP1 104 4a 8HP1 204 2 8HP6 304
transparent
239.5 mm1)
opaque
8HP2 024
Order as individual
components
1
1
8HP1 104
8HP1 104
4b
4a
3
8HP1 224
8HP1 204+
8HP1 284
2
2
8HP6 304
8HP6 304
12
transparent 1 8HP1 104 4a 8HP1 224+ 2 8HP6 304
13
3 8HP1 284
1)
Additional intermediate frames, each 92.5 mm, can also be used.
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Dimensional drawings
Enclosure sizes
I2 _ 1 2 2 4 9
1 5 3 ,5
3 0 7
Enclosure size 1
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 0
3 0 7
Enclosure size 2
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 1
4 6 0 ,5
3 0 7
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 2
3 0 7
6 1 4
Enclosure size 3
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 3
6 1 4
Enclosure size 4
Intermediate frames
3
4
3
22.5
22.5
40
8HP1 283
8HP1 284
8HP1 223
1
1
1
10
• For enlarging the mounting depth of empty 4 40 8HP1 224 1
11
enclosures by 92.5 mm.
• Several intermediate frames can be
8HP1 223, 8HP1 203, mounted on top of one another
8HP1 283 Mounting plates (metal) 1 8HP6 301 1
2 8HP6 302 1
2.5
12
8HP6 307 1
3 8HP6 303 1
4 8HP6 304 1
8HP6 303
13
For accessories, see page 7/24 ff.
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Complete enclosures with assembly kits, including cover plates. 1 Enclosure base part
• The equipping options are specified in modular widths 2 Complete assembly kit
(1 MW = 18 mm).
4a* Cover, opaque, for
• PE and N outgoing feeders, mounting depth 147 mm
1 PE and N bar 6 × 6 mm, each with 1 incoming terminal, 4b Cover, transparent, for
16 mm2 for size 1 and mounting depth 147 mm
35 mm2 for sizes 2 – 3. 5 Cover, opaque, with
• Covers with quick-acting locks for opening with tool actuating flaps
• Opaque cover with and without actuating flap, * not shown
I2_12242a
or transparent cover.
1
4b 4a* 5
5
• With opaque cover 1 1 × 11 MW 8HP2 511 1
2 2 × 14 MW 8HP2 542 1
3 4 × 14 MW 8HP2 544 1
8HP2 552 • With opaque cover, with actuating flaps 1 1 × 11 MW 8HP2 521 1
2 2 × 14 MW 8HP2 552 1
3 4 × 14 MW 8HP2 554 1
Individual components
For enclosure base parts,
see page 7/9.
Complete assembly kits,
including cover plate
1
2
2.5
8HP5 531
8HP5 532
8HP5 533
1
1
1
7
3 8HP5 534 1
For opaque and transparent covers,
see page 7/9.
Opaque covers, with actuating flaps 1
2
1 actuating flap
1 actuating flap
8HP1 331
8HP1 351
1
1
8
2 2 actuating flaps 8HP1 352 1
■ Overview
• Enclosure complete with connection-ready assembly kits with
DIAZED and NEOZED bases including cover plates. 2d 2c 1 Enclosure base part
2b
2 Complete assembly kit
• PE and N outgoing feeders:
1 rail-mounting terminal each on Cu bar, 6 mm x 6 mm, 2b Cover plate1)
for each 3-pole circuit 2c
Intermediate covering
25 A/4 mm2 (8WA2 860), strips2)
63 A/16 mm2 (8WA2 861). 2d Connection assembly kit
I2_12243
• The bars can be equipped with further terminals, for 2 assembly kits2)3)
see Accessories from page 7/25. 4 Cover, transparent, for
mounting depth 147 mm
• Transparent cover with quick-acting locks for opening with tool.
• For fuse links, see Catalog ET B1. 1
4
2
Enclosure Size and number of Incoming cable Complete enclosures Individual components
size DIAZED or NEOZED fuses single or stranded (delivery in individual components)
Main conductor/PE/N Type Image Type
mm2
DIAZED fuse enclosures
1 2 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 16/1 × 16/1 × 16 8HP2 122 1 8HP1 101
2 8HP5 142
4 8HP1 221
2 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 3 × 16/1 × 16/1 × 16 8HP2 131 1 8HP1 101
2 8HP5 162
4 8HP1 221
2 4 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 35/1 × 16/1 × 16 8HP2 124 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 144
4 8HP1 222
5 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 125 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 145
4 8HP1 222
4 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 133 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 164
4 8HP1 222
2 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 145 1 8HP1 102
and 2 8HP5 170
3 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 4 8HP1 222
2.5 7 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 126 1 8HP1 107
2 8HP5 166
4 8HP1 227
6 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 135 1 8HP1 107
2 8HP5 166
4 8HP1 227
5 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 35+3 × 16/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 152 1 8HP1 107
and 2 8HP5 172
2 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 4 8HP1 227
2 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 35+3 × 16/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 153 1 8HP1 107
and 2 8HP5 171
4 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 4 8HP1 227
3 8 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 2 × 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 128 1 8HP1 103
2 8HP5 148
4 8HP1 223
10 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 2 × 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 130 1 8HP1 103
2 8HP5 150
4 8HP1 227
8 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 2 × 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 137 1 8HP1 103
2 8HP5 167
4 8HP1 223
6 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 2 × 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 146 1 8HP1 103
and 2 8HP5 174
4 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 4 8HP1 223
7 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 2 × 3 × 35/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 147 1 8HP1 103
and 2 8HP5 175
3 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 4 8HP1 223
2 × 3 × 25 A (E27) 3 × 70/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 148 1 8HP1 103
and 2 8HP5 173
8 × 3 × 63 A (E33) 4 8HP1 223
NEOZED fuse enclosures
2 8 × 3 × 63 A (D02) 3 × 50/1 × 35/1 × 35 8HP2 157 1 8HP1 102
For sleeve gauge pieces for 2 8HP5 157
currents < 63 A 4 8HP1 222
see Catalog ET B1
1) 3)
Available in assembly kits of all sizes. Also as cross-connection to the next enclosure, see page 7/35.
2)
Available in assembly kits sizes 2.5 and 3.
3
2 × 3 × 25 A and
4 × 3 × 63 A
6 × 3 × 25 A and
4 × 3 × 63 A
8HP2 153
8HP2 146
1
1 7
3 7 × 3 × 25 A and 8HP2 147 1
8
3 × 3 × 63 A
3 2 × 3 × 25 A and 8HP2 148 1
8 × 3 × 63 A
NEOZED fuse enclosures
• 63 A (D02) 2 8 × 3 × 63 A 8HP2 157 1
Individual components
For enclosure base parts,
see page 7/9
9
Complete assembly kits, including cover plate
• For DIAZED fuse enclosures 1 2 × 3 × 25 A 8HP5 142 1
1
2
2
2 × 3 × 63 A
4 × 3 × 25 A
5 × 3 × 25 A
8HP5 162
8HP5 144
8HP5 145
1
1
1
10
2 4 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 164 1
2
2.5
2 × 3 × 25 A and
3 × 3 × 63 A
7 × 3 × 25 A
8HP5 170
8HP5 147
1
1
11
2.5 6 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 166 1
12
2.5 2 × 3 × 25 A and 8HP5 171 1
4 × 3 × 63 A
2.5 5 × 3 × 25 A and 8HP5 172 1
2 × 3 × 63 A
3 8 × 3 × 25 A 8HP5 148 1
3
3
3
10 × 3 × 25 A
8 × 3 × 63 A
2 × 3 × 25 A and
8 × 3 × 63 A
8HP5 150
8HP5 167
8HP5 173
1
1
1
13
3 6 × 3 × 25 A and 8HP5 174 1
3
4 × 3 × 63 A
7 × 3 × 25 A and
3 × 3 × 63 A
8HP5 175 1 14
• For NEOZED fuse enclosures 2 8 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 157 1
Covers, transparent see page 7/9
For accessories, see page 7/24 ff.
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Complete enclosures with integrated LV HRC fuse bases 1 Enclosure base part
• All integrated LV HRC fuse bases (660 V AC, 440 V DC) up to 2 Complete assembly kit
250 A with integrated PEN terminal.
3 Intermediate frame
• From 400 A without N and PE terminal.
4a Cover, opaque,
• Connections: for mounting depth 147 mm
NH00 over terminal clamp, 4b* Cover, opaque,
NH1 and NH2 over M10 terminal screws, for mounting depth 212 mm
NH3 over M12 terminal screws. 5a Cover, transparent,
• For LV HRC fuse links, see Catalog ET B1. for mounting depth 147 mm
5b* Cover, transparent,
for mounting depth 212 mm
(size 2) and 185 mm (size 2.5)
I2_12244
1
* not shown
2
4a 4b* 5a 5b*
Enclosure Rated current In Rated operational Size of base parts Complete enclosures Individual components
size current Ie Connection: (delivery in individual components)
Main conductor;
N/PE conductor
A A Type Image Type
1 160 145 3 × NH00 8HP2 320 1 8HP1 101
up to 50 mm2, 2 8HP5 300
N/PE1) +8JH4 04
4a 8HP1 201
8HP2 300 1 8HP1 101
2 8HP5 300
+8JH4 04
5a 8HP1 221
2 160 145 3 × NH00 8HP2 321 1 8HP1 102
up to 50 mm2, 2 8HP5 301
N/PE1) +8JH4 04
4a 8HP1 202
8HP2 301 1 8HP1 221
2 8HP5 301
+8JH4 04
5a 8HP1 222
6 × NH00 8HP2 322 1 8HP1 102
up to 50 mm2, 2 8HP5 302
N/PE2) +8JH4 043
4a 8HP1 202
8HP2 302 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 302
+8JH4 43
5a 8HP1 222
250 250 3 × NH1 8HP2 331 1 8HP1 102
up to 120 mm2, 2 8HP5 312
N/PE3) +8JK4 01
4a 8HP1 202
8HP2 311 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 312
+8JK4 01
5a 8HP1 222
400 400 3 × NH2 8HP2 332 1 8HP1 102
up to 185 mm2, 2 8HP5 312
N/PE4) 4a 8HP1 202
8HP2 312 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 312
5a 8HP1 222
630 630 3 × NH3 8HP2 334 1 8HP1 102
2 × 185 mm2, 2 8HP5 314
N/PE4) 4b 8HP1 212
8HP2 314 1 8HP1 102
2 8HP5 314
5b 8HP1 232
2.5 250 250 3 × NH1 8HP2 306 1 8HP1 107
up to 120 mm2, 2 8HP5 311
N/PE3) 5a 8HP1 227
400 400 3 × NH2 8HP2 307 1 8HP1 107
up to 185 mm2, 2 8HP5 312
N/PE4) 5a 8HP1 227
630 630 3 × NH3 8HP2 318 1 8HP1 107
2 × 185 mm2, 2 8HP5 314
N/PE4) 5b 8HP1 247
5
4a 8HP1 203
8HP2 315 1 8HP1 103
2 8HP5 314
3 8HP1 283
5a 8HP1 223
1)
PEN connection up to 35 mm2, 1 × 8JH4 04 installed. 3)
PEN connection up to 70 mm2, 1 × 8JK4 01 installed.
An additional 8JH4 04 terminal can be installed for the 5th conductor. An additional 8JK4 01 terminal can be installed for the 5th conductor.
2)
PEN connection up to 35 mm2, 1 × 8JH4 043 installed. 4)
N/PE conductors must be passed through uncut.
An additional 8JH4 043 terminal can be installed for the 5th conductor.
9
2 3 × NH1 250 8HP2 311 1
8HP2 302
2 3 × NH2 400 8HP2 312 1
2 3 × NH3 630 8HP2 314 1
2.5 3 × NH1 250 8HP2 306 1
2.5 3 × NH2 400 8HP2 307 1
2.5
3
3
3 × NH3
3 × NH2
3 × NH3
630
400
630
8HP2 318
8HP2 313
8HP2 315
1
1
1
10
• With opaque cover 1 3 × NH00 160 8HP2 320 1
2
2
2
3 × NH00
6 × NH00
3 × NH1
160
160
250
8HP2 321
8HP2 322
8HP2 331
1
1
1
11
2 3 × NH2 400 8HP2 332 1
2
3
3
3 × NH3
3 × NH2
3 × NH3
630
400
630
8HP2 334
8HP2 333
8HP2 335
1
1
1
12
Individual components
13
For enclosure base parts,
see page 7/7.
Complete assembly kits 1 8HP5 300 1
2 8HP5 301 1
2 8HP5 302 1
2
2
2.5
8HP5 312
8HP5 314
8HP5 311
1
1
1
14
2.5 8HP5 312 1
2.5
3
3
8HP5 314
8HP5 312
8HP5 314
1
1
1
15
For intermediate frames, opaque and transparent covers, see page 7/7.
16
For terminal blocks, see page 7/31.
For accessories, see page 7/24 ff.
■ Overview
• Complete enclosures with integrated fuse switch disconnectors 1 Enclosure base part
• Transparent cover with quick-release locking screws. 2 Assembly kit without molded-
• Terminals: plastic masking frame
– 3NP40 1: Pillar terminal, 2a Fuse switch
– 3NP4.: Cable lug connection, disconnectors
– 3NP52: Terminal clamp 2b Molded-plastic masking
– 3NP53: M10 terminal screws. frame, sealable
I2_12245
mounting depth 147 mm
1
4b* Cover, transparent, for
mounting depth 212 mm
2
2a *not shown
2b 4a 4b*
Enclosure Rated
size current In
Rated Size of fuse switch
operational disconnectors/
Complete enclosures
(Supplied without molded-
Individual
components Molded-plastic masking frame not
2
current Ie Connection: plastic masking frame and as included in the type number
Main conductor; individual components) "Complete enclosures".
N/PE conductor Order separately if required.
A A Type Image Type
2.5 160 145 1 × NH00 8HP2 445 1 8HP1 107
up to 50 mm2, 2 8HP5 415
N/PE3) 2a 3NP40 10-0CH01
160 1 × NH00
up to 50 mm2,
8HP2 426
2b
4a
1
2
8HP6 424
8HP1 227
8HP1 107
8HP5 415
5
N/PE3) 2a 3NP50 60-0CB00
2b 8HP6 404
4a 8HP1 227
250 225 1 × NH1 8HP2 447 1 8HP1 107
up to 120 mm2, 2 8HP5 421
N/PE4) 2a 3NP42 70-0CA016)
2b 8HP6 427
1 × NH1
up to 120 mm2,
8HP2 448
3
4b
1
2
8HP1 283
8HP1 223
8HP1 103
8HP5 423
8
N/PE7) 2a 3NP42 70-0CA016)
1 × NH1
up to 120 mm2,
8HP2 412
2b
4a
1
2
8HP6 428
8HP1 223
8HP1 103
8HP5 423
9
N/PE7) 2a 3NP52 60-0CA00
10
2b 8HP6 406
3 8HP1 283
4b 8HP1 223
400 400 1 × NH2 8HP2 415 1 8HP1 103
up to 240 mm2, 2 8HP5 423
N/PE2) 2a 3NP53 60-0CA00
2b
2c
3
8HP6 406 or
3TX6 546-3B
8HP1 283
11
4b 8HP1 223
1 × NH2 8HP2 416 1 8HP1 103
up to 240 mm2,
N/PE7)
2
2a
2b
8HP5 423
3NP53 60-0CA00
8HP6 406 or
12
2c 3TX6 546-3B
3 8HP1 283
1)
3
4b
8HP1 283
8HP1 223 14
8WA1 205 terminals or 8GF9 318-2 holders can be installed for 2 Cu bars,
6 mm x 6 mm for a 4th and 5th conductor.
2)
3)
4)
N/PE conductors must be passed through uncut.
8WA1 205 terminals, 50 mm2 can be installed for a 4th and 5th conductor.
Installation facility for 2 PEN 8WA1 206 terminals, 95 mm2.
15
5)
Fuses with max. 21 mm width (according to IEC 269-2-1 and DIN 43620).
For 125 A and 160 A fuses and feeder terminals up to 95 mm2, see
6)
Catalog LV 1 "Switching and Protecting with SENTRON – Switch
Disconnectors".
Without 3NY7 120 terminal clamps, see Accessories on page 7/24.
16
7)
Installation facility for 8JK4 04 terminal.
■ Overview 2
• Complete enclosure with mounting rails for meters or ISO meter • Distance bolts (15 mm) for raising the meter support plates are
support plate with meter fixing screws. included in delivery if cables are routed underneath.
• Sealing cap can be ordered as an accessory, see page 7/36.
2
mm
137
202
Type
8HP2 622
8HP2 632
Design
Enclosure base part
Cover for mounting depth 137 mm
Type
8HP1 102
8HP1 222
4
Cover for mounting depth 202 mm 8HP1 232
Mounting rail 2 x 8JK1 13
2.5 145
183
8HP2 627
8HP2 647
Mounting rail for meter 2 x
Enclosure base part
Cover for mounting depth 145 mm
Cover for mounting depth 183 mm
8JH1 41
8HP1 107
8HP1 227
8HP1 247
5
ISO meter support plate 1 x 8HP6 111
183 8HP2 657 Enclosure base part 8HP1 107
Cover for mounting depth 183 mm 8HP1 257
with hinged window and reach-through
guard, lockable with padlock
ISO meter support plate 1 x 8HP6 111
3 145 8HP2 623 Enclosure base part 8HP1 103
4
237
145
8HP2 653
8HP2 624
Cover for mounting depth 145 mm
Intermediate frame for 237 mm
ISO meter support plate 1 x
Enclosure base part
8HP1 223
8HP1 283
8HP6 112
8HP1 104
7
237 8HP2 654 Cover for mounting depth 145 mm 8HP1 224
Intermediate frame for 237 mm 8HP1 284
ISO meter support plate 2 x 8HP6 112
8
■ Selection and ordering data
Enclosure size Mounting depth
mm
Order No.
PG 046
Price
1 unit
PS*/
P. unit
Unit(s)
9
Complete meter enclosures 2 137 8HP2 622 1
2
2.5
2.5
202
145
183
8HP2 632
8HP2 627
8HP2 647
1
1
1
10
2.51) 183 8HP2 657 1
11
3 145 8HP2 623 1
3 237 8HP2 653 1
4 145 8HP2 624 1
4 237 8HP2 654 1
12
8HP2 623
Individual components
For enclosure base parts, covers and
13
intermediate frames,
14
see page 7/7.
Covers, with hinged window 2.5 183 8HP1 257 1
and reach-through guard,
lockable with padlock
For mounting rails for meters
see page 7/34
ISO meter support plates
see page 7/36
For accessories, see page 7/24 ff.
15
1)
With hinged window and reach-through guard, lockable with padlock.
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/19
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Enclosures with integrated switch disconnectors as main and
1 Enclosure base part
EMERGENCY-STOP switch.
2 Mounting plate
• With integrated door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
lockable with padlocks: 2a Switch disconnector
Door-coupling rotary
- Operating mechanism version A 2b
operating mechanism
Handle: black 4 Cover, opaque
Display plate: light gray
I2_12246
- Operating mechanism version B
EMERGENCY-STOP (handle: red; display plate: yellow).
• For LV HRC switch disconnectors, see catalog LV 1
"Switching and Protecting with SENTRON – Switch Disconnectors". 1
2
2a
2b
4 2b
■ Technical specifications 2
Rated operational current in different ambient conditions for
3KA and 3KE switch disconnectors
Type 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C
A A A A A
3KE43 400 385 375 360 350
3KE44 630 610 585 560 535
3KE45 800 770 740 700
Up to 55 C, the 3KA switch disconnectors can be loaded to the
specified rated operational current.
680
4
■ Selection and ordering data
Version Enclosure size Switch
disconnectors
Rated operational Order No.
current
Price PS*/
P. unit
5
Ie
A PG 046 1 unit Unit(s)
Complete enclosures with main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Main control switches 2 3KA50 63 8HP2 705 1
• Handle: black 2 3KA52 125 8HP2 707 1
• Display plate: light gray
2 3KA53 160 8HP2 714 1
2
2
2
3KE42
3KA57
3KE43
250
400
400
8HP2 732
8HP2 716
8HP2 734
1
1
1
7
8HP2 705 3 3KA53 160 8HP2 711 1
3
3
3
3KA55
3KE42
3KA57
250
250
400
8HP2 712
8HP2 733
8HP2 717
1
1
1
8
3 3KE43 400 8HP2 735 1
3
3
3
3KA58
3KE44
3KE45
630
630
800
8HP2 718
8HP2 736
8HP2 738
1
1
1
9
EMERGENCY-STOP switches 2 3KA50 63 8HP2 742 1
• Handle: red
10
2 3KA52 125 8HP2 747 1
• Display plate: yellow
2 3KA53 160 8HP2 744 1
2 3KE42 250 8HP2 752 1
2 3KA57 400 8HP2 746 1
2 3KE43 400 8HP2 754 1
3
3
3
3KA53
3KA55
3KE42
160
250
250
8HP2 748
8HP2 761
8HP2 753
1
1
1
11
3 3KA57 400 8HP2 762 1
3
3
3
3KE43
3KA58
3KE44
400
630
630
8HP2 755
8HP2 763
8HP2 756
1
1
1
12
3 3KE45 800 8HP2 758 1
For accessories, see page 7/24 ff.
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/21
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
• Enclosures with switch disconnector and mounted LV HRC fuses.
1 Enclosure base part
• With motor switching capacity and disconnector characteristics,
2 Mounting plate
can be used as main and EMERGENCY-STOP switch to
DIN VDE 0113. 2a Switch disconnector
• With integrated door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, 2b Door-coupling
lockable with padlocks: rotary operating
mechanism
-Operating mechanism version A 4 Cover, opaque
I2_12247
Handle: black
Display plate: light gray
-Operating mechanism version B
EMERGENCY-STOP (handle: red; display plate: yellow). 1
■ Overview 2
Assembly kit for load transfer switches, 250 A to 630 A
Assembly kit for parallel switches, 500 A to 1000 A
Enclosure Rated Rated Switch disconnector / Individual components
size current operatio- main conductor Enclosure base Switch Assembly kit Type
In nal connection parts/covers/ disconnectors
current Ie intermediate frames
4
A
250
(500)1)
A
250
(500)1)
3KE42
1 × 150 mm2
Type
8HP1 104
8HP1 204
2 × 8HP1 284
Type
2 × 3KE42 30-0AA with changeover operating
mechanism
or
8HP5 458
8HP5 457
4
with shifting linkage for
parallel switching
400
(800)1)
400
(630)1)
3KE43
2 × 150 mm2
8HP1 104
8HP1 204
2 × 8HP1 284
2 × 3KE43 30-0AA with changeover operating
mechanism
or
with shifting linkage for
8HP5 458
8HP5 457
5
parallel switching
630 630 3KE44 8HP1 104 2 × 3KE44 30-0AA with changeover operating 8HP5 458
(1260)1) (1000)1) 8HP1 204 mechanism
2 or 8HP5 457
2 × 240 mm 2 × 8HP1 284
with shifting linkage for
parallel switching
1)
7
Values in brackets apply to parallel switches. For thermal reasons the rated
operational current is reduced to approximately 80 % of the rated current.
8
Version Order No. Price PS*/
P. unit
PG 046 1 unit Unit(s)
Assembly kits for load transfer switches and parallel switches
• Enclosure base parts 8HP1 104 1
• Covers
• Intermediate frames
• Switch disconnectors
8HP1 204
8HP1 284
1
1 9
- 250 A (500 A)1) 3KE42 30-0AA 1
- 400 A (800 A)1)
- 630 A (1260 A)1)
• Assembly kits
2)
3KE43 30-0AA
3KE44 30-0AA
1
1
10
- with changeover contact mechanism 8HP5 458 1
- with shifting linkage for parallel switching 8HP5 457 1
Note
• The assembly kit must be ordered as individual components (enclosure base, covers,
2 x intermediate frames, 2 x 3KE switch disconnectors and required assembly kit).
11
• The switches must be connected using copper busbars or NYA cables.
• The "break-before-make" version of the changeover contact is supplied.
For accessories, see page 7/24 ff.
1)
Values in brackets apply to parallel switches. For thermal reasons the rated
12
operational current is reduced to approximately 80 % of the rated current.
2)
13
The "break-before-make" version of the changeover contact is supplied.
If the "break-before-make" version is required, the Order No. must be
supplemented with "-Z" and "break-before-make" specified in plain text.
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8HP1 704
8HP1 703
8HP1 706
Partitions 8HP1 708 1
as end plate and barrier
8HP1 708
Connecting lugs 8HP1 707 1
for retaining angle for detached busbar supports
8HP1 707
50
4
-- 1.5 to 16 PG 103
8US19 21-2BA00 100
8JH4 102
10 to 35
16 to 70
PG 103
8US19 21-2BB00
PG 103
50 5
8US19 21-2BD00 50
16 to 120 PG 103
8US19 21-2BC00 50
1.5 to 16 -- 8JH4 102 10
10 to 35 -- 8JH4 104 10
8JH4 104
16 to 70 16 to 35 8JH4 105 10
16 to 95
25 to 120
16 to 70
25 to 50
8JH4 106
8JK3 061
10
10 7
8JH4 105
8
8JK3 061
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Version For busbars Conductor cross-section Clamp- Conduc- Order No. Price PS*/
(single or multi-core) ing tors per P. unit
points clamping
point
mm x mm mm2 PG 046 1 unit Unit(s)
Incoming and 20 × 8 or 1.5 to 10 2 2 8JK3 113 1
outgoing terminals 2 × (20 × 8) 10 to 70 2 1 8JK3 143 1
for busbars
20 × 8 mm 50 to 240 1 1 8JK3 171 1
or 2 × (20 × 8) mm; 50 to 240 1 2 8JK3 172 1
2 × (30 × 10) mm
2 × (30 × 10) 10 to 70; on double -- -- 8JK3 544 1
8JK3 113 busbars, divide the
terminals alternately
between the two bars in
order to even the load
8JK3 143
8JK3 171
8JK3 172
8JK3 544
Bolt-type screw 2 x (30 x 10) M12, to 2 × 240 cable lug -- -- 8HP1 724 1
terminals for cable or bar connection
lugs
8HP1 724
Terminals for fuse -- 70 to 150 -- -- PG 103 1 set
switch 3NY7 120 1 set
disconnectors
1 set = 3 terminals
4
- when using 2 × Cu (20 × 8) mm the busbars overlap in the area of the
connection point.
• For busbars 20 × 8 mm or 2 × (20 × 8) mm 1 set
8JK3 201 - 1 set = 2 terminals 8JK3 281 1 set
- when using single busbars, a copper connecting piece 12 × 5 mm or
20 × 8 mm must be made
- when using 2 × Cu (20 × 8) mm the busbars overlap in the area of the
connection point.
• For busbars 2 × (30 × 10) mm 8HP1 728 1
5
8JK3 281
7
8HP1 728
10
8US19 23-2AA00
Holders
• For PE/N bars for free
mounting
• For standard mounting
1
1
6 × 6 mm
6 × 6 mm
--
--
PG 046
8JH4 230
8HP6 601
1
1
11
rail 35 mm
8JH4 230
• For standard mounting 2×1 6 × 6 mm -- PG 042 1 set
rail 35 mm (1 pair)
PG 042 1 set
1 set/
50 sets 12
(1 pair) 8GF9 320-1 50 sets
8HP6 601
13
14
15
8GF9 318-2
Cover profiles -- 5 mm thick -- PG 103
• 1000 mm long 8US19 22-2AA00 10
• 20 to 30 mm wide -- 10 mm thick -- PG 103
8US19 22-2BA00 10
8US19 22-2AA00 16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/27
17
© Siemens AG 2007
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/29
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Cover PG 046
sealable 8HP6 427 1
not sealable 8HP6 437 1
160 145 NH00 50 Cu 20 × 8 or 8HP4 310 1
DTL 160 TSW3) with clamping 2 × Cu (20 × 8),
including terminal with 8HP1 704
8HP6 411 masking connection busbar support5)
frame at top, can with 49 mm
2 × NH00 be switched to busbar center-to- 8HP4 311 1
DTL 160 TSW3) bottom center distance
including
8HP6 412 masking
frame
21) 250 225 NH1 120 Cu 20 × 8 or 8HP4 314 1
DTL 250 TSW3) with cable lug 2 × Cu (20 × 8),
including top connection with 8HP1 704
8HP6 413 cover can be switched busbar support5)
to bottom (M10) with 49 mm
busbar center-to-
center distance
1)
Higher cover or intermediate frame required.
2)
Fuses with max. 21 mm width, size 000 (according to IEC 269-2-1 and
DIN 43620).
3)
A. Jung, Ostrach.
4)
When using Cu 12 × 5 mm, a 3NY7 381 bar thickness compensation must
be used (1 set = 5 components).
5)
For 8HP1 70. busbar support see page 7/24.
8JH4 02
1 4 to 35 1 4 to 35 2.0 8JH4 04 1/25 4
8JH4 04
1 4 to 35 1 4 to 35 2.0 8JH4 043 1
5
8JH4 043
1 4 to 35 1 4 to 35 2.0 8JH4 044 1
7
8JH4 044
1 6 to 70 1 6 to 70 6.0 8JK4 01 1
8
8JK4 01
1 or 35 to 150 1 or 35 to 150 10.0 8JK4 04 1
9
2 6 to 50 2 6 to 50
10
8JK4 04
2 50 to 240 2 50 to 185 6.0 8JK4 06 1
11
8JK4 06
12
1 50 to 240 1 50 to 240 6.0 8JK4 061 1
13
8JK4 061
Molded-plastic partitions
for 8JK4 06 and 8JK4 061 terminals
8JK4 100 1
14
1)
In the case of finely stranded and extra finely stranded conductors, itis
sometimes necessary to reduce the maximum cross-section by up to two
units. If necessary the conductors must be protected against fanning out
by using end sleeves or similar. When connecting Al conductors,
commercially available Al-Cu adapter pieces or clamping connections
15
must be used.
2)
When using different cross-sections, the larger conductor must be laid
underneath.
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/31
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8 H P 1 5 4 2
8HP1 512
8HP1 513
Cable entries
Rubber cable entries
• For inserting in ∅ 38 mm knockouts to Pg29
• Can also be used as blanking plug
Versions
• For 1 cable with ∅ 12 ... 29 mm 8HP1 805 1
• For 2 cables with ∅ 6 ... 15 mm 8HP1 806 1
• For 3 cables with ∅ 4 ... 12.5 mm 8HP1 807 1
8HP1 806
• For 4 cables with ∅ 4 ... 12 mm 8HP1 808 1
Breathers, PG 16 8HE8 541 1
• In the case of distribution boards used in an external environment – outside or in
rooms with extreme temperature fluctuations – the breathers must be installed as
low as possible on the underneath of the distribution board in order to prevent
condensation water forming.
• Degree of protection: IP 54
5
Protective caps 8HP1 525 1
• For cable glands for the aforementioned cable entry plates
• Prodproof!
Rubber cable entries 8HC6 900 1
• For cable ∅ 14 mm to 65 mm
• As a spare part for the cable entry plate
8HP1 525
Strain relief cleats 8HP6 322 1
7
• On mounting plate size 2
• For enclosure size 2 to 4
8HP6 322
• Complete for one cable
• Mounting option for 2nd strain relief for double cable 8
Strain reliefs
for individual mounting and for 8HP6 322
8HP1 530 1
9
8HP1 530
Mounting plates
• Size 2
• For terminal mounting in enclosures sizes 2 to 4 for max. 5 x 8JK4 04, 8JK4 06 or
8JK4 061 terminals
8HP6 312 1
10
• Terminals
11
8HP6 312 For accessories, see page 7/31.
Screws for cover hinges 1 set
1 set = 2 screws 8HP1 811 1 set
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 7
12
8HP1 811
Quick-release cover locks
1 set = 4 locks
Grip ends
8HP1 813
1 set
1 set
1 set
13
• Knurled, 8HP1 810 1 set
• For opening by hand
• 1 set = 4 grip ends
14
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 8
8HP1 810
Self-tapping screws 1 set
1 set = 50 screws
Actuating flaps
• With snap lock
8HP6 621
8HP1 440
1 set
1
15
• Lockable
• With padlock, 6 mm
8HP1 440
• Degree of protection: IP65
• 12 modular widths (1 MW = 18 mm)
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/33
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8HP1 442
Hinged covers with tension spring1) 8HA4 14 1
• Degree of protection: IP54
• 8 modular widths (1 MW = 18 mm)
Mounting rails 8JK1 13 1
• With threaded holes, M4
• Fixing length 236 mm
Mounting plates
• 2-mm metal sheet
• Sendzimir-galvanized
• For fixing with self-tapping screws
Versions
• 100 × 273 mm 8HP6 341 1
• 150 × 273 mm 8HP6 342 1
• 200 × 273 mm 8HP6 343 1
1) Not to be used with 8HP5 5.. assembly kits.
4
• For screwing directly into the M5 threaded bushes in the enclosure base
Versions
• Length 10 mm 8HP6 615 1
• Length 15 mm 8HP6 611 1
8HP6 615 • Length 30 mm 8HP6 612 1
• Length 35 mm
• Length 50 mm
M4 stud bolts
8HP6 614
8HP6 613
1
1 5
for screwing into 8JK1 13 mounting rail or mounting plates
• Length 20 mm PG 103
8JH1 353 1
• Length 30 mm PG 103
8JH1 354 1
8JH1 353
• Length 45 mm PG 103
7
8JH1 355 1
• Length 50 mm PG 103
8JH1 356 1
Insulation carriers
Insulation carriers
for insulated mounting of mounting rails onto plates, frame profiles and
PG 041
8WA1 857 20
8
standard mounting rails according to EN 50022-35
8WA1 857
Labels
for identification of insulation carrier
8WA1 864 100
9
Blanking covers
Blanking cover plates
made of molded plastic, RAL 7035, light gray
• For enclosure size 2 PG 046
10
8HP6 586 1
• For enclosure size 3 PG 046
8HP6 586
Connection assembly kits
8 H P 6 6 0 2 Connection assembly kits for 2 DIAZED or NEOZED fuse assembly kits
8HP6 588 1
11
P E • The bars of the connection assembly kit can be equipped with incoming
N
terminals of up to 50 mm2, type 8JH4 125 or up to 70 mm2, type 8JK3 441
12
L 1
L 2 (see page 7/28)
L 3 • Note load rating of the bar-mounting base bar 160 A.
I2 _ 1 2 2 5 9 Versions
8 H P 6 6 0 2
• Assembly kits for 3 busbars 16 x 3 mm (L1, L2, L3) 8HP6 602 1
8HP6 602
13
• Assembly kits for N/PE bars 8HP6 603 1
(2 units required for 5 conductors)
Intermediate covering strips
P E
N
Covering strips, 285 mm long
L 1
L 2
• For multiple installation of assembly kits with cover plates for covering the
intermediate spaces
14
L 3
8 H P 6 5 7 2
P E
N
• These are essential when using cover locks with manual operation.
L 1
L 2
L 3
Versions
8 H P 6 5 7 1
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 0
• Vertical 8HP6 571 1
• Horizontal 8HP6 572 1
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/35
17
© Siemens AG 2007
3SB3 installed in
enclosure size 2
3SB3
3SB34
Measuring instruments
Holders for measuring instruments 8HP6 201 1
for mounting on mounting plates @ 96 mm or @ 72 mm
8HP6 201
Accessories for meter enclosures
ISO meter support plates
with meter fixing screws to DIN 46300 and distance bolts (15 mm)
• For enclosure size 2.5 8HP6 111 1
• For enclosure sizes 3 and 4 8HP6 112 1
Mounting rails for 8JH1 41 meters, see page 7/34
8JK1 13 mounting rails, see page 7/34
Sealing caps 1 set
• For sealing the quick-release cover locks 8HP1 815 1 set
• 1 set = 2 caps
8HP1 815
Sealing fasteners 1 set
• Captive, for sealing the quick-release cover locks 8HP1 816 1 set
• 1 set = 2 fasteners
8HP1 816
4
• 8UC61, 8UC62: Blanking cover @ 75 mm
8UC63, 8UC64: Blanking cover @ 100 mm
Versions
• For switches
8UC61 11-1BB10 - 3KL50, 3KA50 8UC61 11-1BB10 1
- 3KL52, 3KA53
- 3KL50, 3KA50
- 3KL50, 3KA50
8UC62 12-1BB20
8UC63 13-1BB30
8UC63 13-1BB30
1
1
1
5
- 3KE42, 3KE43 8UC63 14-1BB44 1
- 3KE44, 3KE45 8UC64 14-1BB44 1
• For "EMERGENCY-STOP" switches
- 3KL50, 3KA50 8UC61 21-3BB10 1
- 3KL52, 3KA53 8UC62 22-3BB20 1
- 3KL50, 3KA50 8UC63 23-3BB30 1
- 3KE42, 3KE43
- 3KE44, 3KE45
Single operating mechanisms for 3VF circuit-breaker
8UC63 24-3BB44
8UC64 24-3BB44
1
1 7
• Enclosure size 2 with raised cover or size 3 with intermediate frame
8
• Enclosure size 3 with intermediate frame
Versions
• 3VF3 PG 113
3VF9 323-1AA00 1
• 3VF4 PG 113
3VF9 323-1AA00
• 3VF5
1 9
Fixing lugs 1 set
• For individual enclosures and small distribution boards complete with cylinder head 8HC3 800
screws M6 x 35
• 1 set = 4 lugs
1 set
10
11
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 1
Enclosure base
Cylinder head
screw M6 × 35
Fixing lug
12
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 2
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 4
Fastening with
8HC3 800
Wall-mounting brackets
with elongated holes 7 mm × 44 mm
fixing lugs
13
• 700 mm long 8HC3 510 1
14
• 2000 mm long 8HP9 020 1
A
A Detail A
15
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 3
5 0
For EMERGENCY-STOP operating mechanisms for SENTRON VL and 3VF circuit-breakers, see Catalog LV 1, "Switching and Protecting with
16
SENTRON – Molded Case Circuit-Breakers".
8HP9 018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Configuration templates E20001-P285-Y156
Scale 1:10
DIAZED 25A 63A NEOZED
+ + + +
+ + + +
+ + + +
Gr. 2,5
614
Gr. 2
I2_12385
460,5
307
307
SIEMENS M 1:10
E20001-P285-Y156
1)
Width = enclosure width x 307 + 185 mm
■ Design 2
4
5
7
Rack 8HP distribution board, rack and cable space cover
2
5
8
different distribution boards to be fixed using the supplied captive 3
nuts.
Widths (3, 4, 5, 6) × 307 mm (= distribution board width), for greater
widths, racks can be connected together. 7
4
6
9
Height 6 × 307 mm, the height can be increased by 307 mm using
10
an extension.
Cable space cover
Cable space cover for mounting on the 8HP support rack or an
appropriate profiled iron frame, with plug-in molded-plastic covers
(color light gray, RAL 7035).
Heights 370 and 677 mm. With the 8HP9 057 double flange,
enclosures can also be fitted under the cable space cover. Due to
the joining sheets, however, only enclosures of size 1 in the case of
11
370 mm height and enclosure size 2 for 677 mm height can be used 1 3
12
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 6
13
individual parts - without the specified units. 1 6
8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
5
677
370
677
8HP9 114
8HP9 105
8HP9 115
1
1
1
4
6 370 8HP9 106 1
677 8HP9 116 1
Components Corner
of the cable profiles
Lateral
profiles
Support
struts
Side
supports
Joining
sheets
Base-
boards
Top covers Corner
covers
Section
covers
Side
panels
Screws
and nuts
5
space cover 1 set each 1 unit each 2 units 2 units 1 unit each 1 unit each 1 set each 1 set each 1 bag each
each each
8HP9 103 8HP9 061 8HP9 063 4 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045 8HP9 046 8HP9 038 8HP9 073 8HP9 083 3 x 8HP9 071 8HP9 081 8HP9 058
8HP9 113 8HP9 062 8HP9 063 4 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045 8HP9 046 8HP9 038 8HP9 073 8HP9 083 3 x 8HP9 072 8HP9 082 8HP9 058
8HP9 104 8HP9 061 8HP9 064 5 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045 8HP9 046 8HP9 040 8HP9 074 8HP9 083 4 x 8HP9 071 8HP9 081 8HP9 058
8HP9 114 8HP9 062 8HP9 064 5 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045 8HP9 046 8HP9 040 8HP9 074 8HP9 083 4 x 8HP9 072 8HP9 082 8HP9 058
8HP9 105
8HP9 115
8HP9 106
8HP9 061
8HP9 062
8HP9 061
8HP9 065
8HP9 065
8HP9 066
6 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045
6 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045
7 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045
8HP9 046
8HP9 046
8HP9 046
8HP9 041
8HP9 041
8HP9 042
8HP9 075
8HP9 075
8HP9 076
8HP9 083
8HP9 083
8HP9 083
5 x 8HP9 071 8HP9 081
5 x 8HP9 072 8HP9 082
6 x 8HP9 071 8HP9 081
8HP9 058
8HP9 058
8HP9 058
7
8HP9 116 8HP9 062 8HP9 066 7 x 8HP9 067 8HP9 045 8HP9 046 8HP9 042 8HP9 076 8HP9 083 6 x 8HP9 072 8HP9 082 8HP9 058
Version Dimensions
Base height or width
Order No. Preis € PS*/
P. unit
8
PG 046 1 unit Unit(s)
Individual parts for cable space covers
Corner profiles 0
1 set = 2 profiles 370 mm high 8HP9 061
1 set
1 set
1 set 9
677 mm high 8HP9 062 1 set
Lateral profiles /
• 3 sections
• 4 sections
• 5 sections
921 mm
1228 mm
1535 mm
8HP9 063
8HP9 064
8HP9 065
1
1
1
10
• 6 sections 1842 mm 8HP9 066 1
Support struts +
(number of sections +1)
Side supports 3
--
--
8HP9 067
8HP9 045
1
1
11
Joining sheets 2 -- 8HP9 046 1
Baseboards .
• 3 sections
• 4 sections
921 mm
1228 mm
8HP9 038
8HP9 040
1
1
12
• 5 sections 1535 mm 8HP9 041 1
8HP9 042 1
13
• 6 sections 1842 mm
Top covers -
• 3 sections 8HP9 073 1
• 4 sections 8HP9 074 1
• 5 sections 8HP9 075 1
• 6 sections
Corner covers 1
1 set = 2 corner covers
8HP9 076
8HP9 083
1 set
1 set
1
14
Section covers , 370 mm high 8HP9 071 1
15
677 mm high 8HP9 072 1
Side panels 4 1 set
1 set = 2 side panels 370 mm high 8HP9 081 1 set
1 set
677 mm high 8HP9 082 1 set
Double flanges1)
Screws and nuts
assortment sufficient for 6 sections
8HP9 057
8HP9 058
1
1 16
1)
For mounting enclosures under the cable space cover.
■ Dimensional drawings
Empty enclosures
Empty enclosures, cover
279
236 4 279 167
236 4
125,5
135,5
153,5
82,5
4x M5 1
4x M5 1
I2_12269a
236
279
289
307
240
289 127 147
307 167
9
I2_12270
76
R10
I2_12272
289 18 87 147
24,7
279
236 2 4
279 205
236 4
1
8x M5
82,5
236
8x M5 1
33,5
71
586
596
614
71
432,5
442,5
460,5
236
236
240
I2_12271b
9
289 127 185
I2_12273
307 167
289 18 87 92,5 147
307 127 95,5 167
Enclosure size 2.5 Enclosure size 3
586
236 71 236 2 4
1
16x M5
236
33,5
586
596
614
71
236
240
9
I2_12274
12
7,3
I2_12275
26
24
120
6,5
83
6,5
236
273
8
24
18,5
273 8
24
8HP6 301 for enclosure size 1, sheet metal, 2 mm thick, sendzimir-galvanized
4
8
24
18,5
18,5 236 580 8
I2_12278
6,5 8HP6 303 for enclosure size 3, sheet metal, 2 mm thick, sendzimir-galvanized
5
236
273
24
6,5
8
24
18,5
236
273 8
580
71
I2_12279
6,5
236
153,5
24
8
426,5
8
24
18,5
580 8
236
24
24
273 8
8HP6 307 for enclosure size 2.5, sheet metal, 2 mm thick, sendzimir-galvanized
I2_12285
Enclosure size 1
Enclosure size 3 12
13
I2_12283
Enclosure size 2
14
I2_12286
Enclosure size 4
Pg13.5 If the knockouts do not meet
15
Pg16 requirements, end cover plates
can be mounted with or without
16
I2_12284 Pg29
knockouts, see page 7/36.
Pg21/Pg13.5
Enclosure size 2.5 Pg29/Pg16
Pg481)/Pg29
1)
Also for joining enclosures with sealing frame. Flange knockouts
82,5
I2_12291
236
125
236 55,5
8HP5 531
125
71
125
236
125
236
I2_12292
236 55,5
8HP5 532
8HP5 534
82,5
125
71
125
236
I2_12293
236 55,5
8HP5 533
Cover with actuating flaps
I2_12287 I2_12288
0 0
24,5
55,5 R10
R10
76
149,5
76
55,5
0
234 234
8HP1 351 for enclosure size 2 8HP1 352 for enclosure size 2
(8HP1 331 for enclosure size 1, not shown)
I2_12289 I2_12290
0 0
55,5 55,5
76
R10
76
R10
180,5 180,5
305,5 305,5
430,5
234 234
8HP1 353 for enclosure size 3 8HP1 354 for enclosure size 3
35
75
35
70
I2_12300
8HP2 437
8HP2 414
I2_12308
4
90
110
70
295
I2_12301
8HP2 438
295
75
110
I2_12309
7
70
8HP2 411
I2_12302
230 1)
205
8
90
200 1)
70
205
220
9
10
90
95
285
70
220
11
285
I2_12304
95
8HP2 415
12
90
190
70
220
13
190
14
I2_12312
105
75
8HP2 416
45
165
15
70
I2_12306
1)
8HP2 444, 8HP2 447
50
16
300
I2_12313
50
17
With 3NP42 70-0CA01 switch, 3NY7 120 terminal.
8HP2 410
50
50
150
214
150
214
280
280
420
560
I2_12297
255
I2_12298
8HP6 111, for enclosure size 2.5 255
b
Type a b
3KA50 95 125
3KA53 95 95 Type a b
b
3KA55 85 85
3KA57 85 85 3KA52 285 130
3KE42 55 55 3KE43 285 130
a
3KE44 255 100
a
3KE43 55 55
I2_12315
3KE45 250 95
I2_12316
Enclosures with assembly kits for load transfer switches and parallel switches
Installation options for 3KE switch disconnectors
a
Type a b
3KE42 90 330
b
3KE43 90 330
3KE44 55 295
a
I2_12324 I2_12325
The mounting plate has boreholes for 2 PEN terminals each, either 8JK4 04 (150 mm2) or 8JK4 06 (240 mm2).
Enclosures with main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, with switch disconnectors with fuses and with circuit-breakers
I2_12320
■ Dimensional drawings 2
Components for busbar runs
Busbar terminals
b c Type a b c d e f
8US19 21-2AA00 7.5 11.5 22.5 25 5 9
d
-2AB00
-2AC00
-2AD00
8US19 21-2BA00
10.5
17
14.5
7.5
15.5
23.5
20.5
11.5
29
36
32
22.5
35
55
42
25 10
5
5
5
10
12
12
9
4
-2BB00 10.5 15.5 29 35 10 10
e
-2BC00 17 23.5 36 55 10 12
5
f
8US19 21–2..00
Type a b c
8JH4 102 25 25 10
a c 8JH4 104 28 35 15
8JH4 105 19.5 39 14.5
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 8
b
a b
8JH4 112
8JH4 114
20
14
25
29
10
12.6 7
b
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 0
8
8JK3 061 36.5 45.5 20
8JK3 441 32 41 19
8JH4 102, 8JH4 104, 8JH4 112, 8JH4 105, 8JH4 106, 8JH4 114
8JH4 122, 8JH4 124, 8JH4 125, 8JK3 061
8JK3 441
5 4 1 6 M 8
9
M 5
10
6 8 1)
M 4
5 0
1 2
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 3
4 8
8JK3 113 11
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 2
4 5
M 6
3 9
13
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 1
3 0
8JK3 143
14
Extension terminals
15
d
Type a b c d
16
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 6
8JK3 201 65 12 25 25
b c 8JK3 281 70 20 32.5 54
a
17
1) 8JK3 172: 88 mm high.
4 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 7
4 7
3 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 6 9
2 1
1 2
2 1 M 4 2 5 1 0
4 8
3 6 2 4
8HP6 601
M 5 M 5
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 0
2 6
M 4
5 0
3 2 1 9
5 2
8JH4 02 4 ,5
M 5
4 6
3 8
4 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 4
8JH4 044
3 8
4 ,5
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 2
2 4
M 8
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 1
6 5
4 6
8JH4 04
6 ,2
1 9 ,5
7 0
M 5 6 8 ,5
8JK4 01
4 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 5
M 1 0
4 ,5
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 3
7 5
3 5
3 8
2 7
8JH4 043 9 4
1 0 6 6 ,2
8JK4 04
M 8
2
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 6
1 )
1 1 2
9 4
4
6 ,2
5 5
1 0 6
4 3 ,5
I2 _ 1 2 3 4 6
7
5 8 ,5
I2 _ 1 2 3 4 8
3 8
P E P E
1 6 2 7
4 0
L 1 L 1
4 0
5 8
L 2
2 4 0
L 2
2 4 0
4 0
L 3 3 0
5 8
6 6
4 0
N L 3
8
5 8 ,5
3 8
4 3 ,5
2 8 9 1 2 8 7 2 2
3 0 7 1 2 7 2 8 9 1 2 8 7 2 2
3 0 7 1 2 7
10
3 7 ,5
P E Busbar Dimen-
holder sion
4 8
3 5
L 1
for
4 9
L 2 a b
2 4 0
4 9
L 3 250 A 2 14
3 6
400 A, 630 A 21 33
4 8
11
N
b
3 7 ,5
1000 A 12 24
I2 _ 1 2 3 4 9
12
Cu 20 × 8 mm and 2 × Cu (20 × 8) mm, 400 A and 630 A
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 0 I2 _ 1 2 3 5 1 13
2 3 6
2 3 6
4 0
14
4 0
2 3 6 5 4 3
8HP1 790 for enclosure size 2 8HP1 791 for enclosure size 3
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/49
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Cover
7 5
8HP1 222
P E
4 0
L 1
4 0
L 2
4 0
L 3
4 0
N
8 5
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 2
8 9 1 6 1 2
Cover
P E 8HP1 222
9 0
4 9 4 8
L 1
L 2
4 9
L 3
4 8
N
9 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 5
1 0 7 3 6
Cover
8HP1 222
7 5
P E
4 0
L 1
4 0
L 2
4 0 4 0
L 3
N
8 5
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 3
1 0 8 1 6 1 8
Cover
5 0
P E 8HP1 232
4 8
L 1
4 9
L 2
4 9
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 6
L 3
4 8
N
5 0
1 8 5 8 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 5 4
Cover
6 0
8HP1 232
P E
4 0
L 1
4 0 4 0
L 2
L 3
4 0
N
6 0
1 8 4 1 6 4 5
18,5
53 53 53
I2_12328
61,5
63,5
82
82
I2_12326
233
M6
16
18,3
20
53
116,5
53
17
53
M6
4
233
8HP1 500 without knockout 8HP1 512 knockouts 4 × Pg21 plus 4 × Pg16 or 4 × Pg21 plus 4 × Pg29
5
35 35
22
I2_12327 M6 I2_12329
21 21
82
82
43
6 6 14,5 10 M6
7
87 87 49 49 49
116,5 233
233
8HP1 511 knockouts 8 × Pg16 or 6 × Pg16 plus 2 × Pg36 8HP1 513 knockouts 8 × Pg29
The knockouts for Pg29 (Ø 38 mm) can also be used for 8HP1 8.. rubber cable
entries.
8
Cable entry plates
257 9
10
125
13,5
I2_12330
Knockout for Pg21 75
11
33 18
48
30
30
104
I2 _ 1 2 3 3 1
1 0 0
6 8
7 6
2 3 4
2 2 5
2 5 0 2 ...3 1 5 I2 _ 1 2 3 3 2
8HP1 440
3 8
4 7
5 9
7 0
8 5
5 8
3 5
4 ,5
1 0 6
1 2 7 5 ,5 1 1 9
2 5
8HP1 441
I2 _ 1 2 3 4 0
6 3
4 7
8 4
7 8
3 8 3 ,5
4 9 2 7 4 0
8HP1 442
Mounting rail
2 3 6
5 ,5
M 4 x 6
I2 _ 1 2 3 3 6
2 5 ,5 2 8 x 7 = 1 9 6
2 4 7
8JK1 13
Support rail
2 3 6
M 4 x 8 M 4 x 8
2 5 ,5
I2 _ 1 2 3 3 7
1 0 5 1 0 5
2 1 0
2 4 8
2 1 2 3 6 2 1 1
I2 _ 1 2 3 4 1
5
2 7
3 5
2 7 8 7 ,3
8HP6 510
I2 _ 1 2 3 3 8
2 9
Type a
M 4
M 5 8HP6 614 35
8HP6 611 15
I2 _ 1 2 3 3 3
I2 _ 1 2 3 8 6
8HP6 612 30
1 6
7 1
4
8HP6 613 50
1 5
8HP6 615 10
a
8JH1 353 20 4 ,3
8JH1 354 30
8JH1 355 45 4 0 5
6
1 4 ,5
M 4 8JH1 356 50
4 ,5
M 5 5 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 8 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 8
M 6 x 3 5 1 2
8
3
7 x 1 0
2 0 0 0
8
2 0
9 ,5 2 5 M 6
4 9 0
8HC3 800 fixing lug for single enclosures and small distribution boards
7
9
1 2 4
2 0
1 2
10
7 7
11
3 3 0
6 0
1 2 4
12
5 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 7 9
3
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/53
17
© Siemens AG 2007
5 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 8 1
5 3
3 5 7
6 0 0
2
8HP9 031 supporting foot for free-standing installation with 8HP support
rack
$ 50 × 50 knocked out for support profile
% Floor mounting
I2 _ 1 2 3 8 2
1 4
2 5 1 7
3 0 7
8 ,5 6 ,5
1 7 4 2 1 5 1 6
2 5
5 0 2 5 7 3 0 7 3 0 7 3 0 7
1 1 9 ,2
1 9 1 8
9 ,2
4
4
5 0
5 0
5
I2 _ 1 2 3 8 3
3 0 7
3
6 0
1 9 5 2
5
8 9 1 0 1 1 2 0
1 2
2 1
1 3
7 6
G r.1
1 )
7
3 7 0
8
6 7 7 b z w . 3 7 0
9 ,5
3 0 7
1 9 0
7
9
8 0
8 0
1 8 4 2 2 5 3 3 8
3
2 4 2 2 2 3
$ Lifting lug
% Support profile
& Mounting rail, 6 sections
( Enclosure size 4
/ Double flange
0 Corner cover
1 Corner profile
2 Support profile extension
7 direct
8 Top cover
9 Side panel
: Joining sheet
10
6 0
I2 _ 1 2 3 8 4
12
1) If mounting enclosures within the cable space cover, and the
outer height left and right is 370 mm, only enclosure size 1 can be used.
If the outer height is 677 mm, both enclosure sizes 1 and 2 can be used.
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 7/55
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
8/1
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA SELECT:
With ALPHA SELECT we offer a complete software package for So you can spend more time on your other projects.
implementing indoor distribution boards and meter cabinets.
8/2
© Siemens AG 2007
S u r e d id !
ALPHA Configuration
Software
8
ALPHA SELECT, the selection tool for ALPHA distribution assembly kits and accessories or a meter cabinet in
boards and ALPHA meter cabinets. Just select an ALPHA accordance with DNP stipulations – and you will be shown a list
distribution board up to 630 A with its quick-assembly kits, of components and a mounting picture.
9/8/3
8/3
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA SELECT
■ Overview
Using ALPHA SELECT, electricians and electrical wholesalers can
quickly select a SIMBOX or an ALPHA distribution board of up to
630 A with its quick-assembly kits, assembly kits and the respective
accessories. Meter cabinets are VNB-compliant or can be selected
according to specific technical criteria. Using the complete and
empty enclosures of the ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution
system, you can design your own distribution board. The empty
enclosures can be equipped with assembly kits, top-mounted
frames and covers. Discounts may be granted for individual items or
products in the supplied parts list and any surcharges for mounting
requirements included in the calculation. This will give you the final
purchase price. Now all you have to do is print the list of components
with the mounting picture – and that's it – done!
ALPHA SELECT is part of the SIMARIS product range.
For more information, please contact your local Siemens
representative.
ALPHA SELECT is available
• on the CD-ROM included in this catalog
• as a download at the following Internet address / menu item
Support: http://www.siemens.com/alpha Meter cabinet equipment
■ Technical specifications 2
Hardware requirements
Processor from 1 GHz
Main memory min. 256 MB RAM
Operating system Windows XP/2000/NT 4 (Service Pack 5)
Free hard disk space 40 ... 400 MB (depending on the number of
modules installed)
Screen
CD-ROM drive
min. 1024 × 768 with16-bit color intensity
yes 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 8/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 8/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
7
8/8 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
9/2 Introduction
9/11
9/17
8WH high-current terminals1)
9/24
8WH flat-type terminals
9/27
9/29
8WA Insta or three-tier terminals
9/34
9/35
8WA terminals for components
9/38
with soldered and plug-in connection
9/46
for auxiliary circuits
9/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Clamping methods
The terminals are designed so that, when the terminal screws
are tightened, any tensile stress which occurs causes elastic
deformation of the terminal bodies. This compensates for any
creepage of the clamping conductor. The deformation of the
threaded section prevents loosening of the clamping screw,
even under heavy mechanical and thermal strain (for example
vibration stress of 10 g or thermal cycles).
The following clamping methods are used: terminal body with
pressure plate for terminal sizes 16, 35 and 70 mm². Strain-relief
clamps for terminal sizes 2.5, 4 and 6 mm². Screw with
connection disk for fuse terminals and terminals for
components.
Terminal size
The terminal size corresponds with the nominal cross-section.
According to EN 60947-7-1 a flexible copper conductor of
nominal cross-section can be connected to any clamping point
Terminal strip with different terminal blocks: 8WA1 011-1DG11 terminal with or without end sleeve.
blocks, 8WA1 011-1NG31 neutral isolating terminals with feeder terminal
for neutral busbar 6 × 6 mm, 8WA1 011-1PG00 protective conductor Mounting
terminals, 8WA1 011-1SF12 fuse terminals, and various two-tier
terminals. The standard mounting rail according to EN 50022-35 serves
The terminals are snapped onto 35 mm mounting rails according
as the PE bar. to IEC 60715 TH35 and secured against movement using end
retainers.
Terminal blocks are used for the space-saving connection of
incoming and outgoing lines in switchgear and distribution A lateral mounting tolerance of 0.2 mm must be maintained
boards. between the terminals.
3
complied with prior to connection, e.g. the brushing and
greasing of conductors. allow parallel connection of up to 10 terminals up to terminal size
35 mm². The 10-pole link rails can be shortened as required. On
After a few days, the connection should be tightened again for 70 mm² terminals the link rails are two-pole. On the 50 mm² to
safety reasons. 240 mm² terminals they are inserted in the clamping points. Link
rails for flat-type and bolt-type screw terminals are not included
) $
%
in the scope of delivery.
Barriers 4
Barriers are yellow in color and project beyond the contours of
& the terminals. Their functions are the visual separation of groups
( of terminals, the electrical isolation of adjacent link rails and
improving the insulation rating for solder and push-on terminals.
Insulation plates
5
*
8WA1 825 and 8WA1 022-7TK00 insulation plates can be used
5
8WA1 011-1DG11
- beige 8WA1 011-1DG11 041 100
- blue 8WA1 011-1BG11 041 50
- red 8WA1 011-1BG21 041 50
- green-yellow 8WA1 011-1PG11 041 50
- orange
- black
• Terminal block
8WA1 011-1BG22
8WA1 011-1BG24
041
041
50
50 6
8WA1 011-0DG21 - beige, 3-pole, width 19.5 mm 8WA1 011-3DG21 041 10
7
- beige, 10-pole, width 65.5 mm, with labeled 1 ... 10 8WA1 011-0DG22 041 20
- beige, 10-pole, width 65.5 mm, without inscription 8WA1 011-0DG21 041 20
Accessories Section Page
Covers
• With lightning symbol, Accessories 9/8 8WA1 811 041 50
for terminal size 4 and 6 mm²
• White, facility for inscription,
for terminal size 4 and 6 mm²
Accessories 9/8 8WA1 862 041 50 8
• For link rails
- transparent, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 9/8 8WA1 822-7AX01 041 10
- white, facility for inscription,
for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
Fixing components
Accessories 9/8
Accessories 9/8
8WA1 822-7AX03
8WA1 815
041
041
10
1
9
Links, for terminal size 4 mm² Accessories 9/8 8WA1 822-7VG00 041 50
Flat connectors
Terminal strips
Test sockets
Accessories 9/9
Accessories 9/9
Accessories 9/9
8WA1 890
8WA1 741-2X
8WA1 854
041
041
041
100
100
5 10
Jumpers Accessories 9/9 8WA1 865 041 50
Note: Between terminals with terminal sizes 2.5 and
6 mm², two 8WH1 820 barriers are required.
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
Link rails, for terminal size 4 mm²
Accessories 9/9 8WA1 825 041 50 11
• For two terminals Accessories 9/10 8WA1 850 041 50
• For three terminals
• For three terminals
• For ten terminals
Accessories 9/10
Accessories 9/10
Accessories 9/10
8WA1 851
8WA1 852
8WA1 853
041
041
041
50
20
10
12
Barriers, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 9/10 8WA1 820 041 50
13
Through-type PE terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
• Green-yellow
• Mounting width 7.2 mm
• Terminal height30 mm
• Terminal length 51 mm
•Us
8WA1 011-1PG01
Versions
• One screw terminal
• Two screw terminals
8WA1 011-1PG01
8WA1 011-1PG00
041
041
50
50
14
Accessories Section Page
Barriers, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 9/10 8WA1 820 041 50
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA1 204
- beige
- blue
• Terminal block
8WA1 204
8WA1 011-1BK11
041
041
20
10 5
- 3-pole, width 30 mm 8WA1 304 041 20
6
Accessories Section Page
Covers
• With lightning symbol, for terminal size 16 mm² Accessories 9/8 8WA1 812 041 50
• White, facility for inscription, for terminal size 16 mm² Accessories 9/8 8WA1 892 041 50
8WA1 304
• For link rails
- transparent, for terminal size 16 and 35 mm²
- white, facility for inscription,
for terminal size 16 and 35 mm²
Accessories 9/8
Accessories 9/8
8WA1 822-7AX02
8WA1 822-7AX04
041
041
10
10 7
Insulation plates, for terminal size 16 and 35 mm² Accessories 9/9 8WA1 822-7TK00 041 50
Link rails, for terminal size 16 mm²
• For two terminals
• For three terminals
Accessories 9/10
Accessories 9/10
8WA1 842
8WA1 845
041
041
20
20
8
• For three terminals Accessories 9/10 8WA1 848 041 10
• For ten terminals Accessories 9/10 8WA1 802 041 10
Barriers, for terminal size 6 and 16 mm²
Through-type PE terminals and through-type PEN terminals,
terminal size 16 mm²
Accessories 9/10 8WA1 821
8WA1 011-1PK00
041
041
50
25
9
• Green-yellow
• For I = 76 A
• Mounting width 12 mm
• Terminal height 38 mm
• Terminal length 53 mm
• Two screw terminals
10
•Us
11
Accessories Section Page
8WA1 011-1PK00
Barriers, for terminal size 6 and 16 mm² Accessories 9/10 8WA1 821 041 50
Terminal size 35 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 35 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 125 A
• Rated insulation voltage 800 V
• Mounting width 16 mm
• Terminal height 50 mm
• Terminal length 53 mm
12
• U AWG 10-1
• s AWG 12-2
8WA1 205
Versions
• Individual terminal
- beige 8WA1 205 041 20
13
- blue 8WA1 011-1BM11 041 10
14
• Terminal block
- 3-pole, width 48 mm 8WA1 305 041 20
Accessories Section Page
Covers
• With lightning symbol, for terminal size 35 mm² Accessories 9/8 8WA1 813 041 50
8WA1 305
• White, facility for inscription,
for terminal size 35 mm²
• For link rails, transparent,
Accessories 9/8
Accessories 9/8
8WA1 893
8WA1 822-7AX02
041
041
50
10
15
for terminal size 16 and 35 mm²
16
Insulation plates, for terminal size 16 and 35 mm² Accessories 9/9 8WA1 822-7TK00 041 50
Link rails, for terminal size 35 mm²
• for two terminals Accessories 9/10 8WA1 828 041 20
• for three terminals Accessories 9/10 8WA1 803 041 20
• for ten terminals Accessories 9/10 8WA1 804 041 10
Barriers, for terminal size 35 mm²
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories 9/10 8WA1 823
Siemens ET A1 · 2007
041
9/7
25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
37,5 8,5
15
NSH00046
4,5
57
8WA1 815
Links
for link rails
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WA1 822-7VF01 041 50
• For terminal size 4 mm² 8WA1 822-7VG00 041 50
• For terminal size 6 mm² 8WA1 822-7VH00 041 50
8WA1 822-7VF01
3
8WA1 808
Flat connectors
• Slotted
8WA1 890 041 100 4
• 6.3 to 0.8 mm
8WA1 890 • Up to 18 A
• For voltages up to 250 V
• One or two flat connectors can be mounted with terminal sizes 4 and 6.
Terminal strips
• 6-pole
8WA1 741-2X 041 5
5
• Labeled 1 to 6
6
8WA1 741-2X
Test sockets
• Ø 2.3 mm
• Up to 10 A
8WA1 854 041 100 7
• Terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
8WA1 854
8WA1 867
Test plugs
• For 8WA1 and 8WA2 terminals with 2.3 mm ø hole or 8WA1 854,
8WA1 884 test sockets
• Uninterrupted current 10 A
8
Versions
• Red
• Blue
Jumpers
8WA1 868
8WA1 870
8WA1 865
041
041
041
10
10
50
9
up to 32 A
Note
Between terminals with terminal sizes 2.5 and 6 mm²,
two 8WH1 820 barriers are required. 10
8WA1 865
Insulation plates
11
• For terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA1 825 041 50
• For terminal size 16 and 35 mm² 8WA1 822-7TK00 041 50
8WA1 825
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
The high-current terminals cover cross-sectional areas from
16 to 240 mm². A reliable cable connection is ensured through
effective design measures, such as:
• Three-point centering of the conductor in the prismatic sleeve
base
3
• Low contact resistance of the contact area through grooved
surface
• Screw locking through spring-loaded elements
• Enclosed terminals on both sides
The terminals have an insulating enclosure made of
4
polyamide 6.6.
For terminals with terminal sizes up to 95 mm², green-yellow PE
terminals are available.
Mounting on mounting rails according to IEC 60715.
5
Note:
For flat-type terminals with terminal bolt, see section flat-type
terminals. 6
7
■ Technical specifications 8
8WH1 000-0AN00 / 8WH1 000-0CN07 8WH1 000-0AQ00 /
0AN01 0AQ01
Dimensions
• Width/length in mm 20 / 70.5 25 / 83
9
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15 / TS 32) in mm - / 83.5 / 81.5 - / 97.5 / 95.5
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Maximum load current/cross-section in A / mm²
• Max. cross-section with comb (rigid/flexible) in mm²
150 / 50
-
232 / 95
95 / 70
10
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 8/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group in - / -
Connection capacities
III / I
11
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic sleeve in mm² 25 ... 50 / 25 ... 50 35 ... 95 / 35 ... 95
12
Multi-conductor connection
(two conductors of same cross-section)
• Rigid/flexible in mm² 10 ... 16 / 10 ... 16 25 ... 35 / 25 ... 35
• Flexible without end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 10 ... 16 16 ... 35
Stripped length in mm
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Screw thread
24
B10
M6 -
33
B12
M8
13
Tightening torque in Nm 6 ... 8 - 15 ...20
Clamping point: screw thread/tightening torque in - / Nm
Fixing: screw thread/tightening torque in - / Nm
-
-
M 6 / 6 ... 8
M 6 / 6 ... 8
-
- 14
Insulation type PA
15
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: V / A / AWG 600 / 150 / 6 – 0 6–1/0 600 / 230 / 2 - 000
- CSA: V / A / AWG 600 / 125 / 6 – 0 - 600 / 230 / 1 - 000
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbar - see section 8WA
mounting rails /
protective conductor
-
16
busbars
8WH1 000-0AN00
- U = 1000 V
• EN 50019 (EU type approval certification No.: KEMA 98ATEX1786U)
- rigid 16-50 mm²
- flexible 25-50 mm²
5
- AWG 6-0
- I = 135 A
- U = 750 V
Versions
• Gray 8WH1 000-0AN00 044 10
6
• Blue 8WH1 000-0AN01 044 10
Accessories
Tap-off terminals, for terminal size 50 mm²
Insertion profiles, for terminal size 50 mm²
Section Page
Accessories 9/15
Accessories 9/15
8WH9 120-0AA00
8WH9 020-3MA00
044
044
10
10
7
Permanent links, for terminal size 50 mm²
• 2-pole Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-6HC00 044 10
• 3-pole
High-current PE terminals, terminal size 50 mm²
• Green-yellow
Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-6HD00
8WH1 000-0CN07
044
044
10
10
8
• Enclosed on both sides
• Terminal width 20 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 16-50 mm²
- flexible 25-50 mm²
9
- AWG 6-0
- I = 150 A
8WH1 000-0CN07
- U = 1000 V
• EN 50019 (EU type approval certification No.: KEMA 98ATEX1786U)
- rigid 16-50 mm²
- flexible 25-50 mm²
10
- AWG 6-0
- I = 135 A
- U = 750 V
Accessories
Insertion profiles, for terminal size 50 mm²
Section Page
Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3MA00 044 10
11
Terminal size 95 mm²
12
High-current terminals, terminal size 95 mm²
• Enclosed on both sides
• Terminal width 25 mm
• CUUS s
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 25-95 mm²
13
- flexible 35-95 mm²
- AWG 4-000
- I = 232 A
- U = 1000 V
Versions
8WH1 000-0AQ00
• Gray 8WH1 000-0AQ00 044 10
• Blue
Accessories
Tap-off terminals, for terminal size 95 mm²
Section Page
Accessories 9/15
8WH1 000-0AQ01
8WH9 120-0BA00
044
044
10
10
14
Combs, for terminal size 95 mm²
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
Insertion profiles, for terminal size 95 mm²
Accessories 9/15
Accessories 9/15
Accessories 9/15
8WH9 020-3AA00
8WH9 020-3BA00
8WH9 020-3NA00
044
044
044
10
10
10
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA1 010-1PQ00
Terminal size 150 mm²
High-current terminals, terminal size 150 mm²
• Enclosed on both sides
• Terminal width 31 mm
• CUUS s
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 35-150 mm²
- flexible 50-150 mm²
- AWG 2-300
- I = 309 A
- U = 1000 V
Versions
8WH1 000-0AS00
• Gray 8WH1 000-0AS00 044 10
• Blue 8WH1 000-0AS01 044 10
Accessories Section Page
Tap-off terminals, for terminal size 150 to Accessories 9/15 8WH9 120-0CA00 044 10
240 mm²
Combs, for terminal size 150 mm²
• 2-pole Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3CA00 044 10
• 3-pole Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3DA00 044 10
Insertion profiles, for terminal size 150 and Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3PA00 044 10
240 mm²
Terminal size 240 mm²
High-current terminals, terminal size 240 mm²
• Enclosed on both sides
• Terminal width 36 mm
• CUUS s
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 70-240 mm²
- flexible 70-240 mm²
- AWG 00-500
- I = 415 A
- U = 1000 V
Versions
8WH1 000-0AU00
• Gray 8WH1 000-0AU00 044 10
• Blue 8WH1 000-0AU01 044 10
Accessories Section Page
Tap-off terminals, for terminal size 150 to Accessories 9/15 8WH9 120-0CA00 044 10
240 mm²
Combs, for terminal size 240 mm²
• 2-pole Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3EA00 044 10
• 3-pole Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3FA00 044 10
Insertion profiles, for terminal size 150 and Accessories 9/15 8WH9 020-3PA00 044 10
240 mm²
3
Accessories
Tap-off terminals
• When wiring a pick-off with a smaller cross-section, observe the
overload and short-circuit strength specified in VDE 0100 Part 430
• Imax: 57 A
Versions
8WH9 120-0AA00
• For terminal size 50 mm²
• For terminal size 95 mm²
• For terminal size 150 to 240 mm²
8WH9 120-0AA00
8WH9 120-0BA00
8WH9 120-0CA00
044
044
044
10
10
10
4
Combs
• Totally insulated
• Fitted in the clamping sleeve and latched with the terminal enclosure.
Versions
5
• For terminal size 95 mm²
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-3AA00 044 10
- 3-pole
• For terminal size 150 mm²
- 2-pole
8WH9 020-3BA00
8WH9 020-3CA00
044
044
10
10
6
8WH9 020-3AA00 - 3-pole 8WH9 020-3DA00 044 10
• For terminal size 240 mm²
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
8WH9 020-3EA00
8WH9 020-3FA00
044
044
10
10
7
Insertion profiles
Evens out the prismatic sleeve floor when using flat conductors
8WH9 020-3MA00
Versions
• For terminal size 50 mm²
• For terminal size 95 mm²
8WH9 020-3MA00
8WH9 020-3NA00
044
044
10
10
8
• For terminal size 150 and 240 mm² 8WH9 020-3PA00 044 10
Permanent links, for terminal size 50 mm²
• For cross links
• Screw heads with insulating collar
• Remove partition first
9
• Imax= 150 A
10
Versions
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6HC00 044 10
8WH9 020-6HC00 • 3-pole 8WH9 020-6HD00 044 10
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 10.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
11
8WH8 120-5AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 100 units
8WH8 120-5AB05 044 100
8WH8 120-5AA15
- 11 to 20 (10×) 100 units
8WH8 120-5AB15 044 100
8WH8 120-5AA25 - 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
8WH8 120-5AB25
100 units
100 units
044 100 12
8WH8 120-5AB35 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 100 units
• Custom inscription
8WH8 120-5AA15
8WH8 120-5XA05
100 units
044
044
100
100
13
• U/V/W/N/grounding 100 units
8WH8 120-5AA25 044 100
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/15
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
The bolt-type screw terminals complement the range of flat-type
terminals. The bolt-type screw terminals for cable lugs
according to DIN 46234 and DIN 46237 are available in M6, M8
and M10 versions. The screws are locked with spring washers.
Large labels can be applied to the bolt on both sides of the
3
mounting rail. A comprehensive range of accessories, such as
the connecting rails for cross-linking, allow reliable, convenient
wiring of the conductors.
The bolt can be labeled on both sides of the mounting rail with
large clip-on labeling strips.
4
Mounting on mounting rails according to IEC 60715.
5
6
7
■ Technical specifications 8
8WH1 070-0AN00 8WH1 070-0AQ00 8WH1 070-0AS00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of bolts in mm
• Height (TS 35/7.5) in mm
18.4 / 43.5 / 25
59
24.5 / 43.5 / 25
59 / 66.5
32.6 / 43.5 / 25 9
• Height (TS 35/15) in mm 66.5
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 8/3
10
• Overvoltage category/insulating group in - / - III / II
Connection capacities
• Cable lugs, DIN 46235 in mm² 1)
Screw thread
6 ... 25
M6
16 ... 25
M8
16 ... 50
M 10
11
Tightening torque [Nm] 3 ... 7 6 ... 15 10 ... 18
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
PC-GF
V0 12
1) See also Table on page 9/20
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/17
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH1 070-0AN00
Terminal size 95 mm²
Bolt-type screw terminals, terminal size 95 mm² 8WH1 070-0AQ00 044 25
• Gray
• M8
• For mounting on mounting rail acc. to IEC 60715
• Terminal width 24.5 mm
• I = 232 A
Accessories Section Page
Quick-fit end retainers Accessories 9/18 8WH9 150-0CA00 044 50
8WH1 070-0AQ00
Terminal size 150 mm²
Bolt-type screw terminals, terminal size 150 mm² 8WH1 070-0AS00 044 25
• Gray
• M10
• For mounting on mounting rail acc. to IEC 60715
• Terminal width 32.6 mm
• I = 309 A
Accessories Section Page
Quick-fit end retainers Accessories 9/18 8WH9 150-0CA00 044 50
8WH1 070-0AS00
Accessories
Quick-fit end retainers 8WH9 150-0CA00 044 50
For labeling with front labels, for terminal width 5.2 mm and
terminal strip markers
8WH9 150-0CA00
■ Overview 2
The range of flat-type terminals cover cross-sectional areas from
4 to 240 mm². Each terminal size is available as a bolt-type
terminal for cable lugs. The screws are secured on the bolt-type
terminals using spring washers.
For mounting on mounting rails according to IEC 60715.
3
4
5
■ Technical specifications
6
Dimensions
8WH1 060-0AL00 8WH1 060-0AN00 8WH1 060-
0AQ00
8WH1 060-0AS00 8WH1 060-0AU00
7
• Height / length / width in mm 53 / 88 / 26 54.5 / 95 / 32 56 / 110 / 40 56 / 110 / 46 58 / 125 / 53
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN
VDE
• Maximum load current/cross-section 101 / 25 150 / 50 232 / 95 309 / 150 415 / 240
8
in A / mm²
9
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree 8/3
in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / II
Connection capacities
10
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic 4 ... 25 / 4 ... 25 25 ... 50 / 25 ... 50 35 ... 95 / 35 ... 95 50 ... 150 / 70 ... 185 /
sleeve in mm² 50 ... 150 70 ... 185
• Set of screws/terminal bolts M8 M 10 M 12 M 16
• Eye diameter/busbar in mm / mm 8.4 / 15 x 3 10.5 / 20 x 3 13 / 30 x 5 17 / 40 x 5
11
• Cable lugs, DIN 46235 in mm² 16 ... 25 16 ... 50 25 ... 95 25 ... 150 50 ... 185
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic 2.5 ... 25 6 ... 50 10 ... 95 10 ... 150 25 ... 240
sleeve in mm²
Multi-conductor connection
(two conductors of same cross-section)
• Rigid/flexible in mm²
• Flexible without end sleeve with plastic
sleeve in mm²
2.5 ... 10 / 4 ... 10
2.5 ... 10
10 ... 16 / 10 ... 16
10 ... 16
25 ... 35 / 25 ... 35
16 ... 35
25 ... 50 / 35 ... 50
25 ... 50
35 ... 95 / 50 ... 95
35 ... 50
12
Stripped length in mm 21 26 29 34
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
KH: screw thread/tightening torque
in – / Nm
B8
M 5 / 4 ... 4.5
B10
M 6 / 6 ... 8
B12
M 8 / 15 ... 20
B14
M 10 / 25 ... 30
B15
13
Set of screws AS: Tightening torque 15 ... 20 25 ... 30 30 ... 35
in Nm
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
PA-F
HB
14
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: V / A / AWG 600 / 85 / 6 – 4 600 / 150 / 6 – 0 600 / 230 / 2 – 000 600 / 285 / 2 AWG
– 300 kcmil
600 / 380 / 0 AWG
– 500 kcmil
15
- CSA: V / A / AWG 600 / 100 / 6 – 4 600 / 125 / 6 – 0 600 / 200 / 2 – 000 600 / 275 / 2 AWG 600 / 400 / 0 AWG
one conductor with cable lug underneath the current bar and the
16
The cable lugs in flat-type terminals are securely clamped with second on the current bar.
screws. The screws are secured with a spring washer.
Connection of cable lugs to DIN 46234 and DIN 46235 is
I2_12740
I2_12741
Conductor Hole ∅ d2 Width d3 Hole ∅ d2 Width b
cross-section in mm in mm in mm in mm
in mm²
M6 1.5 6.4 10 - -
2.5 6.4 11 - -
6 6.4 11 6.4 8.5
10 6.4 11 6.4 8.5
16 6.4 11 6.4 12
25 6.4 12 6.4 14
35 6.4 16 - -
50 6.4 18 - -
M8 2.5 8.4 14 - -
6 8.4 14 - -
10 8.4 14 - -
16 8.4 14 8.4 13
25 8.4 16 8.4 16
35 8.4 16 8.4 17
50 8.4 18 8.4 20
70 8.4 22 8.4 24
95 8.4 24 - -
120 8.4 24 - -
M10 6 10.5 18 - -
10 10.5 18 - -
16 10.5 18 10.5 17
25 10.5 18 10.5 17
35 10.5 18 10.5 19
50 10.5 18 10.5 22
70 10.5 22 10.5 24
95 10.5 24 10.5 28
120 10.5 24 10.5 32
150 10.5 30 10.5 34
185 10.5 36 10.5 37
240 10.5 38 - -
M12 10 13 22 - -
16 13 22 - -
25 13 22 13 19
35 13 22 13 21
50 13 22 13 24
70 13 22 13 24
95 13 24 13 28
120 13 24 13 32
150 13 30 13 34
185 13 36 13 37
240 13 38 13 42
M16 25 17 28 - -
35 17 28 - -
50 17 28 17 28
70 17 28 17 30
95 17 28 17 32
120 17 28 17 32
150 17 30 17 34
185 17 36 17 37
240 17 38 17 42
044
Unit(s)
10
3
• M8 terminal bolts
4
• Double conductor run with set of screws
• For busbar and cable lug connection
• Terminal width 26 mm
• U, s
8WH1 060-0AL00 • Clamping sleeve 6-25 mm²
• AWG 10-4
5
• IEC 60947-7-1
• Supply data
- I = 101 A
- U = 1000 V
• Height/length/width in mm: 53/88/23
Accessories Section Page
Partitions, for terminal size 25 to 50 mm²
Link rails, for terminal size 25 mm²
• 2-pole
Accessories 9/23
Accessories 9/23
8WH9 070-0VA00
8WH9 030-3AC00
044
044
10
10
6
• 3-pole Accessories 9/23 8WH9 030-3AD00 044 10
Terminal size 50 mm²
Flat-type terminals, terminal size 50 mm²
• M10 terminal bolts
• Double conductor run with set of screws
8WH1 060-0AN00 044 10 7
• For busbar and cable lug connection
• Terminal width 32 mm
8WH1 060-0AN00
• U, s
• Clamping sleeve 25-50 mm²
• AWG 6-0
• IEC 60947-7-1
8
• Supply data
- I = 150 A
- U = 1000 V
• Height/length/width in mm: 54.5/95/32
Accessories Section Page
9
Partitions, for terminal size 25 to 50 mm² Accessories 9/23 8WH9 070-0VA00 044 10
Link rails, for terminal size 50 mm²
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/21
17
© Siemens AG 2007
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 140-5AB15
8WH8 140-5AB25
100 units
100 units
044
044
100
100
4
8WH8 140-5AB05 - 31 to 40 (10×) 100 units
• Custom inscription
8WH8 140-5XA05
100 units
100 units
044
044
100
100
5
8WH8 110-5AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-5AA05
Partitions
• Gray
• Can be snapped in without separation loss between the terminal
mountings
6
• 180 mm wide
8WH9 070-0VA00 Versions
• For terminal size 25 to 50 mm²
• For terminal size 95 to 240 mm²
8WH9 070-0VA00
8WH9 070-0WA00
044
044
10
10
7
Link rails
for cross-linking high-current connectors with screw set AS
8WH9 030-3AC00
• For terminal size 25 mm²
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
8WH9 030-3AC00
8WH9 030-3AD00
044
044
10
10
8
• For terminal size 50 mm²
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
• For terminal size 95 mm²
8WH9 030-3BC00
8WH9 030-3BD00
044
044
10
10 9
- 2-pole 8WH9 030-3CC00 044 10
- 3-pole
• For terminal size 150 mm²
- 2-pole
8WH9 030-3CD00
8WH9 030-3DC00
044
044
10
10
10
- 3-pole 8WH9 030-3DD00 044 10
11
• For terminal size 240 mm²
- 2-pole 8WH9 030-3EC00 044 10
- 3-pole 8WH9 030-3ED00 044 10
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Neutral isolating terminals allow an insulation test to be The rated voltage between two branch terminals (1 slide open)
performed without disconnecting the neutral conductor is 289 V.
according to DIN VDE 0108 and DIN VDE 0100 (Standards for
the installation of electric power equipment). When they are used as shield terminals acc. to DIN VDE 0160,
they provide isolation between the central reference point (shield
The branch terminals are used for the connection of lines (L), for connection conductor) and the PE conductor.
example for power supplies, to the 6 mm x 6 mm busbar.
5
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for link rails Accessories 9/26 8WA1 822-7AX00 041 10
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbar Accessories 9/26 8WA2 867 041 50
N busbars, 6 × 6 mm
• 1109 mm long Accessories 9/26 8GF9 324-2 042 10
• 2000 mm long
Label holders
Accessories 9/26
Accessories 9/26
8WC5 020
3TX4 210-0J
100 units
103
101 100
1
6
Branch terminals, terminal size 4 mm² 8WA1 011-1NG32 041 50
• Beige
• Isolating distance 400 V
• Mounting width 6.5 mm
• With built-in test socket in the fixed part of the terminal
• Isolating distance
7
• U AWG 18-10
• s AWG 18-10
Accessories
Covers, for link rails
N busbars, 6 × 6 mm
Section Page
Accessories 9/26 8WA1 822-7AX00 041 10 8
• 1109 mm long Accessories 9/26 8GF9 324-2 042 10
• 2000 mm long
Label holders
Accessories 9/26
Accessories 9/26
8WC5 020
3TX4 210-0J
100 units
103
101 100
1
9
Terminal size 6 mm²
10
Neutral isolating terminals, terminal size 6 mm² 8WA1 011-1NH01 041 50
• Blue
• Rated uninterrupted current 41 A
• Rated insulation voltage 500 V
• Mounting width 8 mm
• Terminal height 35 mm
11
• Terminal length 55 mm
• With built-in test socket in the fixed part of the terminal
• U AWG 14-8
8WA1 011-1NH01 • s AWG 14-8
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for link rails Accessories 9/26 8WA1 822-7AX00 041 10
N busbars, 6 × 6 mm
• 1109 mm long
• 2000 mm long
Accessories 9/26
Accessories 9/26
8GF9 324-2
8WC5 020
042
103
10
1
12
Label holders Accessories 9/26 100 units
8WA1 604
101
041
100
50
13
• Blue
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A
• Rated insulation voltage 500 V
• Mounting width 10 mm
• Terminal height 35 mm
• Terminal length 55 mm
14
• U AWG 12-4
Accessories Section Page
15
8WA1 604
Covers, for link rails Accessories 9/26 8WA1 822-7AX00 041 10
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbar Accessories 9/26 8WA2 868 041 50
N busbars, 6 × 6 mm
• 1109 mm long Accessories 9/26 8GF9 324-2 042 10
• 2000 mm long
Label holders
Accessories 9/26
Accessories 9/26
8WC5 020
3TX4 210-0J
100 units
103
101 100
1
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
The Insta or three-tier terminals incorporate up to 3 different • Through-type connection for one phase conductor
terminal functions in one insulating body of 6 mm width. The
3
• Neutral conductor connection which can be isolated from the
width of 3 Insta terminals corresponds with the hole pitch of 6 mm × 6 mm neutral busbar.
18 mm standardized in distribution board assembly. Tools are
required to remove the terminals from the mounting rail. Insta terminal PE, L, N
All clamping points for incoming and outgoing cables have a If no neutral isolation is required, the 8WA1 011-3JF17 terminal
notch for an labeling plate 8WA8 8.. . The PE/ground terminals
are already marked green-yellow and the neutral conductor
terminals blue.
is used:
• PE/ground terminal
• Through-type connection for one phase conductor
4
The neutral busbar has the same position for Insta terminals and • Through-type connection for the neutral conductor
neutral isolating terminals. This allows , for example, the use of a
16mm² neutral isolating terminal as an infeed for the neutral
busbar.
8WA1 011-3JF16, -3JF17 and -3JF18 allow the neutral busbar to
Insta terminal PE, L, L
Design of 8WA1 011-3JF16 terminal as previous version. Instead
5
of the through-type connection for the neutral conductor, a
be routed with a mounting depth of 42.5 mm. through-type connection for a second phase conductor is fitted.
Insta terminal PE, L, NT
The 8WA1 011-3JF20 terminal is the basic version for AC
circuits. It contains:
Insta terminal, L, L
8AW1 011-3JF18 terminal contains two through-type
6
connections for two phase conductors. These are generally
• PE/ground terminal used for three-phase load circuits.
8
P. unit
1 unit Unit(s)
General details
• Thermoplastic insulating body
• Screw terminal on both sides
• Enclosed on both sides
• Neutral conductor connection, 6 mm x 6 mm neutral conductor
connection
Note Section Page
9
For labeling accessories see ... Accessories 14/2
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Insta terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 24 A
• Rated insulation voltage
10
- 400 V between phase conductors
- 250 V between phase and PE conductors and for neutral isolating
8WA1 011-3JF16
distance
• Mounting width 6 mm
• Terminal height 42.5 mm
• Terminal length 87 mm
11
• Screw terminal with double conductor run
• U AWG 22-12
Circuit diagram
N/L
Type
PE, L, L 8WA1 011-3JF16 041 50 12
NSH00020
L
PE
N/L
PE, L, N 8WA1 011-3JF17 041 50
13
NSH00020
L
PE
14
NSH00021
15
NT
NSH00022
L
PE
8WA1 808
Device identification labels 100 units
for end retainer, blank labeling plate 3TX4 210-0H 101 100
Insulation carriers, for mounting insulated mounting rails 8WA1 857 041 20
8WA1 857
Blank labeling plates 100 units
For terminal marking 8WA8 848-2AY 041 100
N busbars, 6 × 6 mm
rated uninterrupted current 125 A
Versions
• 1109 mm long 8GF9 324-2 042 10
- for four-field
• 2000 mm long 8WC5 020 103 1
8GF9 324-2 - bare
Note
Prices apply for orders from € 25.00. For orders below € 25.00,
a processing charge of € 2.50 net is added.
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA1 825 041 50
Link rails, for Insta terminals
• For two terminals 8WA1 822-7VF02 041 50
• For three terminals 8WA1 822-7VF03 041 50
• For three terminals 8WA1 822-7VF04 041 20
• For ten terminals 8WA1 822-7VF10 041 10
Barriers, for Insta terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm² and measuring 8WA1 822-7TH00 041 50
transformer terminals, terminal size 6 mm²
1 unit
PG PS*
P. unit
Unit(s)
5
General details
6
• Thermoplastic insulating body
• Screw terminals on both sides
Note Section Page
For labeling accessories see ... Accessories 14/2
Terminal size 4 mm²
Two-tier terminal, terminal size 4 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• Rated insulation voltage 690 V (with end plate 800 V)
• Mounting width 6.5 mm
7
• Terminal height 45 mm
• Terminal length 64 mm
8WA1 011-6DG11
• U AWG 18-10
• s AWG 18-10
Versions
8
• Beige
9
- 1-pole 8WA1 011-6DG11 041 50
- 2-pole, with two isolated connections 8WA1 011-2DG11 041 50
• Blue
- 1-pole 8WA1 011-6BG11 041 50
- 2-pole, with two isolated connections 8WA1 011-2BG11 041 50
8WA1 011-2DG11
Accessories
Covers
• With lightning symbol,
Section
Accessories 9/30
Page
041
50
10 11
Links
12
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals Accessories 9/30 8WA1 822-7VG00 041 50
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals Accessories 9/30 8WA1 822-7VG01 041 50
Spacer sleeves Accessories 9/30 8WA1 822-7VH11 041 100
End plates Accessories 9/30 8WA1 817 041 50
13
Flat connectors Accessories 9/30 8WA1 890 041 100
Test sockets
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals Accessories 9/30 8WA1 854 041 100
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals Accessories 9/30 8WA1 884 041 100
Jumpers Accessories 9/30 8WA1 865 041 50
Insulation plates
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals
Accessories 9/30
Accessories 9/30
8WA1 825
8WA1 825
041
041
50
50
14
Link rails
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals
- for two terminals
- for three terminals
Accessories 9/30
Accessories 9/30
8WA1 850
8WA1 851
041
041
50
50
15
- for three terminals Accessories 9/30 8WA1 852 041 20
- for ten terminals
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals
- for two terminals
Accessories 9/30
Accessories 9/30
8WA1 853
8WA1 835
041
041
10
50
16
- for ten terminals Accessories 9/30 8WA1 838 041 10
Barriers Accessories 9/30 8WA1 823 041 25
8WA1 862
8WA1 822-7AX01
Links
• For link rails
• For terminal size 4 mm²
Versions
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals 8WA1 822-7VG00 041 50
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals 8WA1 822-7VG01 041 50
Spacer sleeves 8WA1 822-7VH11 041 100
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals
• Suitable for 2.3 mm test socket
End plates, for two-tier terminals 8WA1 817 041 50
Flat connectors 8WA1 890 041 100
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals
• Slotted
8WA1 890 • For voltages up to 250 V
• With terminal size 4 mm², 1 or 2 flat connectors can be fitted
Test sockets
Ø 2.3 mm
Versions
8WA1 854 • For upper tier of 2-pole terminals 8WA1 854 041 100
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals 8WA1 884 041 100
Jumpers 8WA1 865 041 50
for upper tier of 2-pole terminals
Note
The terminals must be fitted with end plates and must be fitted with the
end plates facing each other.
8WA1 865
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals 8WA1 825 041 50
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals 8WA1 825 041 50
8WA1 825
Link rails
• For upper tier of 2-pole terminals
- for two terminals 8WA1 850 041 50
- for three terminals 8WA1 851 041 50
- for three terminals 8WA1 852 041 20
- for ten terminals 8WA1 853 041 10
• For lower tier of 1- and 2-pole terminals
- for two terminals 8WA1 835 041 50
- for ten terminals 8WA1 838 041 10
Barriers 8WA1 823 041 25
■ Design 2
5 4b
3
4
4a
10
6
3
9
1 23
$ End plate
% Barrier
& Insulation plate
5
NS
H0
00 ,
4a Link rail for lower tier
,4 Link rail for upper tier
2
) Link for link rail
* Jumper
+ Test socket
, Soldering tag
6
8 - Flat connector, slotted
. Cover with lightning symbol
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/31
17
© Siemens AG 2007
General details
• Thermoplastic insulating body
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• Enclosed on both sides
4
Note Section Page
For labeling accessories see ... Accessories 14/2
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Diode terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WA1 011-1EF20 041 5
• Rated insulation voltage 250 V URRM
• Mounting width 6 mm
• Terminal height 26 mm
• Terminal length 41 mm
• Screw terminal on both sides with test possibility for Ø 2.3 mm
5
test plug
• Rated uninterrupted current 1 A
6
• Peak blocking voltage 1000 V
8WA1 011-1EF20 Accessories Section Page
Test plugs Accessories 9/33 8WA1 868 041 10
2 1 Reduction plugs Accessories 9/33 8WA1 871 041 10
8WA1 011-1EF20 Connecting combs Accessories 9/33 8WA1 822-7VF14 041 20
Barriers, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²,
with sectionalizing feature
Accessories 9/33 8WA1 820
8WA1 501
041
041
50
10 7
• Rated uninterrupted current 10 A
• Rated insulation voltage 380 V AC, 450 V DC
(with alternate outgoing soldering tags)
- open isolating distance 380 V AC, 450 V DC
- for use of barriers up to 750 V AC, 900 V DC
• Mounting width 6 mm
8
• Terminal height29 mm
• Terminal length 41 mm
8WA1 501
8WA1 501
• With 2 holes for Ø 2.3 mm test plug
• With screw terminal on both sides
Note
9
Through-type terminals with sectionalizing feature allow easy isolation of
the current path without disconnection of conductors. The sockets of the
terminal screws allow actions, such as the measuring of the loop
resistance or connection of an ammeter to the circuit. The use of
connection combs reduces the conductor cross-section by one level.
Accessories Section Page
10
Test plugs
• White
• Red
• Blue
Accessories 9/33
Accessories 9/33
Accessories 9/33
8WA1 867
8WA1 868
8WA1 870
041
041
041
10
10
10
11
Reduction plugs Accessories 9/33 8WA1 871 041 10
12
Connecting combs 4-pole Accessories 9/33 8WA1 822-7VF14 041 20
Barriers, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 9/33 8WA1 820 041 50
Accessories
Test plugs 8WA1 868 041 10
red
8WA1 868
13
Reduction plugs 8WA1 871 041 10
14
8WA1 871
Connecting combs, 4-pole
when using connection combs, the conductor cross-section
is reduced by one stage.
8WA1 822-7VF14 041 20
15
8WA1 822-7VF14
16
Barriers, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² 8WA1 820 041 50
8WA1 820
8WA1 011-1EE00
Plugs for components, terminal size 1.5 mm² 8WA1 822-7EE00 041 1
• Rated uninterrupted current 6.3 A
• Rated insulation voltage 500 V
• Mounting width 10 mm
• Plug height 29 mm
• Plug length 41 mm
• With PCB and labeling plate (20 mm × 9 mm)
8WA1 822-7EE00
NSH00006
Plug, completely
equipped, example
■ Dimensional drawings
max. 4
18
10
NSH00005
19
8
max. 2
■ Overview 2
8WA1 011-1SF12 fuse terminals are used to protect control The fuse links must be replaced at zero voltage. Finger-safety is
circuits against short-circuits. provided in both closed and open positions.
The fuse terminals are intended for 5 mm ×20 mm and
5 mm × 25 mm G fuse links up to 6.3 A and 250 V and for
bridging links up to 16 A and 800 V and have a mounting for a
The LED indicates the status of the disconnected fuse (residual
current from 2 to 5 mA), but not if the plug is removed (floating).
3
replacement fuse link. The double connection is designed so that two conductors with
different cross-sections can also be securely connected.
The fuse terminals are suitable for fuse-links, sizes
¼" × 1", ¼" × 11/4" (6.3 mm × 32 mm) to 6.3 A and 250 V.
Fuse terminals are positive opening fuse-disconnectors.
The fixing base of the G fuse terminal allows both centered and
recessed mounting, allowing the unhindered routing of a 6 mm
× 6 mm neutral busbar. The G fuse terminal can therefore be
4
joined into a single group with the other terminals of a branch.
General details
• With thermoplastic insulating body
• Screw terminal on both sides for 2 conductors each
1 unit Unit(s)
6
• Enclosed on both sides
8WA1 011-1SF12
• Open isolating distance 500 V
• U AWG 18-14
• s AWG 18-14
Versions
9
• For G-fuse
- without LED
- with LED 24 V AC/DC
- with LED 48 V AC/DC
8WA1 011-1SF12
8WA1 011-1SF13
8WA1 011-1SF14
041
041
041
10
10
10
10
- with LED 230 V AC/DC 8WA1 011-1SF15 041 10
8WA1 011-1SF13
• For inch fuse
- without LED
- with LED 24 V AC/DC
8WA1 011-1SF30
8WA1 011-1SF31
041
041
10
10
11
- with LED, 120 V AC/110 V DC 8WA1 011-1SF32 041 10
12
Accessories Section Page
G-fuse links
• Quick, high breaking capacity
- rated uninterrupted current 1 A Accessories 9/36 8WA1 822-7EF16 041 10
- rated uninterrupted current 1.6 A Accessories 9/36 8WA1 822-7EF18 041 10
- rated uninterrupted current 2.5 A
- rated uninterrupted current 4 A
- rated uninterrupted current 6.3 A
Accessories 9/36
Accessories 9/36
Accessories 9/36
8WA1 822-7EF21
8WA1 822-7EF23
8WA1 822-7EF25
041
041
041
10
10
10
13
• Slow, low breaking capacity
- rated uninterrupted current 1 A
- rated uninterrupted current 1.6 A
- rated uninterrupted current 2.5 A
Accessories 9/36
Accessories 9/36
Accessories 9/36
8WA1 822-7EF76
8WA1 822-7EF78
8WA1 822-7EF81
041
041
041
10
10
10
14
- rated uninterrupted current 4 A Accessories 9/36 8WA1 822-7EF83 041 10
- rated uninterrupted current 6.3 A
Bridging links
Link rails
Accessories 9/36
Accessories 9/36
Accessories 9/36
8WA1 822-7EF85
8WA1 891
8WA1 822-7VD05
041
041
041
10
10
20
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/35
17
© Siemens AG 2007
General details
• With thermoplastic insulating body
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• Enclosed on both sides
4
Note Section Page
For labeling accessories see ... Accessories 14/2
Terminal size 1.5 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 1.5 mm² 8WA1 221 041 50
• Beige
• Rated uninterrupted current 18 A
• Rated insulation voltage 380 V AC, 450 V DC with alternately arranged
terminals; when using barriers up to 800 V
• Mounting width 5.5 mm
5
• Terminal height 26 mm
8WA1 221
• Terminal length 41 mm
6
• Soldered connection on both sides
Accessories Section Page
Covers
• With lightning symbol Accessories 9/37 8WA1 810 041 50
• White, facility for inscription Accessories 9/37 8WA1 860 041 50
8WA1 232
041
041
50
50
7
with plug-in connector
8
• Beige
• Rated uninterrupted current 16 A per clamping point
• Rated insulation voltage 400 V, when using barriers up to 1000 V
• Mounting width 8 mm
• flat-type terminal on both sides
• 4 flat-type connections 6.3 – 0.8 mm
8WA1 232
Accessories
Covers
• With lightning symbol
Section Page
10
Link rails
• For two terminals Accessories 9/37 8WA1 822-7VH12 041 50
• For ten terminals Accessories 9/37 8WA1 822-7VH20 041 10
NSH00024
Barriers, for terminal size 6 to 16 mm² Accessories 9/37 8WA1 821 041 50
8WA1 232
Accessories
Covers
11
• With lightning symbol
8WA1 811
- for terminal size 1 to 2.5 mm²
- for terminal size 6 mm²
• White, facility for inscription
8WA1 810
8WA1 811
041
041
50
50 12
- for terminal size 1 to 2.5 mm² 8WA1 860 041 50
- for terminal size 6 mm²
Link rails, for terminal size 6 mm²
• For two terminals
8WA1862
8WA1 822-7VH12
041
041
50
50
13
• For ten terminals 8WA1 822-7VH20 041 10
14
8WA1 822-7VH12
Barriers
• For terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² 8WA1 820 041 50
• For terminal size 6 to 16 mm² 8WA1 821 041 50
8WA1 821
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/37
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Measuring transformer terminals can be used for testing and On the other hand, it is also possible to use instrument isolating
isolating circuits in switchgear installations, control rooms, etc. terminals for this purpose so that the terminal versions are all the
without interrupting operation. same.
The isolating and instrument isolating terminals contain an Instrument set for three transformers with neutral point
isolating device in the through-type connection. The isolating
device permits electrical separation between the input and The instrument set with a neutral point is an extension of the
output of a terminal. previous circuit. Four instead of six lines are sufficient for
connecting it with the measuring instruments. The neutral point
Test sockets for plugs with a diameter of 4 mm can be screwed is producedon the measuring instruments on the one hand, and
into the front side of the through-type and isolating terminals. using a shortened 8WA1 822-7VH10 link rail on the other. The
The rated insulation voltage between colored test sockets is instrument isolating terminal 1 is connected to the neutral point
125 V. The rated insulation voltage between test sockets and link using a connecting comb.
rails which are not connected to the terminal is 16 V (circuit 3,
terminals 3 and 5). Note
Two adjacent terminals can be connected in parallel with the The terminal sets for current transformers are considerably
jumper. The jumper can be operated in any position of the simplified by the introduction of the 8WA1 011-1MH10 through-
isolating contact. type terminals and the associated jumpers. Instead of the
12 isolating or instrument isolating terminals which have been
Instrument set for one transformer used up to now, only four instrument isolating terminals and
The basic circuit of the transformer terminal blocks becomes three through-type terminals now have to be used.
clear in the instrument set for a transformer. Much larger Instrument set with test facility
instrument sets also contain this basic circuit which is extended
by adding on equivalent circuits. Links between the basic This instrument set represents a significant enhancement over
circuits allow many kinds of tests to be carried out, parallel previous types. In normal operation, terminals 2, 5 and 8 are
outgoing feeders to other measuring devices, the connection of closed. For testing a measuring instrument (e.g. a plotter), these
test equipment etc. terminals are opened and terminals 3, 6 and 9 are closed in
order to feed in a test signal. The transformers first have to be
Instrument set for three transformers short-circuited with the jumpers between terminals 1-2, 4-5 and
The simplest version of an instrument set for a three-phase 7-8. Wire bridges connect terminals 1, 4 and 7 with the neutral
circuit consists of three basic circuits strung together without any point. It is formed in terminals 10, 11, 12 and 13 with an
continuing links or extensions. Instead of isolating terminals 1, 3 8WA1 887 link rail.
and 5, less expensive through-type terminals can also be used.
1 2 3 4
$ Instrument set for 1 transformer
% Instrument set for 3 transformers
& Instrument set for 3 transformers
NSH0_00025a
General details
• With thermoplastic insulating body
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• Screw terminal on both sides and two holes for test sockets for
Ø 4 mm test plug, insulated on both sides
• Enclosed on both sides
Note
For labeling accessories see ...
Section
Accessories 14/2
Page 4
Terminal size 6 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 6 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 41 A
• Rated insulation voltage 500 V
• Mounting width 8 mm
8WA1 011-1MH10 041 20
5
• Terminal height 33 mm
• Terminal length 83 mm
8WA1 011-1MH10
6
• Without test sockets
• U AWG 14-8
• s AWG 16-10
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for link rails
Example of circuits
• Transparent
• White, facility for inscription
Test sockets
Accessories 9/41
Accessories 9/41
8WA1 822-7AX01
8WA1 822-7AX03
041
041
10
10 7
• Rated voltage between test socket and bypassed link rail 16 V
NSH00026
8
- recessed Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7PH00 041 50
• Rated voltage between two test sockets: 125 V
8WA1 011-1MH10 - green Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7PH03 041 50
- black Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7PH06 041 50
- red Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7PH08 041 50
Test plugs
Jumpers
Accessories 9/41
Accessories 9/41
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 9/41
8WA1 868
8WA1 822-7VH01
8WA1 825
041
041
041
10
50
50
9
Connecting combs
• 10-pole for measuring transformer terminals,
can be shortened as required
• 2-pole
Accessories 9/42
Accessories 9/42
8WA7 163
8WA1 822-7VH22
041
041
10
10
10
Link rails, for terminal size 6 mm²
• Two terminals Accessories 9/42 8WA1 885 041 50
• Three terminals
• Three terminals
• Ten terminals
Accessories 9/42
Accessories 9/42
Accessories 9/42
8WA1 886
8WA1 887
8WA1 888
041
041
041
50
20
10
11
• Unmounted for ten terminals Accessories 9/42 8WA1 822-7VH10 041 50
Barriers, for Insta terminals, terminal size
2.5 mm² and measuring transformer terminals,
terminal size 6 mm²
Accessories 9/42 8WA1 822-7TH00 041 50
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/39
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Arrangement of
components
Version Order No. Price PG PS*
P. unit
2
1 unit Unit(s)
Instrument isolating terminals, terminal size 6 mm²
• Mounting width 8 mm
• Terminal height 33 mm
• Terminal length 83 mm
8WA1 011-1MH15 041 20
3
• Open isolating distance
• With recessed test sockets
4
8WA1 011-1MH15 • U AWG 14-8
• s AWG 16-10
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for link rails
• Transparent Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7AX01 041 10
Example of circuits
• White, facility for inscription
Test sockets
Accessories 9/41
8WA1 011-1MH15
• Rated voltage between two test sockets: 125 V
- green
- black
Accessories 9/41
Accessories 9/41
8WA1 822-7PH03
8WA1 822-7PH06
041
041
50
50
6
- red Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7PH08 041 50
7
Test plugs Accessories 9/41 8WA1 868 041 10
Jumpers Accessories 9/41 8WA1 822-7VH01 041 50
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 9/41 8WA1 825 041 50
Connecting combs
• 10-pole for measuring transformer terminals, Accessories 9/42 8WA7 163 041 10
can be shortened as required
• 2-pole
Link rails, for terminal size 6 mm²
Accessories 9/42 8WA1 822-7VH22 041 10 8
• Two terminals Accessories 9/42 8WA1 885 041 50
• Three terminals
• Three terminals
• Ten terminals
Accessories 9/42
Accessories 9/42
Accessories 9/42
8WA1 886
8WA1 887
8WA1 888
041
041
041
50
20
10
9
• Unmounted for ten terminals Accessories 9/42 8WA1 822-7VH10 041 50
Barriers, for Insta terminals, terminal size Accessories 9/42 8WA1 822-7TH00 041 50
Accessories
2.5 mm² and measuring transformer terminals,
terminal size 6 mm² 10
Covers, for link rails
for through-type terminals, size 2.5 to 6 mm²
Versions
• Transparent
• White, facility for inscription
8WA1 822-7AX01
8WA1 822-7AX03
041
041
10
10
11
Test sockets
8WA1 822-7PH00
Ø 4 mm
Versions
• Rated voltage between test socket and bypassed link rail 16 V
12
- recessed 8WA1 822-7PH00 041 50
• Rated voltage between two test sockets: 125 V
8WA1 822-7PH03
- green
- black
- red
8WA1 822-7PH03
8WA1 822-7PH06
8WA1 822-7PH08
041
041
041
50
50
50
13
Test plugs 8WA1 868 041 10
red
14
8WA1 868
8WA1 822-7VH01
Jumpers
Rated insulation voltage with jumper opened acc. to DIN VDE0110:125
V size C or 250 V size B
8WA1 822-7VH01 041 50
15
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA1 825 041 50
8WA1 825
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/41
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA1 822-7TH00
■ Overview 2
Circuit-breaker terminals are used for short-circuit protection or Ordering examples
for protection against overloading and short-circuiting in
auxiliary and control circuits after control transformers.
Benefits
Existing unit: Solenoid valve, 50 Hz, 24 V AC, 20 VA.
1. Required:
Circuit-breaker terminal with short-circuit
release.
Selected unit:
Circuit-breaker terminal 10 A
Order No. 8WA1 011-1SF28
3
• Space-saving construction in terminal block design
Selection according to making current:
4
• Clear arrangement on the terminal rail (35 mm standard Uninterrupted current = 20 VA:
mounting rail) 24 V = 0.83 A
• Unambiguous indication of switch position or "released" status Making current = 10 · uninterrupted
current = 8.3 A
• No fuses 2. Required: Selected unit:
5
• Switch/isolating point function Circuit-breaker terminal with overload and Circuit-breaker terminal 2 A
• Signals through built-in auxiliary switches short-circuit release. Order No. 8WA1 011-2SF25
Selection according to uninterrupted Check: The making current
• Floating through-type connection parallel to the switching current: equals
contacts Uninterrupted current = 20 VA: 10 x uninterrupted current =
• Double connection to all terminals possible 24 V = 0.83 A 8.3 A. This is 4.15 times therated
8
I k 1000 10
8
2 6
800 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 20
times therated rating current
9
3
600
ICu AC Characteristic curve of short-circuit releases
3
400 NSH00031
ICs AC 600
t 360
10
200 ICu DC s
NSH00029
60
ICs DC 10
0
24 60 125 230 V 4
Un AC DC
1
Rated short-circuit, switch-on and switch-off capacities to DIN VDE 0660
Part 101 for 8WA1 011-.SF circuit-breaker terminal.
Selection instructions
0,01
2 4 6 10 20 40 100
times the rated rating current 11
Characteristic curve of combined overload and short-circuit releases at
When selecting circuit-breaker terminals, the different release ambient temperature 40 °C
characteristics must be taken into account.
Inductive AC current loads such as contactor coils and solenoid
valves have inrush peaks up to ten times the uninterrupted
■ Technical specifications 12
Rated operational voltage max. 250 V AC 50/60 Hz
current. Circuit-breaker terminals with short-circuit releases are max. 60 V DC
to be selected such that they do not release as a consequence
of inrush peaks.
With regard to circuit-breaker terminals with overload and short-
Minimum operational voltage
Heat dissipation
Rated impulse withstand voltage
24 V UC
max. 1 W
4 kV
13
circuit release, a low rated uninterrupted current can be chosen Pollution degree 3
because the short-circuit releases only respond when the levels
14
(EN 60664-1)
are high. Rated operational current 1A
of auxiliary switch
Rated current of the 16 A
through-type connection
15
Mech. stability under load 8000 switching operations
Electr. stability under load 4000 switching operations
Polarity under direct current As required
Mounting position As required
Vibration resistance 10 g at ≤ 70 Hz
Conductor cross-sections
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
Tightening torque
1 or 2 × (0.75-1.5) mm²
1 or 2 × (1-2.5) mm²
0.8 Nm
16
Stripped length 10 mm
1 21 3
Versions
• With short-circuit release, auxiliary switch with 1 NO contact and
1 NC contact
4
NSH00035
5
2 22 4 - rated uninterrupted current IN = 2 A 8WA1 011-6SF25 041 5
8WA1 011-4SF2. - rated uninterrupted current IN = 4 A 8WA1 011-6SF26 041 5
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 6 A 8WA1 011-6SF27 041 5
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 10 A 8WA1 011-6SF28 041 5
1 13 21
NSH00036
7
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 6 A 8WA1 011-4SF27 041 5
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 10 A 8WA1 011-4SF28 041 5
• With overload and short-circuit release, auxiliary switch with
1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 0.5 A 8WA1 011-8SF23 041 5
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 1 A
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 2 A
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 4 A
8WA1 011-8SF24
8WA1 011-8SF25
8WA1 011-8SF26
041
041
041
5
5
5
8
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 6 A 8WA1 011-8SF27 041 5
- rated uninterrupted current IN = 10 A
Accessories
Feeder terminals
Section
Accessories 9/45
Page
8WA1 011-8SF28
8WA1 822-7VD00
041
041 10
5
9
Link rails, single-pole
10
• 5 connections Accessories 9/45 8WA1 822-7VD02 041 20
• 10 connections Accessories 9/45 8WA1 822-7VD01 041 20
Accessories
Feeder terminals 8WA1 822-7VD00 041 10
• For circuit-breaker terminals
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A
• Connection up to 16 mm²
• For terminals:
- 8WA1 011-1SF2.
11
- 8WA1 011-2SF2.
- 8WA1 011-4SF2.
- 8WA1 011-6SF2.
- 8WA1 011-8SF2.
Link rails, single-pole
• For circuit-breaker terminals
12
• Rated uninterrupted current 65 A
8WA1 822-7VD01
8WA1 822-7VD02
Versions
• 5 connections
- length 104 mm
- for terminals: 8WA1 011-4SF2. / 8WA1 011-6SF2. / 8WA1 011-8SF2.
8WA1 822-7VD02 041 20
13
• 9 connections 8WA1 822-7VD07 041 20
14
- length 104 mm
- for terminals: 8WA1 011-1SF2. / 8WA1 011-2SF2.
• 10 connections 8WA1 822-7VD01 041 20
- length 206 mm
- for terminals: 8WA1 011-4SF2. / 8WA1 011-6SF2. / 8WA1 011-8SF2.
• 18 connections 8WA1 822-7VD06 041 20
- length 206 mm
- for terminals: 8WA1 011-1SF2. / 8WA1 011-2SF2. 15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/45
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
The 8WA9 200 terminals are used for transformers and rectifiers.
The terminals are insulated on both sides, and are finger-safe
according to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100.
The normal labeling accessories can be used to label the
$
transformer terminals. $ Retainer for 2 mm × 10 mm
mounting rail
In addition to the screw terminal, the 8WA9 terminals have a 6.3- % % Soldered connection
0.8 flat connector. The soldered connection is protected by a & & Hinged cover
hinged cover following soldering on of the conductor.
■ Overview 2
To protect from the much more common inductive interference
signals, the cable shield must be connected at both ends.
However, differences in the ground potential can cause a
compensating current to flow through the cable shield.
3
To reduce this unwanted current, it is advisable to connect the
shield at several points along its length. The shorter the spaces
between the clamping points, the smaller the compensating
currents in the cable shield. In systems where safety is
especially important, triax shields are used. These consist of two
4
braids that are insulated from each other, with the outer shield
connected at both ends and the inner one at only one end. With
6
designing low-interference systems, great importance is placed support brackets are fitted, which provides both an electrical
on cable shielding and the respective shield ground. The critical and a mechanical connection from the busbar to the mounting
location is the point at which the cable shield is connected with rail and therefore the enclosure ground. The shield terminal is
the enclosure ground. The connection should have a low simply fitted to the busbar after all wires have been connected.
resistance and a low inductive reactance, while being quick and
A sprung pressure plate regulates the force applied to the cable
7
easy to make. The shield terminals are ideally suited for this
purpose and can be used with all common cable shields. to ensure an optimum contact with the busbar at all times.
The effectiveness of cable shields depends to a large extent on If the cable shield is to be connected at another point of the
the contact quality of the shield connection. The shield terminals control cabinet instead of directly in front of the terminal strip, we
have a large, low-impedance contact area with the shield, which recommend using support brackets made of molded plastic.
reduces the voltage drop across it. Connected at one end only,
shields can help reduce only low-frequency, capacitive
interference, such as that caused by high-voltage installations.
8
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH9 130-0KA00
See dimensional
8WH9 130-0LA00
See dimensional
8WH9 130-0MA00
See dimensional
8WH9 130-0NA00
See dimensional
8WH9 130-0PA00
See dimensional
9
drawing drawing drawing drawing drawing
Contact resistance in mΩ
Supply data
• Diameter 2 ... 5
<1
12
The contact resistance is determined by the mounting area.
Supply data
• Diameter 3 ... 8 3 ... 14 3 ... 20 20 ... 35
• Tightening torque in Nm 0.6 0.8 0.8 1.5 ... 1.8
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/47
17
© Siemens AG 2007
50
5 Shield terminal
I2_12742
0,5
1K 10K 100K 1M 10M 100M
Frequency [Hz]
8WH9 130-0KA00
Terminal diameter 3 ... 8 mm
Shield terminals, terminal diameter 3 ... 8 mm
• For direct screen attachment on conductive mounting plate 8WH9 130-0AA00 044 10
- plate thickness 1 ... 2 mm
• For busbar 8WH9 130-0LA00 044 10
Accessories Section Page
Support brackets
• For terminal size 8 to 35 mm², made of molded Accessories 9/50 8WH9 140-0DA00 044 10
plastic and conductive connection
• For terminal size 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail Accessories 9/50 8WH9 140-0BA00 044 10
8WH9 130-0AA00 with distance of about 30 mm to the busbar
• For terminal size 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail Accessories 9/50 8WH9 140-0CA00 044 10
with distance of about 65 mm to the busbar
8WH9 130-0LA00
5
• For terminal size 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail Accessories 9/50 8WH9 140-0BA00 044 10
8WH9 130-0BA00 with distance of about 30 mm to the busbar
• For terminal size 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail Accessories 9/50 8WH9 140-0CA00 044 10
with distance of about 65 mm to the busbar
6
8WH9 130-0MA00
Terminal diameter 3 ... 20 mm
7
Shield terminals, terminal diameter 3 ... 20 mm
• For direct screen attachment on conductive mounting plate 8WH9 130-0CA00 044 10
- plate thickness 1 ... 2 mm
• For busbar
Accessories Section Page
8WH9 130-0NA00 044 10 8
Support brackets
8WH9 130-0CA00
• For terminal size 8 to 35 mm², made of molded
plastic and conductive connection
• For terminal size 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail
with distance of about 30 mm to the busbar
Accessories 9/50
Accessories 9/50
8WH9 140-0DA00
8WH9 140-0BA00
044
044
10
10
9
• For terminal size 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail Accessories 9/50 8WH9 140-0CA00 044 10
with distance of about 65 mm to the busbar
10
11
8WH9 130-0NA00
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/49
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 130-0DA00
8WH9 130-0PA00
Accessories
Support brackets
• For terminal dia. 8 to 35 mm², made of molded plastic and conductive 8WH9 140-0DA00 044 10
connection
- with retaining screw
8WH9 140-0DA00 - for 10 x 3 mm busbars
• For terminal dia. 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail with distance of about 8WH9 140-0BA00 044 10
30 mm to the busbar
- for 10 x 3 mm busbars
• For terminal dia. 8 to 20 mm², on mounting rail with distance of about 8WH9 140-0CA00 044 10
8WH9 140-0BA00 65 mm to the busbar
- for 10 x 3 mm busbars
8WH9 140-0CA00
■ Dimensional drawings 2
b d
37,3
max. c
28,7
4
I2_12745
a
I2_12743
e
86
5
a b c d e 95,5
8WH9 130-0KA00 6,5 19,5 46,8 9,0 6,0
8WH9 130-0LA00 6,5 19,5 48,7 12,0 9,0
8WH9 130-0MA00 6,5 19,5 59,3 17,0 14,0 8WH 140-0CA00
8WH9 130-0NA00 6,5 19,5 75,0 24,0 21,0
8WH9 130-0PA00 6,5 20,0 106,5 40,0 36,0
8WH9 130-0AA00 6,5 19,5 47,2 12,0 9,0
8WH9 130-0BA00 6,5 19,5 57,8 17,0 14,0
8WH9 130-0CA00 6,5 19,5 73,5 24,0 21,0
6
8WH9 130-0DA00 6,5 20,0 105,0 40,0 36,0 23,4
21,05
Shield terminals
16,1
7
19,4
I2_12746
37,3
28,7
8
I2_12744
8WH9 140-0DA00
67,4
8WH 140-0BA00
77,35
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/51
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Technical specifications
Mounting rail type Excerpt from IEC 60947-7-2/
EN 60947-7-2/VDE 0611 part 3
Width Height Thick- Perforation Material Surface Rail profile Short-circuit Short-time Max.
ness type strength q E CU withstand permissible
conductor current, 1 s thermal rated
current at PEN
function
mm mm mm mm² 1) kA A
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92 2)
apertures dimensions acc. to
EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Perforated Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
dimensions acc. to
EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without V2A high-grade Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures steel dimensions acc. to
EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0 150
apertures dimensions acc. to
EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 125
apertures dimensions acc. to
EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 15 2.3 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 95 11.4 232
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 70 8.4 192
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
1) Cross-sections calculated according to IEC 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / VDE 0660 Part 500.
2) Steel protective conductor busbars are not permissible for PEN function.
■ Technical specifications 2
Continuous load at increased ambient temperatures Standard mounting rails as PEN rails
To 8WA1 terminal blocks, the full uninterrupted current can be
applied at ambient temperatures of up to +55 °C. At higher
ambient temperatures, a current reduction according to the
following formula is required:
Only copper busbars must be used.
They must have the same current carrying capacity as
PE/ground conductor busbars.
3
PEN busbars must carry only terminals, and no devices.
4
Ith2 = Ith2 · k
’ Standard mounting rail as PE/ground conductor busbar
Ith2 = Uninterrupted current according to selection tables, relative to the
nominal cross-section
PE/ground conductors with a larger cross-section than the
Ith2’ = Uninterrupted current at increased ambient temperature PE/ground conductor busbar and with the same conductivity
k = Reduction factor according to table can be connected to standard mounting rails that are also
Ambient
temperature
Reduction factor k
PE/ground conductor busbars and carry current only under fault
conditions.
Standard mounting Material Type Max. permissible
5
60 °C 0.94 rail acc. to cross-section
EN 50022-35 of connected
6
65 °C 0.88
and protective
70 °C 0.82 IEC 60715 TH35 conductor
75 °C 0.75 mm²
Clamping points
stranded or 120 mm² stranded.
8
Terminal size Type1) Thread diameter of Screwdriver blades Tightening torque Tensile forces Stripped
terminal screws acc. to DIN 5264
Form B
= test torque
acc. to DIN VDE 0609
and DIN VDE 0611
acc. to
IEC 60947-1
at max.
conductor
length
9
connection mm
Nm
10
N
1.5 8WA1 011-. SF. ., M3.5 0.8 × 4 0.8 40 10
8WA1 011-1EE00
2.5 8WA1 . . 1, M2.5 and M3 0.5 × 3 0.5 50 11
8WA1 011-1BF11,
8WA1 011-1EF . .
4
8WA1 011- . . F . .
8WA1 011- . . G . .
8WA2 867
M2.5
M3
M3.5
0.8 × 4
0.8 × 4
0.5
0.5
0.8 ... 1
50
60
11
11 11
6 8WA1 . . 2, M3.5 0.8 × 4 0.8 80 11
8WA1 011- . . H . .
16
25
8WA1 . . 4,
8WA1 011- . . K . .
8WA2 868
M4
M5
0.8 × 4
1.2 × 6.5
1.2
2
100
135
13
12
35 8WA1 . . 5, M6 1.2 × 6.5 2.5 190 17
8WA1 011- . . M . .
50
8WA2 870
8WH1 000-0AN00,
8WH1 000-0AN01,
8WH1 000-0CN07
M6 1.2 × 8
2.5 ... 3
6 ... 8 - 24 13
8WH1 070-0AN00 M6 -- 3 ... 7 - 6 ... 25
70
95
8WA1 . . 6
8WA1 010-1PQ00
8WH1 000-0AQ00,
M8
M8
M8
4 hexagon socket-head
6 hexagon socket-head
6 hexagon socket-head
6
15 ... 20
15 ... 20
285
-
25
30
33
14
8WH1 000-0AQ01
15
8WH1 000-0CQ07 M8 6 hexagon socket-head 15 ... 20 - 30
8WH1 070-0AQ00 M8 - 6 ... 15 - 16... 25
8WH1 060-0AQ00 M8 - 25 ... 30 - 29
150 8WH1 000-0AS0. M10 8 hexagon socket-head 25 ... 30 - 40
8WH1 070-0AS00 M10 - 10 ... 18 - 10 ... 18
240
8WH1 060-0AS00
8WH1 000-0AU0.
8WH1 060-0AU00
M10
M10
M10
-
10 hexagon socket-head
-
25 ... 30
30 ... 35
30 ... 35
-
-
-
34
40
34
16
1)
Tightening torque also applicable for accessories (socket, link rails, etc.)
Connection
Terminal Type Smallest conductor cross-section Largest conductor cross-section
size Solid Stranded Flexible Finely stranded Solid Stranded Flexible Finely stranded
with end sleeve1) with end sleeve1)
mm² mm² mm² mm² Size mm² mm² mm² mm² Size
Single-conductor connection
1.5 8WA1 011-.SF . . , 1 -- -- 0.75 0.75 ... 10 2.5 -- -- 1.5 1.5 ... 10
8WA1 011-1EE00
2.5 8WA1 211, 8WA1 011-. .F. . 0.252) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ... 10 4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 ... 12 4)
8WA1 011-3JF . . 0.252) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ... 10 4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 ... 7
8WA1 501, 8WA1 511, 0.252) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ... 10 4 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 ... 10
8WA1 011-1EF. .
4 8WA9 200 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.75 0.75 ... 10 6 4 4 4 4
8WA2 86. feeder terminal 1 1.5 1.5 0.75 0.75 ... 10 6 4 4 4 4 ... 12 4)
8WA1 011-. .G.. 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.75 0.75 ... 10 6 4 4 4 4 ... 12 4)
6 8WA1 011-1.H.. 0.75 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.5 ... 10 10 6 6 6 6 ... 12
8WA1 010-1PH01 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.5 ... 10 10 6 6 6 6 ... 15
16 8WA1 204, 8WA1 304, 1.5 2.5 2.5 1 1 ... 103) 16 25 16 16 16 ... 12
8WA1 011-1BK11
8WA1 604, 8WA1 011-1NK02 1.5 2.5 4 1.5 1 ... 103) 16 25 16 16 16 ... 12
8WA1 011-1PK00 1.5 2.5 4 1.5 1.5 ... 76) 16 25 16 16 16 ... 15
8WA2 86. feeder terminal 1.5 2.5 4 2.5 2.5 ... 12 16 16 10 10 10 ... 12
25 8WH1 060-0AL00 - - 4 4 - - - 25 25 -
35 8WA1 205, 8WA1 305, 4 10 6 6 6 ... 15 165) 50 35 35 35 ... 187)
8WA1 011-1BM11
8WA1 011-1PM00 4 10 10 6 6 ... 15 165) 50 35 25 25 ... 15
8JH4 114 feeder terminal 6 10 16 6 6 ... 15 16 35 25 25 25 ... 15
8WA2 870 6 10 16 6 6 ... 15 16 35 25 25 25 ... 15
50 8WH1 000-0AN00, -- -- 10 10 -- -- -- 50 50 --
8WH1 000-0AN01, -- -- 10 10 -- -- -- 50 50 --
8WH1 000-0CN07 -- -- 25 25 -- -- -- 50 50 --
8WH1 070-0AN00 -- -- 61) -- -- -- -- -- 351) --
8WH1 060-0AN00 -- -- 25 25 -- -- -- 50 50 --
70 8WA1 206 10 16 16 16 16 ... 126) 95 95 95 -- --
95 8WA1 010-1PQ00 -- 50 50 -- -- -- 95 95 -- --
8WH1 000-0AQ00, -- -- 35 35 -- -- -- 95 95 --
8WH1 000-0AQ01, -- -- 35 35 -- -- -- 95 95 --
8WH1 000-0CQ07 -- -- 35 35 -- -- -- 35 35 --
8WH1 070-0AQ00 -- -- -- 161) -- -- -- -- 351) --
8WH1 060-0AQ00 -- -- 35 35 -- -- -- 95 95 --
150 8WH1 000-0AS00, -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 150 150 --
8WH1 000-0AS01
8WH1 060-0AS00 -- -- 50 50 -- -- -- 150 150 --
240 8WA1 011-1DU.. -- -- -- -- -- -- 240 240 -- --
8WH1 000-0AU00, -- -- 70 70 -- -- -- 185 185 --
8WH1 000-0AU01
8WH1 060-0AU00
1) End sleeves according to DIN 46228 Sheet 1 without insulation. 7) Voltage reduction to 630 V required.
Size corresponds to sleeve nominal size. 8)
With screw terminal.
2)
0.12/0.25 mm² corresponds to ∅ 0.4/0.6 mm. 9)
With PZ 1.5 on top of each other .
3) For 0.75 mm² conductors, use end sleeves 1-10 and press on with insert 10) Stripped length 27 mm
E1 or PZ 1.5. 11)
4) Cable lug according to DIN 46235
At voltages > 500 V, shorten end sleeves with inserted conductor
to 10 mm before pressing on.
5)
Tested up to 16 mm².
6)
Fit and press on two end sleeves behind one another (to stop).
Terminal
size
Type Smallest conductor cross-section Largest conductor cross-section
2
Solid Stranded Flexible Finely stranded Solid Stranded Flexible Finely stranded
with end sleeve1) with end sleeve1)
mm² mm² mm²
Two-wire connection, 2 conductors each of same cross-section; with end sleeves
the two rectangular sleeves must be inserted in the same position.
mm² Size mm² mm² mm² mm² Size
3
1.5 8WA1 011-. SF . ., -1EE00 2×1 -- -- 2 × 0.75 1 ... 10 3) 2 × 2.5 -- -- 2 × 1.5 1.5 ... 10
2.5
4
8WA1 211, 8WA1 011-. .F. .
8WA1 501, 8WA1 511,
8WA1 011-1EF. .
8WA1 011-. .G. ., -1DG11
2 × 0.122)
2 × 0.122)
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2×1
2 × 0.5 2 × 0.59)
2 × 0.25 --
2×1 2 × 0.5
0.75 ... 6
--
0.5 × 10
2 × 0.75 2 × 0.5
2 × 0.75 2 × 0.5
2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5
2 × 0.5 2 × 1.59)
2×
0.75
2 × 1.5
--
2 × 1.5
1.5 ... 10
--
1.5 ... 10
4
8WA1 011-2DG11 2 × 0.5 2×1 2×1 2 × 0.5 0.5 × 10 2×1 2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5 2×1 1 ... 10
8WA1 011-6DG11, top 2 × 0.5 2×1 2×1 2 × 0.5 0.5 × 10 2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5 2×1 1 ... 10
6
8WA1 011-6DG11, bottom
8WA1 011-1PG00
8WA1 011-1PG11, -1NG01
8WA1 011-1 . H . ., -3DH21
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2×1
2×1
2×1
2×1
2×1
2×1
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.5
2 × 0.75 2 × 0.75 2 × 0.5
0.5 × 10
0.5 × 10
0.5 × 10
0.5 × 10
2×1
2×1
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2 × 1.5
2×1
2×1
2×1
2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 10
5
8WA1 010-1PH01 2 × 0.5 2 × 0.75 2 × 0.75 2 × 0.5 0.5 × 10 2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5 2 × 1.5 2 × 0.75 1 ... 10
16
35
8WA1 204, 8WA1 304, 8WA1 604,
8WA1 011-1BK11
8WA1 734
8WA1 205, 8WA1 305,
2×1
2 × 2.5s
2×4
2 × 2.5
--
2 × 10
2 × 2.5
--
2×6
2×1
2 × 1.5
2×6
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 7
6 ... 15
6)
2×4
2×4
2 × 10
2×4
2×4
2 × 10
2×4
2×4
2 × 10
2×4
2×4
2 × 10
4 ... 12
4 ... 12
10 ... 15
6
8WA1 011-1BM11, 8WA1 735
50
70
8WH1 000-0AN00,
8WH1 000-0AN01,
8WH1 000-0CN07
8WA1 206
2 × 10
2 × 10
2 × 10
2 × 10
2 × 10
2 × 10
2 × 10
2 × 10
--
10 ... 126)
2 × 35
2 × 16
2 × 35
2 × 16
2 × 35
2 × 16
2 × 35
2 × 16
--
16 ... 127)
7
95 8WH1 000-0AQ00, 2 × 25 2 × 25 2 × 25 2 × 25 -- 2 × 35 2 × 35 2 × 35 2 × 35 --
8
8WH1 000-0AQ01,
8WH1 000-0CQ07
150 8WH1 000-0AS00, 2 × 25 2 × 25 2 × 25 2 × 25 -- 2 × 50 2 × 50 2 × 50 2 × 50 --
8WH1 000-0AS01
240 8WH1 000-0AU00, 2 × 35 2 × 35 2 × 35 2 × 35 -- 2 × 95 2 × 95 2 × 95 2 × 95 --
8WH1 000-0AU01
1)
2)
3)
End sleeves according to DIN 46228 Sheet 1 without insulation. Size corresponds to sleeve nominal size.
0.12/0.25 mm² corresponds to ∅ 0.4/0.6 mm.
9
For 0.75 mm² conductors, use end sleeves 1-10 and press on with insert E1 or PZ 1.5.
4)
At voltages > 500 V, shorten end sleeves with inserted conductor to 10 mm before pressing on.
5)
6)
7)
Tested up to 16 mm².
Fit and press on two end sleeves behind one another (to stop).
Voltage reduction to 630 V required.
10
8)
With screw terminal.
9)
10)
With PZ 1.5 on top of each other
Stripped length 27 mm
.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/55
17
© Siemens AG 2007
5
22 0.643 0.33 10 2.588 5.26 3/0 10.404 85.01
21 0.724 0.41 9 2.906 6.63 4/0 11.684 107.21
20 0.813 0.52 8 3.268 8.37 5/0 -- 135.35
19 0.912 0.65 7 3.665 10.55 6/0 -- 170.50
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 9/57
17
© Siemens AG 2007
13
1)
also available as PE version
10/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Terminal blocks are used for the space-saving connection of Design
incoming and outgoing lines in switchgear and distribution
boards. The terminal blocks are insulated on both sides. End plates are
therefore not required. The symmetrical design of the standard
Benefits terminals prevents them from being snapped on the wrong way
• Fast mounting round. The insulating bodies up to and including terminal size
- easy to snap on 16 mm² are made of thermoplastic, polyamide 6.6 with a
- insulated on both sides, no end plates required tracking resistance of CTI 600 according to DIN VDE 0303
Part 1.
• Simple connection
- front connection, no end sleeves required The materials used are environment-friendly: for example they
- 15° angle between screwdriver and conductor are cadmium-free and contain no halogens or silicone.
- same screwdriver for terminal sizes 1.5, 2.5, 4 and 6 mm² The plastics used are flame-retardant and self-extinguishing
- screwless connection of neutral isolating terminal to neutral according to EN 60695-2-2, VDE 0471, Part 2-2 and UL 94 V-2.
busbar
• Small number of linking accessories 2 links for through-
- screwless cross connection system consisting of only 3 type terminals
accessories: Two-pole bridge, link rail with one-pin plugs for
terminal sizes 2.5, 4 and 6 mm².
• Uniform labels on cards for the entire terminal range up to
70 mm².
$
Standards
EN 60664-1, EN 60999 and IEC 60947-7-1 or IEC 60947-7-2. %
For 8WA2 the size of the connecting holes corresponds to the
rated cross-sections of the conductors. &
3
retainers. A lateral mounting tolerance of 0.2 mm has to be For insulation of the 8WA2 842 neutral busbar, the 8WA2 837
observed. busbar end (8WA2 826 for Insta terminals) is inserted in the end
retainer.
Connection of conductors
There are several options for labeling the end retainers: the
Due to the spring-loaded terminal system solid, stranded or 8WA1 806 end label, the 8WA8 826-0A. terminal strip label and
finely stranded conductors can be clamped safely and
permanently by front insertion and without the use of end
sleeves. It is possible to connect a single conductor per
clamping point. The cable entries are designed in such a way
4 labeling plates. The end retainers can also be used for the
8WA1 terminals with the 6 x 6 mm neutral busbar.
Retaining plates
4
that it is not possible to catch the insulation of the rated The 8WA2 835 and 8WA2 844 retaining plates are used for fixing
conductor cross-section, and that of the next smaller cross-
section, in the opening (the length of insulation to be stripped is
printed on the terminal). As a splice protection measure when
using finely stranded and very finely stranded conductors, the
the 8WA2 830 link rail in position and for removing it from the
linking duct.
Labeling accessories
5
ends can be tin-coated or compacted by means of ultrasound.
For easier handling, the 8WA8 84. and 8WA8 86. labels are
Connection of aluminum conductors
Spring-loaded terminals are also suitable for solid aluminum
conductors of up to 4 mm² when the normal preparation
provided in card form with horizontal or vertical inscription,
suitable for all terminals from 1.5 to 70 mm².
The 8WA2 850 label holders are included in the scope of supply
6
guidelines are complied with prior to connection, e.g. brushing of the two-tier terminals. They can also be snapped into the
and greasing.
It must also be taken into account that the rated uninterrupted
currents will be lower due to the lower conductivity of aluminum:
sockets for test plugs on the standard terminals.
The 8WA2 838 group identification label is snapped onto
retaining plates or insulation plates.
7
• 1.5 mm² = 10 A Lockout
• 2.5 mm² = 16 A
• 4 mm² = 22 A
The 8WA2 848 lockout prevents impermissible switching of the
neutral disconnector on terminals with a neutral isolating
function.
8
Accessories
10 × 3 mm neutral busbars and accessories
9
Linking system
The 8WA2 805 cover is available for the neutral busbar in order
The two-pole bridge is used for the linking of adjoining terminals. to ensure finger-safety.
To connect non-adjacent terminals the link rail, which can be cut
to any required length, is inserted into the links and the terminals The 8WA2 843 busbar support is included in the scope of supply
are connected with the one-pin plugs. of the 8WA2 011-1NK23 and -3JG11 feeder terminals. The
Bridges and plugs
busbar support can be inserted into the neutral isolating
terminals or the Insta terminals with neutral isolating function in
order to fix the 8WA2 842 neutral busbar in position.
10
Test plug
Bridge The terminals have openings for 8WA1 867 test plugs.
11
NSH00002
Plug
12
Link-
rail
13
NSH00003
5
• Blue 8WA2 011-1BF43 041 10
Accessories Section Page
One-pin plugs, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/8 8WA2 832 041 50
Two-pole bridges, for terminal size Accessories 10/8 8WA2 831 041 50/1000
2.5 to 6 mm²
Retaining plates, for link rails, for terminal
size 2.5 to 4 mm²
Insulation plates, for terminal size
2.5 to 4 mm²
Accessories
Accessories
10/8
10/8
8WA2 835
8WA2 836
041
041
50
50
6
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/8 8WA2 830 041 20
Barriers, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm²,
for three or four clamping points
Through-type PE terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
Accessories 10/8 8WA2 813 041 50
7
• Mounting width 5.2 mm
• Terminal height 28.6 mm
8
• With connection to standard mounting rail
• Green-yellow
8WA2 011-1PF30 Versions
• With two clamping points 8WA2 011-1PF20 041 50
- terminal length 60 mm
9
• With three clamping points 8WA2 011-1PF30 041 10
- terminal length 73.5 mm
• With four clamping points 8WA2 011-1PF40 041 20
8WA2 011-1PF40 - terminal length 87 mm
Terminal size 4 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm², with two clamping points
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• Rated insulation voltage 800 V
• Mounting width 6.2 mm
• Terminal height 28.6 mm
10
• Terminal length 65 mm
• U AWG 28-12
11
8WA2 011-1DG20
• s AWG 26-12
Versions
• Light gray 8WA2 011-1DG20 041 50
• Red 8WA2 011-1BG21 041 50
• Blue 8WA2 011-1BG23 041 50
Accessories
13
Retaining plates, for link rails, for terminal Accessories 10/8 8WA2 835 041 50
size 2.5 to 4 mm²
Insulation plates, for terminal size Accessories 10/8 8WA2 836 041 50
2.5 to 4 mm²
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/8 8WA2 830 041 20
Barriers, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm², for
two clamping points
Accessories 10/8 8WA2 811 041 50
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA2 852
041
041
20
50
5
Two-pole bridges, for terminal Accessories 10/8 8WA2 851 041 50
size 10 to 16 mm²
Link rails, for terminal size 10 to 16 mm²
Barriers, for terminal size 10 to 16 mm²,
for two clamping points
Accessories
Accessories
10/8
10/8
8WA2 853
8WA2 817
041
041
5
50 6
Through-type PE terminals, terminal size 10 mm², 8WA2 011-1PJ20 041 20
with two clamping points
• Green-yellow
• Mounting width 10 mm
• Terminal height 38 mm
• Terminal length 86 mm
7
8WA2 011-1PJ20 • With connection to standard mounting rail
8
Accessories Section Page
Two-pole bridges, PE/ground/N function, Accessories 10/8 8WA2 854 041 20/500
for terminal size 10 to 16 mm²
Terminal size 16 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 16 mm²,
with two clamping points
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A
• Rated insulation voltage 800 V
• Mounting width 12 mm
9
• Terminal height 38 mm
8WA2 011-1DK20 • Terminal length 89.4 mm
• U AWG 24-6
Versions
• Light gray
• Blue
8WA2 011-1DK20
8WA2 011-1BK23
041
041
20
20
10
Accessories Section Page
One-pin plugs, for terminal size 10 to 16 mm² Accessories
Two-pole bridges, for terminal
size 10 to 16 mm²
Accessories
10/8
10/8
8WA2 852
8WA2 851
041
041
50
50 11
Link rails, for terminal size 10 to 16 mm² Accessories 10/8 8WA2 853 041 5
12
Barriers, for terminal size 10 to 16 mm², Accessories 10/8 8WA2 817 041 50
for two clamping points
Through-type PE terminals, terminal size 16 mm², 8WA2 011-1PK20 041 20
with two clamping points
• Green-yellow
• Mounting width 12 mm
8WA2 011-1PK20
• Terminal height 38 mm
• Terminal length 89.4 mm
• With connection to standard mounting rail
Accessories Section Page
13
Two-pole bridges, PE/ground/N function, Accessories 10/8 8WA2 854 041 20/500
for terminal size 10 to 16 mm²
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA2 813
8WA2 812
General details
• Thermoplastic insulating body
• Front connection with spring-loaded terminal
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• 1-pole with one clamping point
4
• Enclosed on both sides
• Neutral busbar for 10 x 3 mm
Note Section Page
For labeling accessories see ... 8WA 14/2
accessories
Terminal size 4 mm²
Neutral isolating terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
• Blue
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
8WA2 011-1NG23 041 50
5
• Rated insulation voltage 400 V
8WA2 011-1NG23 • Mounting width 6.2 mm
• Terminal height 31 mm
• Terminal length 68.5 mm
• U AWG 28-12
• s AWG 26-12
6
• Isolating distance
• Without slot for comb
Accessories
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbars,
for terminal size up to 4 mm²
Section
Accessories
Page
10/10 8WA2 867 041 50 7
Feeder terminals, for neutral isolating Accessories 10/10 8WA2 011-1NK23 041 20
terminals, for terminal size 4 to 16 mm²
Neutral busbars,
for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm²
Neutral busbar ends,
Accessories
Accessories
10/10
10/10
8WA2 842
8WA2 837
041
041 50
1
8
for terminal size 2.5 to 16 mm²
9
Neutral busbar supports, Accessories 10/10 8WA2 843 041 50
for terminal size 4 to 6 mm²
Lockouts, for neutral isolating terminals, Accessories 10/11 8WA2 848 041 50
for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm²
Terminal size 6 mm²
10
Neutral isolating terminals, terminal size 6 mm²
• Blue
• Rated uninterrupted current 41 A
• Rated insulation voltage 400 V
8WA2 011-1NH23 • U AWG 24-10
• s AWG 24-10
11
• Without slot for comb
Versions
• Mounting width 8.2 mm, isolating distance 8WA2 011-1NH23 041 50
- Terminal height 31 mm
- Terminal length 71 mm
8WA2 011-3JH10
• Mounting width 10 mm
- High Insta terminal level, for mixing standard and
Insta terminals on the standard mounting rail, isolating distance
- Terminal height 37 mm
8WA2 011-3JH10 041 10
12
- Terminal length 70 mm
Accessories Section Page
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbars,
for terminal size up to 25 mm²
Feeder terminals, for neutral isolating
Accessories
Accessories
10/10
10/10
8WA2 868
8WA2 011-1NK23
041
041
50
20
13
terminals, for terminal size 4 to 16 mm²
Neutral busbar ends, Accessories 10/10 8WA2 837 041 50
for terminal size 2.5 to 16 mm²
Neutral busbar supports,
for terminal size 4 to 6 mm²
Accessories 10/10 8WA2 843 041 50 14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA2 842
Neutral busbar ends, for terminal size 2.5 to 16 mm² 8WA2 837 041 50
• Blue
• For neutral busbar 10 × 3 mm
8WA2 837 • For insertion into end retainer
Neutral busbar supports, for terminal size 4 to 6 mm² 8WA2 843 041 50
• Blue
• Loose
8WA2 843 • For neutral isolating terminals
3
8WA1 868
Lockouts, for neutral isolating terminals,
for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm²
yellow
8WA2 848 041 50
4
8WA2 848
Link rails
• For bridging
• 500 mm long
Versions
5
• For terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 830 041 20
- rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• For terminal size 10 to 16 mm²
- rated uninterrupted current 76 A
8WA2 853 041 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
4
Two-pole bridges, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 831 041 50/1000
• Light gray
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• For use without link rail
8WA2 831
5
Retaining plates, for link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² 8WA2 835 041 50
• Light gray
• 100 mm long
8WA2 835
Label holders, for terminal size 2.5 to 16 mm² 8WA2 850 041 50
• Light gray
8WA2 850
• Without label
6
Insulation plates, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² 8WA2 836 041 50
7
yellow
8WA2 836
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 830 041 20
• For bridging
• 500 mm long
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
Barriers, for terminal size 4 mm², for two-tier terminals
yellow
8WA2 812 041 50
8
8WA2 812
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Fuse terminals are used to protect control circuits from short- Finger-safety is provided in both closed and open positions.
circuit.
The LED indicates the status of the disconnected fuse (residual
The fuse terminals are intended for 5 mm × 20 mm and current from 2 to 5 mA), but not if the plug is removed (floating).
5 mm × 25 mm G fuse links up to 6.3 A and 250 V and for
bridging links up to 16 A and 800 V and have a mounting for a The fixing base of the terminal allows both centered and
replacement fuse link. recessed mounting, allowing the unhindered routing of a
10 mm x 3 mm copper busbar. The fuse terminal can therefore
Fuse terminals are positive opening fuse-disconnectors. be joined into a single group with the other terminals of a branch.
The fuse links must be replaced at zero voltage.
8WA1 891
General details
• Thermoplastic insulating body
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• Front connection with spring-loaded terminal
• Enclosed on both sides
Terminal size 4 mm²
Terminals for components, terminal size 4 mm²
• Light gray
8WA2 011-1SG28 041 5 4
• Rated uninterrupted current 6.3 A
• Rated insulation voltage 500 V to the next terminal
8WA2 011-1SG28
• Mounting width 10 mm
• Terminal height 41.5 mm
• Terminal length 79.5 mm
• Screwless
5
• For self-fitting with components
Accessories Section Page
One-pin plugs, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
20
6
Plugs, for "terminals for components, terminal size 4 mm²" 8WA1 822-7EE00 041 1
• Light gray
• Rated uninterrupted current 6.3 A / 0.65 W
• Mounting width 10 mm
• Plug height 29 mm
7
• Plug length 41 mm
• Quick components and labeling plate
8
8WA1 822-7EE00
9
NSH00006
8WA1 822-7EE00
10
completely equipped
11
(example)
Accessories
One-pin plugs, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 832 041 50
• Black
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
12
Two-pole bridges, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 831 041 50/1000
• Light gray
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• For use without link rail
8WA2 831
13
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 830 041 20
• 500 mm long
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
■ Dimensional drawings
18
10
max. 4 14
NSH00005
19
15
8
max. 2
16
Space for components with 8WA1 822-7EE00 plug
3 4
General details
• Thermoplastic insulating body
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• Front connection with spring-loaded terminal
• Enclosed on both sides
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Sliding-link terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Light gray
8WA2 011-1LF20 041 10 4
• Rated uninterrupted current 16 A
• Rated insulation voltage 400 V
8WA2 011-1LF20
• Mounting width 5.2 mm
• Terminal height 28.6 mm
• Terminal length 60 mm
• For isolation of current path without disconnecting the conductors
5
• Screwless
8WA2 011-1LF20 • Enclosed on both sides
Accessories
7
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/17 8WA2 830 041 20
Accessories
One-pin plugs, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 832 041 50
• For bridging with link rail
• Black
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
Two-pole bridges, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
• Light gray
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• For use without link rail
8WA2 831 041 50/1000
8
8WA2 831
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm²
• For bridging
• 500 mm long
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
8WA2 830 041 20
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/17
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
The Insta terminals incorporate up to 3 different terminal PE/ground, L, N Insta terminals
functions in one enclosure of 6.2 mm width. With only two
terminals a complete three-phase feeder (L1, L2, L3, PE/ground, If no neutral isolation is required, the 8WA2 011-3JG17 terminal
N) can be set up and each phase can be bridged and multiplied is used:
by the 3 cross connection links. The dimensions comply with the • PE/ground terminal
requirements for mounting distribution boards in public • Through-type connection for one phase conductor
buildings. The neutral busbar has a different height to the neutral
isolating terminals; the 16 mm² 8WA2 011–3JG11 or 8WA2 846 • Through-type connection for the neutral conductor
feeder terminal is used for the infeed. Insta terminal PE, L, L
Insta terminal L, L, L The design of the 8WA2 011-3JG16 terminal is similar to that of
The 8WA2 011-3JG30 terminal includes three through-type the 8WA2 011-3JG17 terminal; instead of a through-type
connections for phase conductors, i.e. three potentials can be connection for the N-conductor, a through-type connection for a
multiplied with one terminal. second phase conductor has been provided.
The 8WA2 011-3JG10 terminal is the basic version for AC The 8WA2 011-3JG15 and 8WA2 011-3JG18 terminals
circuits. It comprises: respectively include one and two through-type connections for
phase conductors.
• PE/ground terminal
• Through-type connection for one phase conductor (L1)
• Neutral conductor connection which can be isolated from the
10 mm × 3 mm neutral busbar by means of a slide.
A complete three-phase feeder requires an additional
8WA2 011-3JG12 (L2, L3) terminal. The three-phase feeder can
be multiplied by means of the linking system described below.
3 links
General details
• Thermoplastic insulating body
1 unit Unit(s)
3
• Front connection with spring-loaded terminal
• Enclosed on both sides
• Busbar 10 mm x 3 mm
Note
For labeling accessories see ...
Section
8WA accessories
Page
14/2
4
Terminal size 4 mm²
5
Insta/three-tier terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
• Rated insulation voltage:
- 400 V between phase conductors
- 250 V between phase conductors, PE terminal and neutral isolating terminal
8WA2 011-3JG10 • Mounting width 6.2 mm
• Terminal height 28 mm
• Terminal length 116.7 mm
• s U AWG 28-12
Circuit diagram Type
6
PE, L, NT 8WA2 011-3JG10 041 20
NSH00012
NSH00013
L, L (for three-phase feeder) 8WA2 011-3JG12 041 20 7
PE, L, L 8WA2 011-3JG16 041 20
NSH00015
NSH00016
L, L
8WA2 011-3JG30
041
041
20
50
9
10
NSH00017
Note
Three-phase outgoing lines (L1, L2, L3) can be multiplied using terminal type L, L, L.
Accessories Section Page
One-pin plugs, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/20 8WA2 832 041 50
Two-pole bridges, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/20 8WA2 831 041
50/100
0
11
Feeder terminals, for Insta terminal Accessories 10/20 8WA2 011-3JG11 041 20
12
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbar
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, Accessories 10/20 8WA2 867 041 50
for connection of up to 4 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A, Accessories 10/20 8WA2 868 041 50
for connection of up to 25 mm²
• Rated uninterrupted current 125 A, Accessories 10/20 8WA2 870 041 50
13
for connection of up to 35 mm²
Neutral busbars Accessories 10/20 8WA2 842 041 1
Neutral busbar ends Accessories 10/20 8WA2 826 041 50
Neutral busbar supports, Accessories 10/20 8WA2 843 041 50
for terminal size 4 to 6 mm²
Neutral isolating terminals, terminal size 6 mm²,
mounting width 10 mm
Lockouts, for neutral isolating terminals,
for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm²
Neutral isolating
terminals
Accessories
10/9
10/20
8WA2 011-3JH10
8WA2 848
041
041
10
50
14
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² Accessories 10/20 8WA2 830 041 20
Barriers, for terminal size 4 mm² Accessories 10/20 8WA2 816 041 50
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/19
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WA2 842
Neutral busbar ends 8WA2 826 041 50
• Gray
• For neutral busbar 10 mm x 3 mm
8WA2 826 • For insertion into end retainer
Neutral busbar supports, for terminal size 4 to 6 mm² 8WA2 843 041 50
• Blue
• Loose
8WA2 843 • For neutral isolating terminals
Lockouts, for neutral isolating terminals, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² 8WA2 848 041 50
yellow
8WA2 848
Link rails, for terminal size 2.5 to 6 mm² 8WA2 830 041 20
• For bridging
• 500 mm long
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A
Barriers, for terminal size 4 mm² 8WA2 816 041 50
yellow
■ Overview 2
• Fast and inexpensive connection from signal transmitters to
the PLC
• Only 5 mm wide but still fitted with connection option for
proximity switches with up to three conductors plus shielding
• Connecting is clear, simple and safe because:
3
- it offers front connection
- the clamping points are color coded
- conductors from only 0.08 to 1.5 mm² without end sleeves
are secured using spring-loaded terminals 4
• LEDs make the switch states or the application of voltage
visible; it is no longer necessary to test with measuring
instruments
• Connection modules cut wiring requirements and time
because the potentials of the terminals (L+, L– and S) are
5
automatically connected; there is therefore no need for linking
accessories
• The modules contain a feeder terminal and 8 or 17 initiator-
actor terminals and can be snapped or screwed onto 35 mm
standard mounting rails
6
The feeder terminals are fitted with an additional negative Terminals and connection modules (always order as combined unit)
outgoing feeder which can be used to supply isolated digital
input/output modules. The frame (M) can therefore be bridged
by means of the terminals. 0
1
0
1
1 Digital input/output
7
1 1 modules, electrically
2 2 isolated
3
4
5
3
4
5
2
3
Feeder terminal
Initiator/actor terminals
8
NSH00007b
6 6
4 Module link rails
7 7
M(Minus) M(Minus)
8 8 9
L L
10
L
L
S
E 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 E 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4
11
2 3 3
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/21
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Technical specifications 2
Continuous load at increased ambient temperatures Standard mounting rails as PEN rails
To 8WA2 terminal blocks, the full uninterrupted current can be
applied at ambient temperatures of up to +55 °C. At higher
ambient temperatures, a current reduction according to the
following formula is required:
Only copper busbars must be used.
They must have the same current carrying capacity as
PE/ground conductor busbars.
3
PEN busbars must carry only terminals, and no devices.
4
Ith2’ = Ith2 · k
Ith = Uninterrupted current according to selection tables, relative to the nominal cross- Standard mounting rail as PE/ground conductor busbar
section
Ith2’ = Uninterrupted current at increased ambient temperature
k = Reduction factor according to table
PE/ground conductors with a larger cross-section than the
PE/ground conductor busbar and with the same conductivity
can be connected to standard mounting rails that are also
Ambient
temperature
60 °C
Reduction factor k
0.94
PE/ground conductor busbars and carry current only under fault
conditions. 5
65 °C 0.88 Standard mounting Material Type Max. permissible
rail acc. to cross-section
70 °C 0.82
6
IEC 60715 TH35 of connected
75 °C 0.75 protective
conductor
80 °C 0.67
85 °C 0.58
mm²
90 °C 0.47
7
35 × 7.5 Steel 5ST1 141 16
95 °C 0.33
Steel, perforated 5ST1 145 16
The maximum terminal overtemperature of 45 K according to Similar to 35 × 15 Steel 5ST1 142 35
IEC 60947-7-1 and EN 60947-7-1, Part 1, is not exceeded at Steel -- 50
ambient temperatures up to 100 °C. Copper 8WA7 551 50
1)
1501)
With 8WA1 010-1PQ00 terminal connection of up to 95 mm² finely
stranded or 120 mm² stranded.
8
Clamping points
Terminal size Type Thread diameter of
terminal screws
Screwdriver blades acc. to Tightening torque
DIN 5264
8WA2 803 or 8WA2 8041)
= Test torque
Tensile forces acc. Stripped
to
IEC 60947-1
length 9
at max. conductor
connection
10
Nm N mm
1.5 8WA2 011-3KE1) -- 0.5 × 3.5 -- 40 8 ... 9
2.5 8WA2 011-1) -- 0.5 × 3.5 -- 50 7 ... 9
4 8WA2 011-1) -- 0.5 × 3.5 -- 60 8 ... 10
6 8WA2 011-1) -- 0.5 × 3.5 -- 80 11 ... 13
10
16
8WA2 011-2)
8WA2 011-1NK23,
8WA2 011-3JG11
--
M4
0.8 × 5.5
0.8 × 4
--
1.2
90
100
--
13 11
1) Operating device 8WA2 803. 2) Operating device 8WA2 806.
RMS value
Preferred values for rated impulse voltage
as 1.2/50 µs-pulse
Overvoltage category
I II III IV
13
V AC V AC or DC kV kV kV kV
--
66/115
120/208 127/220
50
100
150
330
500
800
500
800
1500
800
1500
2500
1500
2500
4000
14
230/400 277/480 300 1500 2500 4000 6000
15
400/690 600 2500 4000 6000 8000
1000 1000 4000 6000 8000 12000
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
s- and Urating
Terminal Type CSA rating UR rating
size AWG Rated current Rated voltage AWG Rated current Rated voltage
In Ue In Ue
A V A V
1.5 8WA2 011-3KE 28 ... 16 10 AC 65 DC 22 ... 16 10 65
2.5 8WA2 011-1 . F . . 26 ... 14 20 600 28 ... 14 20 600
4 8WA2 011-1 . G . . 26 ... 12 25 600 28 ... 12 25 600
8WA2 011-2 . . . 28 ... 12 25 600 28 ... 12 20 600
8WA2 011-3JG1 . 28 ... 12 25 300 28 ... 12 20 300
6 8WA2 011-1 . H . . 24 ... 10 40 600 24 ... 10 40 600
10 8WA2 011-1 . J . . 1) 24 ... 8 24 ... 8
16 8WA2 011-3JG11, -3NK23 12 ... 4 70 600 12 ... 4 73 600
8WA2 011-1 . K . .1) 24 ... 6 24 ... 6
1)
The terminals have been submitted for certification.
■ Overview 2
3
4
5
6
7
The space-saving design and conductor routing from above
make spring-loaded terminals ideal for controlgear installations
with minimum available space. The terminals are open at one
The large and unambiguous marking in the center of the terminal
is essential for ensuring reliable installation in minimum time.
Each clamping point can also be separately labeled.
8
end and can be closed using the appropriate covers.
9
10
11
12
13
Spring-loaded terminals provide a large connection compart- The reducing comb enables easy connection of terminals with
14
ment for fast wiring of flexible and rigid conductors, including various cross-sections. With the reducing comb, infeed blocks
can be quickly assembled, e.g. to connect a 10 mm² spring-
15
conductors with the nominal cross-section and a fitted end
sleeve. loaded terminal with a 2.5 or 4 mm² spring-loaded terminal.
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
The 2- to 50-pole connecting combs considerably reduce the Isolated through-type connectors, isolating plugs, component
time needed for assembly and wiring as they enable up to connectors and fused connectors can be fitted in the isolating
50 terminals to be connected in a single step. terminal's universal plug-in zones.
Contact tabs can be removed from the standard comb in order The component connector enables the convenient equipping
to skip individual terminals. Two potentials can therefore be with electronic components. One turn of the screwdriver opens
carried in parallel by one terminal strip. The contact points can the contact points and the component is simply inserted.
be also marked.
■ Overview
The double bridge slot enables individual chain bridging with
connecting combs. Accessories are available for testing and
labeling.
With three clamping points
Terminals with three clamping points are a space-saving
alternative to the standard through-type terminals for branching
the potential.
It is often necessary for three conductors to be routed to a single
terminal.This three clamping point version enables this without
the need for additional terminals and bridges.
With four clamping points
The double connection of the through-type terminals with four
clamping points enables four conductors to be connected to a
single potential. These versions are therefore suitable for use as
compact potential distributors.
PE/ground conductor function
The through-type PE/ground terminals are available with the
same contour as the through-type terminals. Perfect mechanical
and electrical contact with the mounting rail is assured by simply
snapping the terminals onto the rail.
The through-type PE/ground terminals meet all the requirements
of IEC 60947-7-2:
• Low contact resistance
With two clamping points
• Non-corroding clamping points
The through-type terminals have an impressive space-saving
• Green-yellow enclosure
design and offer optimized handling. With its front connection
arrangement this series provides additional space between the • Additional inscription options
cable ducts for wiring.
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 000-0AE00 / 8WH2 000-0CE07 8WH2 003-0AE00 / 8WH2 003-0CE07 8WH2 004-0AE00 /
-0AE01 -0AE01 -0AE01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 4.2 / 48.5 / 2.2 4.2 / 60.5 / 2.2 4.2 / 72 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 36.8 / 44 36.5 / 44
Technical specifications acc. to
IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section 17.5 / 1.5 - 17.5 / 1.5 - 17.5 / 1.5
in A/mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution 6/3
degree in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25 ... 1.5
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without 0.25 ... 1.5
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end 0.5
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A1
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 15 / 26-14 - / - / 26-14 300 / 15 / 26-14 - / - / 26-14 300 / 15 / 26-14
- CSA: in V/A / AWG 300 / 15 / 26-14 - / - / 26-14 300 / 15 / 26-14 - 300 / 15 / 26-14
Mounting rails/protective conductor - See section - See section -
busbars Mounting rails Mounting rails
6
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end 0.5
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A1 A3
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
PA
V0 7
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG - / - / 26-14 300 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12 600 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
Mounting rails/protective conductor
busbars
- / - / 26-14
See section
Mounting rails
-
- See section
Mounting rails
- See section
Mounting rails
8
9
8WH2 004-0AF00 / 8WH2 004-0CF07 8WH2 000-0AG00 / 8WH2 003-0AG00 / 8WH2 004-0AG00 /
-0AF01 -0AG01 -0AG01 -0AG01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 72 / 2.2 6.2 / 56 / 2.2 6.2 / 71.5 / 2.2 6.2 / 87 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 36.5 / 44 36.8 / 44 36.5 / 44
Technical specifications acc. to
IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section
in A/mm²
28 / 4 - 40 / 6
10
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution 8/3
degree in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating
group - / -
III / I 11
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without
plastic sleeve in mm²
0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4 12
• Flexible with two-wire connection end 0.5 0.5 ... 1
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
10
A3
PA
A4 13
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
600 / 20 / 26-12
-
- / - / 26-12 600 / 30 / 20-10
14
Mounting rails/ - See section - - -
protective conductor busbars Mounting rails
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/29
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 000-0CG07 8WH2 003-0CG07 8WH2 004-0CG07 8WH2 000-0AH00 / 8WH2 003-0AH00 /
-0AH01 -0AH01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 6.2 / 56 / 2.2 6.2 / 71.5 / 2.2 6.2 / 87 / 2.2 8.2 / 69.5 / 2.2 8.2 / 90.5 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 36.8 / 44 36.5 / 44 43.5 / 51
Technical specifications
acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section - 52 / 10
in A/mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution 8/3
degree in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25 ... 4 0.25 ... 6
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without 0.25 ... 4 0.25 ... 6
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end 0.5 ... 1 0.5 ... 1.5
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10 12
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A4 A5
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG - / - / 20-10 600 / 50 / 20-8
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
Mounting rails/ See section See section See section - -
protective conductor busbars Mounting rails Mounting rails Mounting rails
8WH2 000-0AK00 /
-0AK01
8WH2 000-0CK07 8WH2 000-0AM00 /
-0AM01
8WH2 000-0CM07
2
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications
12 / 80 / 2.2
51 / 58.5
16 / 100 / -
59 / 66.5 3
acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section 90 / 25 125 / 35
in A/mm²
• maximum // rated data in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution
-
8/3
4
degree in kV / -
5
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25... 16 2.5 ... 35
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without 0.25 ... 16 2.5 ... 35
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
1.5 ... 4 2.5 ... 10 6
Stripped length in mm 18 25
7
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A7 A8
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
Mounting rails/
protective conductor busbars
600 / 85 / 16-4
-
-
- / - / 16-4
See section
Mounting rails
600 / 115 / 14-2
600 / 115 / 14-2
-
- / - / 14-2
- / - / 14-2
See section
Mounting rails
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/31
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 000-0CE07
- AWG 28-16
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.14 - 1.5 mm²
- flexible 0.14 - 1.5 mm²
4
- AWG 26-16
• Green-yellow
Versions
• Two clamping points
• Three clamping points
• Four clamping points
8WH2 000-0CE07
8WH2 003-0CE07
8WH2 004-0CE07
044
044
044
50
50
50
5
Accessories Section Page
I2_12661
8WH2 000-0CE07
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm²
• For two clamping points
Accessories 10/44
8WH9 000-1GA00
8WH9 000-2GA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
50
50
6
100 units
• For four clamping points Accessories 10/44
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² Accessories 10/44
8WH9 000-4GA00
8WH9 000-0GA00
100 units
044
044
50
10
7
8WH2 003-0CE07
8
I2_12662
8WH2 003-0CE07 9
8WH2 004-0CE07
10
11
I2_12663
12
8WH2 004-0CE07
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/33
17
© Siemens AG 2007
4
8WH2 004-0AF00 - AWG 28-12
- I = 28 A
- the total current through all connected conductors
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 800 V
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 4 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 24-12
- I = 24/21 A
5
- the total current through all connected conductors
must not exceed the max. load current
6
- U = 550 V
Versions
• Gray 8WH2 004-0AF00 044 50
• Blue 8WH2 004-0AF01 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions, for terminal size
1.5 to 4 mm² and 4 clamping points
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
Accessories 10/44
Accessories 10/44
8WH9 070-0HA00
100 units
100 units
044 50 7
4 clamping points 8WH9 000-4GA00 044 50
8
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² Accessories 10/44 100 units
8WH9 000-0GA00 044 10
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/48
10/48
10/48
10/48
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/35
17
© Siemens AG 2007
I2_12665
8WH2 003-0CF07
8WH2 004-0CF07
I2_12666
8WH2 004-0CF07
8WH2 000-0AG00
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 40 A
- U = 800 V
4
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 4 mm²
- AWG 24-10
- I = 34/30 A
- U = 550 V
5
Versions
• Gray
• Blue
Accessories
Compartment partitions, for terminal size
Section Page
Accessories 10/44
8WH2 000-0AG00
8WH2 000-0AG01
100 units
044
044
50
50
6
1.5 to 4 mm² and two clamping points 8WH9 070-0AA00 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² and two
clamping points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole
Accessories 10/44
Accessories 10/48
8WH9 003-1GA00
8WH9 020-6CC10
100 units
044
044
50
50
7
• 3-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
8
• 4-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
Through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm²,
three clamping points
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
9
- rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
8WH2 003-0AG00 - flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 40 A
- the total current through all connected conductors
must not exceed the max. load current
10
- U = 800 V
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 4 mm²
- AWG 24-10
- I = 34/29 A
11
- the total current through all connected conductors
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 550 V
Versions
• Gray
• Blue
8WH2 003-0AG00
8WH2 003-0AG01
044
044
50
50
12
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions, for terminal size
1.5 to 4 mm² and 3 clamping points
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² and 3 clamping
Accessories 10/44 8WH9 070-0GA00
100 units
100 units
044 50 13
points Accessories 10/44 8WH9 003-2GA00 044 50
Cover segments, for terminal size 4 mm² 100 units
Accessories
Accessories
10/48
10/48
8WH9 003-0GA00
8WH9 020-6CC10
8WH9 020-6CD10
044
044
044
10
50
50
14
• 4-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
15
• 5-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/37
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 000-0CG07
- AWG 28-10
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 4 mm²
4
- AWG 24-10
• Green-yellow
Versions
• Two clamping points
• Three clamping points
• Four clamping points
8WH2 000-0CG07
8WH2 003-0CG07
8WH2 004-0CG07
044
044
044
50
50
50
5
I2_12667 Accessories Section Page
8WH2 000-0CE07 Covers, for terminal size 4 mm²
• For two clamping points
Accessories 10/44
8WH9 003-1GA00
8WH9 003-2GA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
50
50
6
100 units
8WH2 003-0CG07
• For four clamping points
Cover segments, for terminal size 4 mm²
Accessories 10/44
Accessories 10/44
8WH9 003-4GA00
8WH9 003-0GA00
100 units
044
044
50
10
7
8
I2_12668
9
8WH2 003-0CG07
8WH2 004-0CG07
10
I2_12669
8WH2 004-0CG07
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/39
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 000-0CE07
6
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 550 V
Versions
• Gray 8WH2 003-0AH00 044 50
• Blue 8WH2 003-0AH01 044 50
Accessories
Covers, for terminal size 6 mm² and 3 clamping
points
Section Page
10
- rigid 0.2 - 10 mm²
8WH2 003-0CH07 - flexible 0.2 - 6 mm²
- AWG 24-8
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.5 - 10 mm²
- flexible 0.5 - 6 mm²
11
- AWG 20-8
• Green-yellow
Accessories Section Page
I2_12671
Covers, for terminal size 6 mm² and 3 clamping 100 units
8WH2 003-0CE07
points Accessories 10/44 8WH9 004-2GA00 044 50
12
Terminal size 10 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 10 mm²
• Terminal width 10.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 1.5 - 16 mm²
8WH2 000-0AJ00
- flexible 1.5 - 10 mm²
- AWG 24-6
- I = 65 A
- U = 800 V
13
• EN 50019
- rigid 1.5 - 16 mm²
- flexible 1.5 - 10 mm²
- AWG 16-6
- I = 50/63 A
- U = 550 V
14
Versions
15
• Gray 8WH2 000-0AJ00 044 50
• Blue 8WH2 000-0AJ01 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for terminal size 10 mm² 100 units
Accessories 10/44 8WH9 005-1GA00 044 50
Reducing combs, for terminal size 10 mm²,
on spring-loaded terminals 2.5 and 4 mm²
Connecting combs, for terminal width 10.2 mm
Accessories 10/44
Accessories 10/48
8WH9 020-0AC10
8WH9 020-6EC10
044
044
10
10
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/41
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 000-0AM00
- flexible 2.5 - 35 mm²
- AWG 14-2
- I = 125 A
- U = 800 V
4
• EN 50019
- rigid 2.5 - 35 mm²
- flexible 2.5 - 35 mm²
- AWG 14-2
- I = 108 A
- U = 750 V
5
• Enclosed on both sides
Versions
• Gray
• Blue
Accessories Section Page
8WH2 000-0AM00
8WH2 000-0AM01
044
044
10
10 6
Reducing combs, for terminal size 35 mm²
• for connecting terminal sizes 2.5 and 4 mm²
• for connecting terminal sizes 16 mm²
Connecting combs, for terminal width 16 mm
Through-type PE terminals, terminal size 35 mm²
Accessories 10/44
Accessories 10/44
Accessories 10/48
8WH9 020-0EC10
8WH9 020-0DC10
8WH9 020-6GC10
8WH2 000-0CM07
044
044
044
044
10
10
10
10
7
• Terminal width 16 mm
8
• CUUS, s
• IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 2.5 - 35 mm²
- flexible 2.5 - 35 mm²
- AWG 14-2
8WH2 000-0CM07 - I = 125 A
9
• EN 50019
- rigid 2.5 - 35 mm²
- flexible 2.5 - 35 mm²
- AWG 14-2
• Enclosed on both sides
• Green-yellow
I2_12674
8WH2 000-0CM07
Accessories
Connecting combs, for terminal width 16 mm
Section Page
Accessories 10/48 8WH9 020-6GC10 044 10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/43
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-1AA05
8WH8 120-2AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
3
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB35
8WH8 120-2AB45
8WH8 120-2AB55
8WH8 120-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
8WH8 120-2AC05
8WH8 120-2AA15
8WH8 120-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100 5
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 140-2AB15
8WH8 140-2AB25
8WH8 140-2AB35
8WH8 140-2AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 140-2AB75
8WH8 140-2AB85
8WH8 140-2AC05
8WH8 140-2XA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
7
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-3AA15
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB05
8WH8 120-3AB15
8WH8 120-3AB25
8WH8 120-3AB35
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
9
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB55 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB65
8WH8 120-3AB75
8WH8 120-3AB85
8WH8 120-3AC05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
10
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AA25
8WH8 140-3AB05
044
044
100
100
11
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB35
8WH8 140-3AB45
8WH8 140-3AB55
8WH8 140-3AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank
8WH8 140-3AC05
8WH8 140-3XA05
8WH8 110-3AA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
13
8WH8 110-3AA05
8WH8 120-4AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB05 044 100
14
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-4AA15 - 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-4AB35
8WH8 120-4AB45
8WH8 120-4AB55
8WH8 120-4AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
8WH8 120-4AC05
8WH8 120-4AA15
8WH8 120-4XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/45
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 140-5AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 10.2 mm and 12 mm, blank
8WH8 110-5AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-5AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 16 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-7AA15 • L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-7AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-7XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8WH8 140-7XA05 044 100
16 mm, vertical custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8WH8 110-7AA05 044 100
16 mm, blank
8WH8 110-7AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-1AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-1XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-1AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-1XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-1AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-1AA05
8WH8 121-2AB15
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
3
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB35
8WH8 121-2AB45
8WH8 121-2AB55
8WH8 121-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-2AC05
8WH8 121-2XA05
044
044
100
100
5
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB25
8WH8 141-2AB35
8WH8 141-2AB45
8WH8 141-2AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-2AB85
8WH8 141-2AC05
8WH8 141-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB25
8WH8 121-3AB35
8WH8 121-3AB45
8WH8 121-3AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
9
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
8WH8 121-3AB85
8WH8 121-3AC05
8WH8 121-3XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100 10
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB15
8WH8 141-3AB25
8WH8 141-3AB35
8WH8 141-3AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
11
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
12
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
8WH8 121-4AB05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
13
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 121-4AB15
8WH8 121-4AB25
8WH8 121-4AB35
8WH8 121-4AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
14
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-4AB75
8WH8 121-4AB85
8WH8 121-4AC05
8WH8 121-4XA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/47
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
The terminal connection compartment, on the tension spring
side as well as the screw side, enables connection to a nominal
cross-section of 2.5 mm² or 4 mm², with or without end sleeves.
The advantages of the different connection types result from the
fact that the insulation displacement connection of the hybrid
3
through-type terminal is used inside the control cabinet and the
universal screw terminal is used at the end-user's side. A PE
terminal with the same contour is available for the three-
conductor terminal. Contact is made by simply snapping the
terminal onto the mounting rail. This meets the requirements of
4
IEC 60947-7-2:
5
• Low contact resistance
• Non-corroding clamping points
• Green-yellow enclosure
• Additional inscription options
6
7
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 103-2BF00 /
-2BF01
8WH2 103-3BF07 8WH2 103-2BG00 /
-2BG01
8WH2 103-3BG07
8
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
5.2 / 65.3 / 2.2
42.8 / 50.3
6.2 / 74.4 / 2.2
9
• Max. load current per cross-section in A/mm² 28 / 4 - 32 / 6 -
10
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 8/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 - 2.5 0.25 - 4
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 - 2.5 0.25 - 4
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with
plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm
0.5 - 1
10
11
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3 A4
Connection capacity of screw terminal
• Flexible with end sleeves with/without plastic sleeve
in mm²
0.25 ... 2.5 / 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4 / 0.25 ... 4 12
Multi-conductor connection (two conductors of
same cross-section)
• Rigid/flexible in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with
0.14 ... 1.5 / 0.14 ... 1.5
0.25 ... 1.5
0.5 ... 1.5 0.5 ... 2.5
13
plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 9
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
A3
PA
V0
A4
14
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars
applied for
applied for
- See section - See section
15
Mounting rails Mounting rails
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/49
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 103-2BG00
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 32 A
- the total current through all connected conductors
4
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 800 V
• Screw
- rigid 0.14 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.14 - 4 mm²
- AWG 26-10
5
- I = 32 A
- U = 800 V
Versions
• Gray
• Blue
8WH2 103-2BG00
8WH2 103-2BG01
044
044
50
50
6
Accessories Section Page 100 units
7
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² and 3 clamping Accessories 10/52 8WH9 003-2HA00 044 50
points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/53
10/53
10/53
10/53
8WH9 020-6CF10
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
8
Hybrid through-type PE terminals, terminal size 4 mm² 8WH2 103-3BG07 044 50
9
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• IEC 60947-7-2
• Spring
- rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
8WH2 103-3BG07
10
• Screw
- rigid 0.14 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.14 - 4 mm²
- AWG 26-10
Accessories Section Page 100 units
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² and 3 clamping Accessories 10/52 8WH9 003-2HA00 044 50
I2_12676
8WH2 103-3BG07
points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
Accessories
Accessories
10/53
10/53
8WH9 020-6CC10
8WH9 020-6CD10
044
044
50
50
11
• 4-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
12
• 5-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/53 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/51
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
8WH8 121-2AB15
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
3
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB35
8WH8 121-2AB45
8WH8 121-2AB55
8WH8 121-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-2AC05
8WH8 121-2XA05
044
044
100
100
5
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB25
8WH8 141-2AB35
8WH8 141-2AB45
8WH8 141-2AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-2AB85
8WH8 141-2AC05
8WH8 141-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB25
8WH8 121-3AB35
8WH8 121-3AB45
8WH8 121-3AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
9
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
8WH8 121-3AB85
8WH8 121-3AC05
8WH8 121-3XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100 10
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB15
8WH8 141-3AB25
8WH8 141-3AB35
8WH8 141-3AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
11
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
12
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
13
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
- 4-pole
- 5-pole
- 10-pole
- 20-pole
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
044
044
044
044
50
50
10
10
14
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
- 5-pole
8WH9 020-6CC10
8WH9 020-6CD10
8WH9 020-6CE10
8WH9 020-6CF10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
15
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/53
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Fuse terminals for blade-type fuses
The fuse terminals for blade-type fuses use blade-type fuses to
ISO/DIS 8820 / DIN 72581-3 as fuse elements. Terminals with
LED display are available for fast fault diagnosis "at a glance".
Fuse terminals for G fuse links
Fuse terminals perform two important tasks in connected
electrical systems. They act firstly as a fuse carrier and secondly
as a potential distributor.
The full-length bridge slot enables uninterrupted linking between
the through-type terminals and the fuse terminals.
The fuse terminal for G fuse links is available for the
standardized electrical fuse formats 5 x 20 mm and 6.3 x 32 mm
(inch fuse) – optionally available with LED display to signal a
blown fuse.
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 000-1AG08 / -1BG28 8WH2 000-1GG08 / -1JG38 8WH2 000-1HG08 / -1NG38
/ -1BG38 / -1JG68 / -1MG08 / -1NG68 / -1RG08
Dimensions
• Width / length in mm 8.2 / 86.5 6.2 / 61.5 8.2 / 76.5
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 43.5 / 51 62.5 / 70 69 / 76.5
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Fuse type ISO/DIS 8820 / DIN 72581-3 / -dimensions- / c G / 5 x 20 G / 6.3 x 32
in mm
• Maximum current for single arrangement in A 30 3.3 10
Max power loss at 23 °C acc. to IEC 60647-7-3 in W1)
• U in V - 250 400
• Overload protection
- individually in W - 1.6
- as group in W - 1.6
• Without short-circuit protection
- individually in W - 4
- as group in W - 2.5
• Imax in A - 6.3 10
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution degree in kV / - 6/3 4/3 6/3
• Overvoltage category / insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve without/with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 4 / 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic 0.5
sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A4 A3 A4
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 30 / 24-10 300 / 6.3 / 24-10 300 / 10 / 24-10
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
1)
Please note: Select G fuse holders according to the max. power loss (heat dissipation) of the G fuse links. Test the heating conditions in enclosed fuse
holders, which depend on application and installation method. Higher ambient temperatures present an additional burden for the fuse links. In this case,
take the offset of the rated current into account. When selecting G fuses, make sure that they do not exceed the specified maximum power loss. For
specification details, contact the fuse manufacturer.
4
• Terminal width 8.2 mm
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
8WH2 000-1AG08 - flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
5
- I = 30 A
- U = 400 V
• Enclosed on both sides
Versions
• Without LED display 8WH2 000-1AG08 044 50
8WH2 000-1BG28 • LED display 12 V 8WH2 000-1BG28 044 50
• LED display 24 V
Accessories
Connecting combs, for terminal width 8.2 mm
Section Page
8WH2 000-1BG38 044 50
6
• 2-pole Accessories 10/58 8WH9 020-6DC10 044 10
• 3-pole Accessories 10/58 8WH9 020-6DD10 044 10
I2_12681
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/58
10/58
10/58
8WH9 020-6DE10
8WH9 020-6DF10
8WH9 020-6DL10
044
044
044
10
10
10 7
8WH2 000-0BG28
Fuse terminals, terminal size 4 mm², for G fuse links 5 x 20 mm
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-3
• With fuse
8
- rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- Imax = 6.3 A, only short-circuit protection Single 4 W, Group 2.5 W
- U = 250 V, overload protection Single 4 W, Group 1.6 W
• As isolating terminal
9
8WH2 000-1GG08 - rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 6.3 A
- U = 250 V
• Enclosed on both sides
10
Versions
•
•
•
•
Without LED display
LED display 15 to 30 V
LED display 30 to 60 V
LED display 110 to 250 V
8WH2 000-1GG08
8WH2 000-1JG38
8WH2 000-1JG68
8WH2 000-1MG08
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
11
Accessories Section Page
8WH2 000-1JG38
12
Compartment partitions, for terminal 100 units
size 1.5 and 4 mm² and two clamping points Accessories 10/56 8WH9 070-0AA00 044 50
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 10/58 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 10/58 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 10/58 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/58
10/58
10/58
10/58
8WH9 020-6CF10
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/55
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 070-0AA00
Reducing combs, for terminal size 6 mm² 1 unit
8WH9 020-0FC10 044 10
8WK9 020-0FC10
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-3AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB45 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA15 - 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank
8WH8 140-3XA05
8WH8 110-3AA05
044
044
100
100
5
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-4AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 120-4AB05
8WH8 120-4AB15
8WH8 120-4AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
6
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-4AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 120-4AB55
8WH8 120-4AB65
8WH8 120-4AB75
8WH8 120-4AB85
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
7
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-4AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
8WH8 120-4XA05
8WH8 140-4AB05
044
044
100
100
8
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB15 044 100
9
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB75 044 100
10
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-4AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-4AA05
8WH8 121-3AB05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB05
8WH8 121-3AB15
044
044
100
100
11
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB45
8WH8 121-3AB55
8WH8 121-3AB65
8WH8 121-3AB75
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
8WH8 121-3XA05
8WH8 141-3AB05
044
044
100
100
13
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB15 044 100
14
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
15
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/57
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Through-type terminals with isolating blade capability are the
2
most commonly used terminal types in instrumentation and
control.
Key features of these isolating blade terminals with a nominal
cross-section of 2.5 mm² excel is their narrow width of only
3
5.2 mm and their high current carrying capacity of 16 A. In
addition the terminals provide a test pick-off parallel to the
isolating point for 2.3-mm ∅ test plugs. Potential distributors can
be conveniently built with connecting combs.
Terminals with three and four clamping points are available for
4
multi-conductor connection. With their compact design these
terminals can also be used in small terminal boxes and their front
connection arrangement enables user-friendly wiring.
The isolating blade is secured to the terminal so that it cannot be
5
lost.
6
7
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 000-6CF00 8WH2 500-6CF00 8WH2 003-6CF00 8WH2 004-6CF00 /
-6CF01
8WH2 000-6CG00 8
Dimensions
9
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 60.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 51 / 2.2 5.2 / 72 / 2.2 5.2 / 84 / 2.2 6.2 / 61.5 / -
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 36.5 / 44 43 / 50.5 36.5 / 44
Technical specifications acc. to
IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section 16 / 4 16 / 6
in A/mm²
• maximum // rated data in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution
-
6/3
10
degree in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
11
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.5 12
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
A4
PA
V0
A3 A4 A3
13
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
600 / 16 / 26-12
-
600 / 16 / 24-12 600 / 16 / 26-12 300 / 6.3 / 24-10
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/59
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 070-0AA00
4
Lateral mounting test plugs, for terminal size 5.2 mm 1 unit
8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
• For three clamping points
• For four clamping points
8WH9 000-2GA00
8WH9 000-4GA00
044
044
50
50
5
Cover segments, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
three or four clamping points 8WH9 000-0GA00 044 10
8WH9 000-0GA00
6
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-2AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB05
8WH8 120-2AB15
8WH8 120-2AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
8
8WH8 120-2AA15 - 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
8WH8 120-2XA05
8WH8 140-2AB05
044
044
100
100
9
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
10
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
11
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
12
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB15 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA15
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB25
8WH8 120-3AB35
8WH8 120-3AB45
8WH8 120-3AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
13
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
8WH8 120-3AB85
8WH8 120-3AC05
8WH8 120-3AA15
8WH8 120-3XA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
14
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB05
8WH8 140-3AB15
8WH8 140-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
15
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB35 044 100
16
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
17
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
■ Overview
The isolating terminals are available with the same contour as
2
the isolating blade terminals. Key features of the terminals are
their narrow width of only 5.2 mm and their high current load
rating of 16 A.
There is a test option for 2.3 mm ∅ test plugs on both sides of the
3
isolating point.
The slim, 6.2 mm isolating terminal with terminal size 4 mm² is a
base terminal and is used for holding:
• Isolating plugs
4
• Through-type connectors
• Fused connectors
• Component connectors 5
6
7
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH2 000-6AF00 8WH2 500-6AF00 8WH2 003-6AF00 8WH2 004-6AF00 8WH2 000-6AG00 8
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 60.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 51 / 2.2 5.2 / 72 / 2.2 5.5 / 84 / 2.2 6.2 / 61.5 / -
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications
acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section
36.5 / 44
16 / 4
43 / 50.5 36.5 / 44
16 / 6
9
in A/mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution
degree in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating
group - / -
6/3
III / I
10
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without
0.25 ... 2.5
0.25 ... 4
11
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end 0.5
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
10
A3 A4
12
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
V0
13
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 16 / 26-12 300 / 16 / 24-12 300 / 16 / 26-12 300 / 6.3 / 24-10
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/63
17
© Siemens AG 2007
4
• For terminal size 4 mm²
- for two clamping points 8WH9 070-0AA00 044 50
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 and 2.5 mm² and 8WH9 000-0GA00 044 10
three or four clamping points
gray
8WH9 000-0GA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
5
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB15
8WH8 120-2AB25
8WH8 120-2AB35
8WH8 120-2AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
8WH8 120-2AB75
8WH8 120-2AB85
8WH8 120-2AC05
8WH8 120-2AA15
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
7
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
8
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
9
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
10
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
8WH8 120-3AB05
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB05
8WH8 120-3AB15
044
044
100
100
11
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB35 044 100
12
8WH8 120-3AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
• U/V/W/N/grounding
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
8WH8 120-3AA15
8WH8 120-3XA05
8WH8 120-3AA25
044
044
044
100
100
100 13
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB15
8WH8 140-3AB25
8WH8 140-3AB35
8WH8 140-3AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
14
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB55 044 100
15
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank
8WH8 110-3AA05
8WH8 110-3AA05 044 100
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/65
17
© Siemens AG 2007
1 unit
044 50
3
8WH9 040-0DB04 - gray 8WH9 020-8AB00 044 50
- Imax: 16 A
• Fused connectors, without LED display
- black
- Imax: 6.3 A
• Component connectors
8WH9 040-3DB08
1 unit
1 unit
044 10
4
8WH9 020-8AB00 - Imax: 6 A, depending on the power loss of the components, 8WH9 040-0BB00 044 10
max. 1 W with single arrangement
- facility for inscription with ZBF 5
5
6
8WH9 040-3DB08
7
8
8WH9 040-0BB00
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/67
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Standard two-tier terminals
With the two voltage levels routed through two separate tiers, the
two-tier terminals require 50 % less space than equivalent
single-tier terminals. To implement a wide range of switching
tasks, connecting combs can be fitted to both tiers of the spring-
loaded connection series. Facilities for inscription are provided
at each clamping point.
PE/ground conductor function
Perfect mechanical and electrical contact with the mounting rail
is assured by simply snapping the terminals onto the rail.
The PE/ground two-tier terminals meet all the requirements of
IEC 60947-7-2:
• Low contact resistance
• Non-corroding clamping points
• Green-yellow enclosure
• Additional inscription options
PE/L and PE/N types
The PE/L and PE/N types provide in the lower tier a PE/ground
contact to the mounting rail. The upper tier is designed as a
through-type tier. Color coding of the PE and neutral tiers
enables clear and unambiguous distribution of the potential.
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 020-0AE00 / - 8WH0 020-0CE07 8WH2 020-0AF00 / - 8WH2 023-0AF00 / - 8WH2 020-0CF07
0AE01, 8WH2 025- 0AF01, 8WH2 025- 0AF01, 8WH2 022-
0AE00 0AF00 0AF00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 4.2 / 67.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 67.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 91.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 67.5 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 47.5 / 55
Technical specifications
acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. loadcurrent per cross-section 17.5 / 1.5 - 26 / 4 - -
in A/mm²
• Maximum // rated data in A / mm² - 26 / 4 // 22 / 2.5 -
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution 6/3
degree in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25 ... 1.5 0.25 ... 2.5
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without 0.25 ... 1.5 0.25 ... 2.5
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end 0.5
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A1 A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 15 / 26-14 - / - / 26-14 600 / 20 / 26-12 300 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG 300 / 15 / 26-14 - / - / 26-14 - - / - / 26-12
Mounting rails/ - See section - See section
protective conductor busbars Mounting rails Mounting rails
- 32 / 4
3
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
III / I
5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with 0.5
plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
V0
6
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG - / - / 26-12 300 / 20 / 26-12 -
- CSA: in V/A / AWG - / - / 26-12 -
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars See section
Mounting rails
-
7
8WH2 020-4CF00 8WH2 020-0AG00 / -0AG01, 8WH2 020-0CG07
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 67.5 / 2.2
8WH2 025-0AG00
9
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN/VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm² 26 / 4 32 / 6 -
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with
0.25 ... 2.5
0.25 ... 2.5
0.5
0.25 ... 4
0.25 ... 4
0.5 ... 1
0.25 ... 4
0.25 ... 4
0.5 ... 1
10
plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
10
A3
PA
A4 11
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in AWG
- CSA: in AWG
300 / 20 / 26-12
- / - / 26-12
300 / 30 / 20-10 20-10
20-10
12
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars - See section
Mounting rails
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/69
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 020-0AF00
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
- I = 26 A
- the total current through all connected conductors
4
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 500 V
• EN 50019
- rigid, 0.2 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.2 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 24-12
5
- I = 23/19 A
- U = 420 V
Versions
• Gray
- without equipotential bonding, 2-pole 8WH2 020-0AF00 044 50
6
- with equipotential bonding, 1-pole 8WH2 025-0AF00 044 50
• Blue
- without equipotential bonding, 2-pole
- with equipotential bonding, 1-pole
Accessories Section Page
8WH2 020-0AF01
8WH2 025-0AF01
044
044
50
50
7
Compartment partitions, for terminal 100 units
size 1.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 10/75 8WH9 070-0BA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs, for terminal
width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm²
Accessories 10/75
Accessories 10/75
8WH9 010-0EB02
8WH9 000-1VA00
100 units
044
044
10
50
8
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/76
10/76
10/76
10/76
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
9
• 10-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole
Two-tier terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²,
three clamping points on one level
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
10
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
8WH2 023-0AF00
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
- I = 26 A
11
- the total current through all connected conductors
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 500 V
Versions
• Gray
12
- without equipotential bonding, 2-pole 8WH2 023-0AF00 044 50
- with equipotential bonding, 1-pole 8WH2 022-0AF00 044 50
• Blue, 2-pole
Accessories
Compartment partitions, for terminal
Section Page
8WH2 023-0AF01
100 units
044 50
13
size 1.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 10/75 8WH9 070-0BA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs, for terminal Accessories 10/75 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
and three terminals Accessories 10/75 8WH9 000-2VA00
100 units
044 50
14
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/76
10/76
10/76
10/76
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
10
15
• 20-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/71
17
© Siemens AG 2007
3
• IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
8WH2 020-0CF07
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
• EN 50019
- rigid, 0.2 ... 4 mm²
4
- flexible, 0.2 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 24-12
I2_12692
• Green-yellow
Accessories
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm²
Section Page
8WH2 023-0CF07
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
• Green-yellow
8
Accessories Section Page
I2_12693
Compartment partitions, for terminal
size 1.5 to 4 mm²
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
and three terminals
Accessories 10/75
Accessories 10/75
8WH9 070-0BA00
8WH9 000-2VA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
50
50
9
8WH2 023-0CF07
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/76
10/76
10/76
10/76
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
10
• 10-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/76 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/73
17
© Siemens AG 2007
1 unit
044 10 5
• For terminal width 6.2 mm 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
8WH9 010-0DB02
Cover plates
6
gray
7
• For terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-1VA00 044 50
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-1KA00 044 50
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² and three clamping points 8WH9 000-2VA00 044 50
• For terminal size 4 mm² 8WH9 003-1VA00 044 50
8WH9 000-1VA00
8
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-1AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB25 044 100
9
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-1AC05
8WH8 121-1XA05
044
044
100
100
10
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-1AB25
8WH8 141-1AB35
8WH8 141-1AB45
8WH8 141-1AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
11
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB75 044 100
8WH8 141-1AB05
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, blank
8WH8 141-1AB85
8WH8 141-1AC05
8WH8 141-1XA05
8WH8 111-1AA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
8WH8 111-1AA05
8WH8 121-2AB15
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
13
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB25
8WH8 121-2AB35
8WH8 121-2AB45
8WH8 121-2AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
14
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-2AB85
8WH8 121-2AC05
8WH8 121-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/75
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 4.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6AC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6AD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6AE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6AF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6AL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6AS10 044 10
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
8WH9 020-6AC10 - 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
■ Overview 2
Diode terminals with a nominal cross-section of 2.5 mm² and a
mounting width of just 5.2 mm can be used to implement many
different switching tasks. The diode is soldered in from left to
right or vice versa as required. 3
4
5
6
7
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 003-5DF00 / 8WH2 003-5CF00
8
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.5 / 60.5 / 2.2
• Height HV-M... (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm²
36.5 / 44
11
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic sleeve 0.5
in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
V0
12
- UL/CUL: V / A / AWG 600 / 20 / 26-12
- CSA: V / A / AWG -
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/77
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 and 2.5 mm² and 8WH9 000-0GA00 044 10
three clamping points
8WH9 000-0GA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
8WH8 121-2AB15
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB05
8WH8 121-2AB15
044
044
100
100
3
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB45
8WH8 121-2AB55
8WH8 121-2AB65
8WH8 121-2AB75
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
8WH8 121-2XA05
8WH8 141-2AB05
044
044
100
100
5
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB35
8WH8 141-2AB45
8WH8 141-2AB55
8WH8 141-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 141-2AC05
8WH8 141-2XA05
8WH8 111-2AA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
8WH8 111-2AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
044
044
044
50
50
50
8
• 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
10
10
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/79
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Two-tier diode terminals can be used together with different
versions to implement many different switching tasks.
The following circuits are possible in the tightest spaces:
• Freewheel diode circuits
• Lamp test circuits
• Signaling and fault signaling circuits
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 020-0AF00 / -5DF00 / -5BF00 / -5JF30 / -5JF60 / -5JF80 / -5HF00 / -5FF00 /
-5KF00 / -5EF00 / -5GF00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 67.5 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 47.5 / 55
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm² 26 / 4
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution degree in kV / - 4/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic 0.5
sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 20 / 26-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG 300 / 20 / 26-12
General details
• CUUS
1 unit Unit(s)
3
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Two-tier diode terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm², with one diode
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• Supply data
- rigid 0.08 - 4 mm²
4
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
8WH2 020-5AF00
- I = 26 A
- U = 500 V
• Maximum current determined by diode
• Integrated:diode 1N 4007
5
• Blocking voltage: 1300 V
• Uninterrupted limiting current: 0.5 A
Circuit diagram Versions
Let-through from top to bottom 8WH2 020-5AF00 044 50 6
I2_12714
Accessories 10/83
8WH9 070-0BA00
8WH9 000-1VA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
50
50
10
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/83
10/83
10/83
10/83
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
11
• 10-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/81
17
© Siemens AG 2007
I2_12717
I2_13465
I2_12718
I2_13466
I2_13467
8WH2 020-5JF30
- I = 26 A
- U = 500 V
Versions
• 15 to 30 V DC / 2.5 to 7.5 A 8WH2 020-5JF30 044 50
4
• 30 to 60 V DC / 1.9 to 4.0 A 8WH2 020-5JF60 044 50
5
• 110 to 230 V AC/DC / 0.5 to 1.0 A 8WH2 020-5JF80 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions, 100 units
for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 10/83 8WH9 070-0BA00 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 and 2.5 mm² 100 units
6
Accessories 10/83 8WH9 000-1VA00 044 50
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 10/83 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
Accessories
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/83
10/83
10/83
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
10
10
10
7
Compartment partitions, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² 8WH9 070-0BA00 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 and 2.5 mm²
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH9 000-1VA00 044 50
8
8WH8 121-2AB15 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB15
8WH8 121-2AB25
8WH8 121-2AB35
8WH8 121-2AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
9
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-2AB75
8WH8 121-2AB85
8WH8 121-2AC05
8WH8 121-2XA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
10
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB05
8WH8 141-2AB15
8WH8 141-2AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
11
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB55
8WH8 141-2AB65
8WH8 141-2AB75
8WH8 141-2AB85
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
13
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
10
14
• 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/83
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
The four-tier motor terminal with terminal size 2.5 mm² is
particularly suited for the compact wiring of three-phase loads.
It has three through-type tiers and a PE terminal which makes
contact when it is simply snapped onto the mounting rail.
Each clamping point has a facility for inscription and a test
option for 2.3 mm ∅ test plugs.
There is also sufficient space to make a large marking in the
center of the terminal.
No cross-linking option.
Terminal size 4 mm²
Like the 2.5 mm² version, the four-tier motor terminal with 4 mm²
also enables three phases and the PE to be wired in one
terminal. This terminal is enclosed on both sides.
Integrated PE/ground conductor function
PE contact with the mounting rail is made by simply snapping
the terminal onto the rail. The four-tier motor terminal with
terminal size 4 mm² is therefore particularly suited for the
space-saving wiring of three-phase loads.
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 040-4LF00 8WH2 040-4LG00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 98.5 / 2.2 6.2 / 101 / -
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 73.5 / 81 83.5 / 91
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm² 26 / 4 32 / 6
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution degree in kV / - 8/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic - 0.5 ... 1
sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3 A4
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG - / - / 26-12 -
- CSA: in V/A / AWG - 600 / 30 / 28-10
044
Unit(s)
50
3
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
4
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1 and IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 0.08 - 4 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
- I = 26 A
5
8WH2 040-4LF00 - U = 800 V
Accessories
Covers, for "four-tier motor terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²" 8WH9 000-1GE00
8WH2 040-4LF00
I2_13468
6
Terminal size 4 mm²
Four-tier motor terminals, terminal size 4 mm² 8WH2 040-4LG00 044 50
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
s
• IEC 60947-7-1 and IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 0.08 – 6 mm²
7
- flexible 0.08 – 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
8WH2 040-4LG00
- I = 32 A
- U = 800 V
• Enclosed on both sides 8
9
I2_13468
8WH2 040-4LG00
Accessories
Covers, for "four-tier motor terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²" 8WH9 000-1GE00 10
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-2AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB05
8WH8 120-2AB15
8WH8 120-2AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
11
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
12
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
13
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
14
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/85
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 111-2AA05
■ Overview 2
terminals is used in particular in wiring systems where underfloor
wiring is used to save space.
The compact through-type terminals are available in the cross-
sectional ranges 2.5 mm², 4 mm² and 6 mm². With terminal size
2.5 and 4 mm² they have four bridge slots, enabling numerous
3
potential bridging options and the use of a comprehensive
range of test accessories.
The product range includes PE/ground terminals with the same
contour, which meet all the requirements of IEC 60947-7-2.
4
With three clamping points
The three-conductor spring-loaded terminals have the same
contour as the two-conductor through-type terminals. The
uniform connecting comb system also enables cross-
5
connection to adjoining through-type terminals.
The compact through-type terminals are available in the cross-
sectional ranges 2.5 mm² to 6 mm².
With four clamping points
6
The compact four-conductor terminals have the same contour
as the through-type and three-conductor terminals with the
same cross-section.
PE/ground conductor function
7
With two clamping points PE/ground conductor terminals with the same contour are also
The compact through-type terminal series is characterized by
the angled routing of the conductors. This compact range of
available for the compact through-type terminals. Contact with
the mounting rail is assured by simply snapping the terminals
onto the rail. This meets all the requirements of IEC 60947-7-2.
8
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 500-0AF00 /
-0AF01
8WH2 500-0CF07 8WH2 503-0AF00 /
-0AF01
8WH2 503-0CF07 9
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications
5.2 / 51 / 2.2
43 / 50.5 10
acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section -
in A / mm²
• maximum // rated data in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution
31 / 4 // -
8/3
- 28 / 4 // - - 11
degree in kV / -
12
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25 ... 2.5
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.25 ... 2.5
0.5
13
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
A3
PA
V0
14
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
15
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12 600 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
Mounting rails/ - See section - See section
protective conductor busbars Mounting rails Mounting rails
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/87
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 500-0AH00 /
-0AH01
8WH2 500-0CH07 8WH2 503-0AH00 /
-0AH01
8WH2 503-0CH07
2
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications
8.2 / 58 / 2.2
50 / 57.5
8.2 / 70 / 2.2
3
acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section -
in A / mm²
• Maximum // rated data in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution
52 / 10 // 41 / 6
8/3
- 52 / 10 // 41 / 6 - 4
degree in kV / -
5
• Overvoltage category/insulating III / I
group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic 0.25 ... 6
sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without
plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end
sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.25 ... 6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/89
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 504-0AF00
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
- I = 28 A
- the total current through all connected conductors
4
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 800 V
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 4 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 24-12
5
- I = 20/25 A
- U = 550 V
Versions
• Gray
• Blue
8WH2 504-0AF00
8WH2 504-0AF01
044
044
50
50
6
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 100 units
and compact design Accessories 10/95
Compact through-type PE terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²,
2 clamping points
8WH9 000-1JA00
8WH2 500-0CF07
044
044
50
50 7
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 0.08 - 4 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
8
• Green-yellow
8WH2 500-0CF07 Accessories Section Page
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
and compact design Accessories 10/95
Compact through-type PE terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
8WH9 000-1JA00
100 units
044 50 9
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 0.08 - 4 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
10
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 4 mm²
8WH2 503-0CF07 - flexible 0.2 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 24-12
• Green-yellow
Versions
11
• Three clamping points 8WH2 503-0CF07 044 50
• Four clamping points
Accessories
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
and compact design
Section Page
Accessories 10/95
8WH2 504-0CF07
8WH9 000-1JA00
100 units
044
044
50
50
12
8WH2 504-0CF07
13
14
I2_12677
8WH2 504-0CF07
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/91
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 504-0AG00
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 38 A
- the total current through all connected conductors
4
must not exceed the max. load current
- U = 800 V
• EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 4 mm²
- AWG 24-10
5
- I = 20/25 A
- U = 550 V
Versions
• Gray
• Blue
8WH2 504-0AG00
8WH2 504-0AG01
044
044
50
50
6
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² and 100 units
compact design Accessories 10/95
Compact through-type PE terminals, terminal size 4 mm², 2 clamping
points
8WH9 003-1JA00
8WH2 500-0CG07
044
044
50
50 7
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• CUUS
8
• IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
8WH2 500-0CG07 - AWG 28-10
• Green-yellow
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² and
compact design Accessories 10/95 8WH9 003-1JA00
100 units
044 50 9
I2_12678
8WH2 500-0CG07
10
Compact through-type PE terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
11
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-2
- rigid 0.08 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
12
8WH2 503-0CG07 • EN 50019
- rigid 0.2 - 6 mm²
- flexible 0.2 - 4 mm²
- AWG 24-10
• Green-yellow
Versions
8WH2 504-0CG07
• Three clamping points
• Four clamping points
Accessories Section Page
8WH2 503-0CG07
8WH2 504-0CG07
044
044
50
50 13
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² 100 units
and compact design Accessories 10/95 8WH9 003-1JA00 044 50
14
I2_12679
8WH2 504-0CG07
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/93
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH2 500-0CH07
• Green-yellow
Versions
• Two clamping points
• Three clamping points
8WH2 500-0CH07
8WH2 503-0CH07
044
044
50
50
4
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions, for terminal size 6 mm²
100 units
044 50 5
• For two clamping points and compact design Accessories 10/95 8WH9 004-1JA00 044 50
• For three clamping points and compact design Accessories 10/95 8WH9 004-2JA00 044 50
8WH2 503-0CH07
Reducing combs, for terminal size 6 mm²,
on spring-loaded terminals 2.5 and 4 mm²
Connecting combs, for terminal width 8.2 mm
• 2-pole
Accessories 10/95
Accessories 10/97
8WH9 020-0FC10
8WH9 020-6DC10
044
044
10
10
6
• 3-pole Accessories 10/97 8WH9 020-6DD10 044 10
7
• 4-pole Accessories 10/97 8WH9 020-6DE10 044 10
• 5-pole Accessories 10/97 8WH9 020-6DF10 044 10
• 10-pole Accessories 10/97 8WH9 020-6DL10 044 10
I2_12680
8
8WH2 503-0CH07
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB35
8WH8 120-2AB45
8WH8 120-2AB55
8WH8 120-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
13
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
8WH8 120-2AC05
8WH8 120-2AA15
8WH8 120-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
14
• Incremental numbering
15
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
16
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-3AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB45 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA15 - 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-4AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-4AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-4AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-4AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-4AA05
5
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
• For terminal width 8.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
8WH9 020-6DC10
8WH9 020-6DD10
8WH9 020-6DE10
044
044
044
10
10
10
6
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6DF10 044 10
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6DL10 044 10
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/97
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
The compact isolating blade terminals provide a test option for
2.3 mm ∅ test plugs on both sides of the isolating point.
The double bridge slot also enables cross-connection to the
standard two- and three-conductor terminals.
The isolating blade is secured to the terminal
so that it cannot be lost.
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 500-6CF00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 51 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 43 / 50.5
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm² 16 / 4
• Maximum // rated data in A / mm² -
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.5
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 16 / 24-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
044
Unit(s)
50
3
with 2 clamping points
4
• Gray
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 0.08 - 4 mm²
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
5
- AWG 28-12
8WH2 500-6CF00 - I = 16 A
- U = 400 V
Accessories Section Page
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 100 units
and compact design Accessories 10/99 8WH9 000-1JA00 044 50
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/99
10/99
10/99
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
044
044
044
50
50
50
6
• 5-pole Accessories 10/99 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
7
I2_12687 • 10-pole Accessories 10/99 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
8WH2 500-6CF00 • 20-pole Accessories 10/99 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/99 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
8
P. unit
100 units Unit(s)
Accessories
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and compact design 100 units
gray 8WH9 000-1JA00 044 50
8WH8 120-2AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05
100 units
044 100
9
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB35
8WH8 120-2AB45
8WH8 120-2AB55
8WH8 120-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
10
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
8WH8 120-2AC05
8WH8 120-2AA15
8WH8 120-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100 11
vertical inscription
12
• Incremental numbering 100 units
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
13
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 110-2AA05
100 units
044 100
14
Version Order No. Price PG PS*
■ Overview
The compact isolating terminals provide a test option for
2.3 mm ∅ test plugs on both sides of the isolating point.
The double bridge slot also enables cross-connection to the
standard two and three-conductor terminals.
The compact isolating terminal is used for holding:
• Isolating plugs
• Fused connectors
• Component connectors
• Through-type connectors
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 500-6AF00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 51 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm 43 / 50.5
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm² 16 / 4
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.5
Stripped length in mm 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 16 / 24-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
3
P. unit
1 unit Unit(s)
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Compact isolating terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH2 500-6AF00 044 50
• Gray
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
- rigid 0.08 - 4 mm²
4
- flexible 0.08 - 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
8WH2 500-6AF00
- current and voltage are determined by the fitted plug.
- I = 16 A
- U = 400 V
Accessories Section Page
5
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 100 units
6
and compact design Accessories 10/101 8WH9 000-1JA00 044 50
Plug-in zone connectors
• Isolating plug Accessories 10/102 8WH9 040-0DB04 044 50
• Through-type connectors Accessories 10/102 8WH9 020-8AB00 044 50
• Fused connector, without LED display Accessories 10/102 8WH9 040-3DB08 044 10
• Component connectors Accessories 10/102 8WH9 040-0BB00 044 10
I2_12683
8WH2 500-6AF00
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
10/101
10/101
10/101
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
044
044
044
50
50
50
7
• 5-pole Accessories 10/101 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 10/101 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
Accessories
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
10/101
10/101
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
10
10 8
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and compact design 8WH9 000-1JA00 044 50
Gray
9
8WH9 000-1JA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, horizontal
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
10
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB35
8WH8 120-2AB45
8WH8 120-2AB55
8WH8 120-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
11
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
8WH8 120-2AC05
8WH8 120-2AA15
8WH8 120-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
12
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 140-2AB15
8WH8 140-2AB25
8WH8 140-2AB35
8WH8 140-2AB45
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
13
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 140-2AB75
8WH8 140-2AB85
8WH8 140-2AC05
8WH8 140-2XA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
14
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
15
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
044
044
044
044
50
50
10
10
16
• 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
8WH9 040-3DB08
8WH9 040-0BB00
■ Overview 2
The product range of the two-tier terminals is rounded off by the
compact two-tier version with nominal cross-sections 2.5 and
4 mm².
With the potentials routed in a 5.2 mm grid through two tiers, the
compact two-tier terminals require 50 % less space in the control
3
cabinet. The terminal also offers two integral bridge slots and
two facilities for large inscriptions in the center of the terminal.
4
5
6
7
■ Technical specifications
8WH2 520-0AF00 /
-0AF01
8WH2 520-0CF07 8WH2 520-0AG00 / 8WH2 520-0CG07
-0AG01
8
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
5.2 / 78 / 2.2
54.5 / 62
52 / 78 / 2.2
54.5 / 62
6.2 / 83.5 / 2.2
47.5 / 55
6.2 / 92.4 / 2.2
54.5 / 62 9
• Max. load current per cross-section in A / mm² 26 / 4 - 32 / 6 -
10
• Rated impulse voltage / pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve with plastic
sleeve in mm²
Stripped length in mm
0.5
10
0.5 ... 1
11
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3 A4
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
PA
V0
12
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12 applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars
-
- See section
Mounting rails
applied for
- See section
Mounting rails
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/103
17
© Siemens AG 2007
3
- flexible 0.08 - 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
I2_12711
8WH2 520-0CG07
• Green-yellow
Accessories
Compartment partitions, for terminal
size 1.5 to 4 mm²
Section Page
6
• 3-pole Accessories 10/106 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 10/106 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 10/106 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 10/106 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 10/106 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 10/106 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
Accessories
Compartment partitions, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² 8WH9 070-0BA00 044 50 7
8WH9 070-0BA00
Lateral mounting test plugs
8
for individual assembly of test plug strips 1 unit
9
• For terminal width 5.2 mm 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
• For terminal width 6.2 mm 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
8WH9 010-0DB02
10
Cover plates
gray
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² and compact design
• For terminal size 4 mm² and compact design
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH9 000-1KA00
8WH9 003-1KA00
044
044
50
50
11
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB25
8WH8 120-2AB35
8WH8 120-2AB45
8WH8 120-2AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
8WH8 120-2AB85
8WH8 120-2AC05
8WH8 120-2AA15
8WH8 120-2XA05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
13
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
14
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 140-2AB55
8WH8 140-2AB65
8WH8 140-2AB75
8WH8 140-2AB85
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
15
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/105
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-3AA05
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
■ Technical specifications 2
Mounting rail type Excerpt from IEC 60947-7-2/EN 60947-7-2/
VDE 0611 Part 3
Width Height Thick- Perforation
ness type
Material Surface Rail profile Short-circuit Short-time
strength q E CU withstand
conductor current, 1 s
Max. permis-
sible thermal
rated current at
PEN function
3
mm mm mm mm² 1) kA A
35
35
7.5
7.5
1.5
1.5
Without
apertures
Perforated
Steel
Steel
Chromated
Chromated
Standard mounting rail,
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
Standard mounting rail,
16
16
1.92
1.92
2)
2)
4
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92 2)
35 7.5 1.5
apertures
6
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without V2A high-grade Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures steel dimensions
acc. o EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0 150
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without
apertures
Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail,
dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 4.2 125
7
2)
8
35 15 2.3 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35
35
15
15
1.5
1.5
Without
apertures
Perforated
Steel
Steel
Galvanized
Galvanized
Standard mounting rail,
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
Standard mounting rail,
35
35
4.2
4.2
2)
2)
9
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
10
35 15 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 95 11.4 232
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 70 8.4 192
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
1) Cross-sections calculated according to IEC 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / VDE 0660 Part 500.
2) Steel protective conductor busbars are not permissible for PEN function.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 10/107
17
© Siemens AG 2007
ALPHA FIX
Combination Plug-in
Terminals
11/2 Introduction
11/14
11/17
8WH5 hybrid two-tier terminals1)
11/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Introduction
Space-saving design Fingerproof design
The plug-in system of the combination plug-in terminals, which Where power cables with large cross-sections are connected,
has been further refined, allows plug-in connections for a rated the reducing comb allows time and cost-saving distribution of
current of up to 32 A and a rated voltage of 800 V. Due to the the potential. The reducing comb can be used, for example, to
built-in overspring, the contact system withstands extreme connect a 10 mm² through-type terminal with a 2.5 mm² through-
vibration. type terminal and two clamping points.
10
11
12
13
14
In the isolating terminal's universal plug-in zone, isolated The combination plug-in terminals can be coded with the pin on
15
through-type connectors, isolating plugs, component the plug. The pin is simply removed from the plug, rotated and
connectors and fused connectors can be fitted. fitted in the coding position of the base terminal.
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
Plugs can be connected at both sides of the terminal using the
through-type terminals of the combination plug-in terminals. This
makes the combination plug-in terminals system even more
flexible and allowing the terminals to be used as connecting
elements between modules.
3
Plugs with a terminal size of 2.5 mm² are used, so that the
familiar accessories, such as latches, strain relief and shield
connectors can be used.
PE terminals with the same contour are available for the base
4
terminals. These are simply snapped onto the mounting rail to
establish a connection to ground potential.
5
6
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH5 000-0AF00 /
-0AF01
8WH5 004-0AF00 /
-0AF01
8WH5 000-0CF07 8WH5 004-0CF07
7
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 48.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 89.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 48.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 89.5 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section in A/mm²
36.5 / 44
24 / 4
36.5 / 44
24 / 4
36.5 / 44
-
36.5 / 44
8
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / -
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
III / I
-
-/-/-
See section Plugs
-/-/-
11
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars - See section Mounting rails
12
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
30 30
Maximum load current in A
25 25
20 10-pole
2-pole
5-pole
20
10-pole
2-pole
5-pole
13
15-pole 15-pole
14
15 15
10 10
5 5
15
I2_13471
I2_13472
Derating curve for 8WH5 000-0AF00 Derating curve for 8WH5 004-0AF00 16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
I2_12626
8WH5 004-0CF07
8WH9 070-0AA00
• For two clamping points
• For four clamping points
Accessories 11/7
Accessories 11/7
8WH9 070-0AA00
8WH9 070-0HA00
044
044
50
50 4
Cover segments, for terminal 8WH9 000-1LA00 044 50
size 2.5 mm² and four clamping points
8WH9 000-1LA00
• Gray
• For covering multi-wire terminals when mounting
two-wire terminals side-by-side
5
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
6
gray
• Two clamping points 8WH9 000-1GA00 044 50
• Four clamping points 8WH9 000-4NA00 044 50
8WH9 000-4NA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-2AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB05
8WH8 120-2AB15
8WH8 120-2AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB55
8WH8 120-2AB65
8WH8 120-2AB75
8WH8 120-2AB85
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
8
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
8WH8 120-2XA05
8WH8 140-2AB05
044
044
100
100
9
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
10
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
11
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
12
8WH8 110-2AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
10
10
10 13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
The hybrid through-type terminals provide a modular solution for
fast, flexible wiring of plants and machines. They combine the
advantages of the combination terminal system with those of
spring-loaded connections.
■ Technical specifications
8WH5 100-2KF00 / 8WH5 103-2LF00 / 8WH5 104-2MF00 / 8WH5 100-3KF07
-2KF01 -2LF01 -2MF01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 48.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 60.5 / 2.2 5.2 / 81 / 2.2 5.2 / 48.5 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 36.5 / 44
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section in A/mm² 24 / 4 -
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve 0.5
with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars - See section
Mounting rails
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
10
0.5 ... 1
5
Plug gage (IEC 60 947-1) A3 A4
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
V0
6
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG - / - / 26-12 applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG - applied for
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars See section
Mounting rails
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
- See section
Mounting rails 7
30 35
8
Maximum load current in A
Maximum load current in A
25 30
2-pole 2-pole
5-pole
5-pole 25
9
20 10-pole 10-pole
15-pole 20 15-pole
15
15
10
5
10
5
10
I2_13475
I2_13471
0 20 40 60 80 100
Ambient temperature in °C
120 0 20 40 60 80 100
Ambient temperature in °C
120
11
Derating curve for 8WH5 100-2KF00 and 8WH5 103-2LF00 Derating curve for 8WH5 100-2KG00
30
12
Maximum load current in A
25
20
10-pole
15-pole
2-pole
5-pole
13
15
10 14
5
15
I2_13472
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Ambient temperature in °C
Derating curve for 8WH5 104-2MF00
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH5 100-3KF07
- AWG 28-12
• Green-yellow
Versions
• Two clamping points 8WH5 100-3KF07 044 50
4
• Three clamping points 8WH5 103-3LF07 044 50
5
• Four clamping points 8WH5 104-3MF07 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions
for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² 100 units
• For two clamping points Accessories 11/12 8WH9 070-0AA00 044 50
6
I2_12627 100 units
• For three clamping points Accessories 11/12 8WH9 070-0GA00 044 50
8WH5 100-3KF07
100 units
• For four clamping points Accessories 11/12 8WH9 070-0HA00 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 100 units
7
• Two clamping points Accessories 11/12 8WH9 000-1GA00 044 50
100 units
• Three clamping points Accessories 11/12 8WH9 000-2GA00 044 50
100 units
8WH5 103-3LF07 • Four clamping points Accessories 11/12 8WH9 000-4LA00 044 50
Cover segments, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Three clamping points
Accessories 11/12
8WH9 000-0GA00
8WH9 000-0LA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
10
50
8
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
9
• 2-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
I2_12629 • 3-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
8WH5 103-3LF07 • 4-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
10
• 50-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
8WH5 104-3MF07
11
I2_12630
12
8WH5 104-3MF07
Terminal size 4 mm²
Hybrid through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm²,
2 clamping points
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• IEC 61984
8WH5 100-2KG00
- rigid, 0.08 ... 6 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 32 A
13
- U = 800 V
14
Versions
• Blue 8WH5 100-2KG00 044 50
• Gray 8WH5 100-2KG01 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions, for terminal Accessories 11/12 100 units
size 1.5 to 4 mm² and two clamping points
Cover plates, for terminal size 4 mm² and
two clamping points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
Accessories 11/12
8WH9 070-0AA00
8WH9 003-1GA00
100 units
044
044
50
50
15
• 2-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
16
• 3-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 11/13 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
8WH9 000-0LA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
5
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
8WH8 120-3AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB05 044 100
6
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB35
8WH8 120-3AB45
8WH8 120-3AB55
8WH8 120-3AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
7
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
• U/V/W/N/grounding
8WH8 120-3AC05
8WH8 120-3AA15
8WH8 120-3XA05
8WH8 120-3AA25
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
8
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
9
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB45
8WH8 140-3AB55
8WH8 140-3AB65
8WH8 140-3AB75
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
10
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank
8WH8 140-3XA05
8WH8 110-3AA05
044
044
100
100
11
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
044
044
044
50
50
50
12
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
- 20-pole
- 50-pole
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
8WH9 020-6CC10
044
044
044
10
10
50
13
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole
- 10-pole
- 20-pole
- 50-pole
8WH9 020-6CF10
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
With the two voltage levels routed through two separate tiers, the
combination two-tier plug-in terminals require 50 % less space
than equivalent single-tier terminals. To implement a wide range
of switching tasks, connecting combs (see page 11/16) can be
fitted to both tiers of the combination two-tier plug-in terminals.
■ Technical specifications
8WH5 120-2MF00 / -2MF01 8WH5 120-3MF07
8WH 125-2MF00 / -2MF01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 71.5 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 47.5 / 55
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section in A/mm² 22 / 4 -
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve 0.5
with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 300 / 20 / 26-12 - / - / 26-12
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars See section
Mounting rails
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
25
Maximum load current in A
2-pole
20
5-pole
15 10-pole
15-pole
10
5
I2_13474
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Ambient temperature in °C
4
• CUUS
• IEC 61984
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
8WH5 120-2MF00 - I = 22 A
5
- U = 500 V
Versions
• Gray
- without equipotential bonding 8WH5 120-2MF00 044 50
- with equipotential bonding 8WH5 125-2MF00 044 50
• Blue
8WH5 125-2MF00
- without equipotential bonding
- with equipotential bonding
Note
8WH5 120-2MF01
8WH5 125-2MF01
044
044
50
50
6
On terminal with equipotential bonding, the total current through all
connected conductors must not exceed the max. load current.
Accessories
Compartment partitions,
for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm²
Section Page
Accessories 11/15 8WH9 070-0BA00
100 units
044 50 7
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² Accessories 11/15 100 units
8WH9 000-1MA00 044 50
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
Accessories
Accessories
11/16
11/16
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
044
044
50
50
8
• 4-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Hybrid two-tier PE terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
11/16
11/16
11/16
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
8WH5 120-3MF07
044
044
044
044
10
10
10
50
9
• Green-yellow
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• IEC 61984
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
10
8WH5 120-3MF07 - AWG 28-12
11
Accessories Section Page 100 units
Compartment partitions, Accessories 11/15 8WH9 070-0BA00 044 50
for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm²
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² Accessories 11/15 100 units
8WH9 000-1MA00 044 50
12
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
I2_12631
• 3-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
8WH5 120-3MF07 • 4-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 11/16 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
Accessories
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
8WH9 070-0BA00
044
044
044
10
10
50
13
• For visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
14
• 2 mm thick
8WH9 070-0BA00
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-1MA00 044 50
gray
15
8WH9 000-1MA00
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/15
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 111-2AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
■ Overview 2
Through-type terminals with isolating blade capability are the
most commonly used terminal types in instrumentation and
control. Key features of the hybrid isolating blade terminals are
their narrow width of only 5.2 mm and their high current carrying
capacity of 16 A. On both sides of the isolating point, Ø 2.3 mm
3
test plugs can be fitted. A special feature of this terminal type is
its three comb slots: the two slots that all of the combination
plug-in series have in common and an extra one on the other
side of the isolating point.
The isolating blade is secured to the terminal so that it cannot be
4
lost.
5
6
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH5 103-6EF00
7
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 81 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 36.5 / 44
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / -
16 / 4
6/3
8
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm²
0.25 ... 2.5
0.25 ... 2.5
9
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve 0.5
with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
10
A3
PA
10
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
applied for
applied for
11
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
18 12
Maximum load current in A
16
2-pole
13
14 5-pole
10-pole
15-pole
12
10
6 14
4
2
15
I2_13473
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Ambient temperature in °C
8WH9 000-4LA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 • Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
8WH8 121-2AB15
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
3
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB35
8WH8 121-2AB45
8WH8 121-2AB55
8WH8 121-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-2AC05
8WH8 121-2XA05
044
044
100
100
5
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB25
8WH8 141-2AB35
8WH8 141-2AB45
8WH8 141-2AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-2AB85
8WH8 141-2AC05
8WH8 141-2XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8
8WH8 111-2AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
10
10
10 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/19
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Through-type terminals with isolating point are the most
commonly used terminal types in instrumentation and control.
Through-type connectors, isolating plugs, component
connectors and fused connectors can be fitted in the isolating
point The isolating terminals excel with their narrow width of only
5.2 mm and their high current carrying capacity of 16 A. On both
sides of the isolating point, Ø 2.3 mm test plugs can be fitted. A
special feature of this terminal type is its three comb slots.
The slim, 5.2 mm isolating terminal with terminal size 2.5 mm² is
a base terminal and is used for holding:
• Isolating plugs
• Through-type connectors
• Fused connectors
• Component connectors
■ Technical specifications
8WH5 103-6FF00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 /81 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 36.5 / 44
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section in A/mm² 16 / 4
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve 0.5
with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG applied for
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
G fuse links 5 × 20 mm to IEC 60 947-7-3 U Overload protection Without short-circuit protection Imax
V Separate Interconnected Separate Interconnected A
8WH2 000-1GG08 250 1.6 W 1.6 W 4W 2.5 W 6.3
18
Maximum load current in A
16
2-pole
14 5-pole
10-pole
15-pole
12
10
2
I2_13473
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Ambient temperature in °C
044
Unit(s)
50
3
• Gray
4
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• with three clamping points (2 × spring-loaded connection,
1× combination plug-in terminal connection)
8WH5 103-6FF00 • IEC 61984
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
5
- AWG 28-12
- I = 16 A
- U = 400 V
- current and voltage are determined by the fitted plug.
I2_12633
Accessories Section Page 100 units
8WH5 103-6FF00 Compartment partitions, for terminal size Accessories 11/21 8WH9 070-0HA00 044 50
1.5 to 4 mm² and four clamping points
Cover plates, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
four clamping points
Accessories 11/21
8WH9 000-4LA00
100 units
044 50
6
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 11/22 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
11/22
11/22
11/22
11/22
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
10
7
• 20-pole Accessories 11/22 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 11/22 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
Plug-in zone connectors
• isolating plug
• through-type connectors
• fused connector
Accessories 11/22
Accessories 11/22
8WH9 040-0DB04
8WH9 020-8AB00
044
044
50
50
8
- with LED display for 12 to 30 V Accessories 11/22 8WH9 040-3AB08 044 10
9
- with LED display for 30 to 60 V Accessories 11/22 8WH9 040-3BB08 044 10
- with LED display for 110 to 250 V Accessories 11/22 8WH9 040-3CB08 044 10
- without LED display Accessories 11/22 8WH9 040-3DB08 044 10
• component connectors Accessories 11/22 8WH9 040-0BB00 044 10
Accessories
Compartment partitions, for terminal size 1.5 to 4 mm² and 8WH9 070-0HA00 044 50
four clamping points
• for visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
• 2 mm thick
10
Cover plates, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and four clamping points 8WH9 000-4LA00 044 50
8WH9 000-4LA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
11
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB05
8WH8 120-2AB15
8WH8 120-2AB25
8WH8 120-2AB35
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
8WH8 120-2AA15 - 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB65
8WH8 120-2AB75
8WH8 120-2AB85
8WH8 120-2AC05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
13
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
14
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 140-2AB35
8WH8 140-2AB45
8WH8 140-2AB55
8WH8 140-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 140-2AC05
8WH8 140-2XA05
8WH8 110-2AA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
16
8WH8 110-2AA05
8WH9 040-0BB00
■ Overview 2
Assembled by the user in-situ from single-pin elements, the
plug-in connectors in kit form provide a custom solution for every
task.
The basic single-pole connector elements are available in the
colors gray, blue and green-yellow.
3
4
5
6
■ Design
Plug-in connectors,
terminal size 2.5 mm²,
The required number of single-connector elements and one
cover plate are needed for each multi-pole connector. The
individual elements and the cover plate are simply pushed
7
blue
Plug-in connectors, together and engage with securing pins.
8
terminal size 2.5 mm²,
Plug-in connectors, green-yellow When assembling connectors for direct installation, an element
terminal size 2.5 mm²,
Cover plates, with securing pins should be fitted at each end of the connector.
gray
for plug-in connectors, For longer connectors, it is advisable to use an element with
terminal size 2.5 mm² securing pins for at least every sixth element.
9
To ensure that the elements engage securely, the holes must be
burr-free.
10
11
12
13
14
I2_12634
15
Example of a 6-pin connector
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Technical specifications
8WH9 050-0LB00 / -0LB01 8WH9 050-0LB07 8WH9 050-0AB00 / -0AB01 8WH9 050-0AB07
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 37.2 / 2.2 6.2 / 48.6 / 3.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 18 22.3
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section 24 / 4 32 / 6
in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree 6/3 8/3
in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
in mm²
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve 0.5 1
with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3 A4
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 20 / 26-12 applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG - applied for
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars See section See section
Mounting rails Mounting rails
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
4
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
5
- I = 24 A
- U = 500 V
• Number of poles = 1
8WH9 050-0LB00 Versions
• Gray 8WH9 050-0LB00 044 50
• Blue 8WH9 050-0LB01 044 50
Accessories
Cover plates, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
Section Page
Accessories 11/26
8WH9 000-7LA00
100 units
044 50
6
Plug-in PE connectors, terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 050-0LB07 044 50
7
• Green-yellow
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
8
- AWG 28-12
- I = 24 A
- U = 500 V
• Number of poles = 1
8WH9 050-0LB07 Accessories Section Page
Cover plates, for terminal size 2.5 mm² Accessories 11/26 100 units
8WH9 050-0AB00
• Number of poles = 1
Versions
• Gray 8WH9 050-0AB00 044 50
11
• Blue 8WH9 050-0AB01 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Cover plates, for terminal size 4 mm²
8WH9 050-0AB00
• Number of poles = 1
Accessories
Cover plates, for terminal size 4 mm²
Section Page
Accessories 11/26
8WH9 003-7LA00
100 units
044 50
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
■ Overview 2
Assembled by the user in-situ from single-terminal elements, the
combination plug-in connectors in kit form provide a custom
solution for every task.
For existing plugs with terminal sizes 2.5 mm² and 4 mm², and
the plug with comb connection and terminal size 2.5 mm², there
3
are single-pole elements available in the colors gray, blue and
green-yellow.
4
5
6
■ Design
Plugs,
terminal
size 2.5 mm²
Plugs,
terminal
size 2.5 mm²
Plugs,
terminal
size 2.5 mm²
PE plugs,
terminal
size 2.5 mm²
A left and a right element are needed for the two ends of the
assembled connector for each multi-pin plug. The number of
middle elements depends on the plug’s required number of
7
gray, gray, blue, green-yellow, poles. The individual elements are simply pushed together and
8
left element, central element, central element, right element, engaged with securing pins.
with slot for comb with slot for comb with slot for comb with slot for comb
9
10
11
12
13
14
I2_12635
■ Technical specifications
8WH9 040-1AB00 8WH9 040-1AB07 8WH9 050-1KB00 8WH9 050-1KB07
/ -1AB01 / -1BB00 / -1BB07 / -1CB07 / -1KB01 / -1LB00 / -1LB07 / -1MB07
/ -1BB01 / -1CB00 / -1DB07/ -1EB07 / -1LB01 / -1MB00
/ -1CB01 / -1DB00 / -1FB07 / -1MB01
/ -1DB01 / -1EB00
/ -1EB01 / -1FB00
/ -1FB01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm -
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm -
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current1) / per cross-section in A / mm² 24 / 4 32 / 6
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3 8/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4
• Flexible with two-wire connection end sleeve 0.5 0.5 ... 1
with plastic sleeve in mm²
Stripped length 10
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1) A3 A4
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 20 / 26-12 applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG - applied for
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars See section See section
Mounting rails Mounting rails
1) At higher temperatures and/or with multi-pole combination plug models, derating is necessary with load currents.
4
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
- I = 24 A
5
- U = 500 V
• Number of poles = 1
Versions
8WH9 040-1DB00 / -1AB00
• Gray
- left element, with slot for comb 8WH9 040-1DB00 044 50
- central element, with slot for comb 8WH9 040-1EB00 044 50
- right element, with slot for comb
- left element, without slot for comb
- central element, without slot for comb
- right element, without slot for comb
8WH9 040-1FB00
8WH9 040-1AB00
8WH9 040-1BB00
8WH9 040-1CB00
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
6
• Blue
8
- right element, without slot for comb 8WH9 040-1CB01 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 11/32 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 11/32 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 11/32 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
11/32
11/32
11/32
11/32
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
9
8WH9 040-1FB00 / -1CB00 Latches 100 units
• With strain relief
Accessories 11/32
8WH9 050-2BA04
8WH9 050-2AA04
100 units
044
044
50
50
10
• Green-yellow
11
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.08 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 28-12
12
- I = 24 A
- U = 500 V
• Number of poles = 1
8WH9 040-1DB07 / -1AB07 Versions
• Left element, with slot for comb 8WH9 040-1DB07 044 50
• Central element, with slot for comb 8WH9 040-1EB07 044 50
• Right element, with slot for comb
• Left element, without slot for comb
• Central element, without slot for comb
8WH9 040-1FB07
8WH9 040-1AB07
8WH9 040-1BB07
044
044
044
50
50
50
13
• Right element, without slot for comb 8WH9 040-1CB07 044 50
Accessories Section Page
100 units
044 50 14
• Without strain relief Accessories 11/32 8WH9 050-2AA04 044 50
15
8WH9 040-1FB07 / -1CB07
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/29
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 040-1MB00
PE plugs, terminal size 4 mm², without slot for combs 50
• Green-yellow
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.08 ... 6 mm²
- flexible, 0.08 ... 24 mm²
- AWG 28-10
- I = 32 A
- U = 800 V
• Number of poles = 1
Versions
8WH9 040-1KB07
• Left element 8WH9 040-1KB07 044 50
• Center element 8WH9 040-1LB07 044 50
• Right element 8WH9 040-1MB07 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Latches 100 units
• With strain relief Accessories 11/32 8WH9 050-2BA04 044 50
100 units
• Without strain relief Accessories 11/32 8WH9 050-2AA04 044 50
8WH9 040-1LB07
8WH9 040-1MB07
8WH8 121-2AB15
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
3
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
4
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
5
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB05
8WH8 141-2AB15
8WH8 141-2AB25
8WH8 141-2AB35
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB55 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB65
8WH8 141-2AB75
8WH8 141-2AB85
8WH8 141-2AC05
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
7
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
9
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
10
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB05
8WH8 141-3AB15
8WH8 141-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
11
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB55
8WH8 141-3AB65
8WH8 141-3AB75
8WH8 141-3AB85
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/31
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 050-2BA04
■ Technical specifications 2
Mounting rail type Excerpt from IEC 60947-7-2/
EN 60947-7-2/VDE 0611 part 3
Width Height Thick- Perforation
ness type
Material Surface Rail profile Short-circuit Short-time
strength q E CU withstand
conductor current, 1 s
Max. permis-
sible thermal
rated current at
PEN function
3
mm mm mm mm² 1) kA A
35
35
7.5
7.5
1.5
1.5
Without
apertures
Perforated
Steel
Steel
Chromated
Chromated
Standard mounting rail,
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
Standard mounting rail,
16
16
1.92
1.92
2)
2)
4
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92 2)
35 7.5 1.5
apertures
6
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without V2A high-grade Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures steel dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0 150
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without
apertures
Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail,
dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 4.2 125
7
2)
8
35 15 2.3 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35
35
15
15
1.5
1.5
Without
apertures
Perforated
Steel
Steel
Galvanized
Galvanized
Standard mounting rail,
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
Standard mounting rail,
35
35
4.2
4.2
2)
2)
9
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
10
35 15 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 95 11.4 232
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 70 8.4 192
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
1) Cross-sections calculated according to IEC 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / VDE 0660 Part 500.
2) Steel protective conductor busbars are not permissible for PEN function.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 11/33
17
© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
ALPHA FIX
Plug-In Terminals
12/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
All types of conductors can be used with the 8WH4 plug-in
terminals.
Rigid conductors and crimped flexible conductors are plugged
directly into the terminal.
Flexible, untreated conductors can be connected with a
screwdriver.
These terminals can be used interconnected with the neutral
busbar 10 × 3 mm.
■ Technical specifications
8WH4 000-0AF00 / 8WH4 000-0CF07 8WH4 000-0AG00 / 8WH4 000-0CG07
-AF01 -0AG01
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
Mounting rail/protective conductor busbars See section See section
Mounting rails Mounting rails
4
• Terminal length 59.5 mm
• Terminal height 43 mm
• Maximum load current 30 A
• Cross-section max. 4 mm²
• Rated voltage 800 V
• Rigid 0.2 to 4 mm²
5
8WH4 000-0AF00 • Flexible without end sleeve 0.2 to 4 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 2.5 mm²
• AWG 24-12
Versions
• Gray 8WH4 000-0AF00 044 50
• Blue 8WH4 000-0AF01 044 50
Accessories
8WH4 000-0CF07
• Rigid 0.2 to 4 mm²
• Flexible without end sleeve 0.2 to 4 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 2.5 mm²
• AWG 24-12
8
Accessories Section Page
9
Support brackets, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 12/4 8WH9 140-0AF01 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² Accessories 12/4 100 units
8WH9 000-1WA00 044 50
Terminal size 4 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• Terminal length 66 mm
• Terminal height 43 mm
• Maximum load current 41 A
10
• Cross-section max. 6 mm²
• Rated voltage 800 V
8WH4 000-0AG00
• Rigid 0.2 to 6 mm²
• Flexible without end sleeve 0.2 to 6 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 6 mm²
• AWG 24-10
11
Versions
12
• Gray 8WH4 000-0AG00 044 50
• Blue 8WH4 000-0AG01 044 50
Accessories Section Page
Support brackets, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 12/4 8WH9 140-0AF01 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² Accessories 12/4 100 units
8WH4 000-0CG07
• Cross-section max. 6 mm²
• Rigid 0.2 to 6 mm²
• Flexible without end sleeve 0.2 to 6 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 6 mm²
14
• AWG 24-10
15
Accessories Section Page
Support brackets, for terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² Accessories 12/4 8WH9 140-0AF01 044 50
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² Accessories 12/4 100 units
8WH9 003-7WA00 044 50
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 12/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 000-1WA00
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-2AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
4
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
5
8WH8 140-2AB05
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
6
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB05
8WH8 121-2AB15
044
044
100
100
7
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB35
8WH8 121-2AB45
8WH8 121-2AB55
044
044
044
100
100
100
8
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
9
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB05
8WH8 141-2AB15
044
044
100
100
10
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB35
8WH8 141-2AB45
8WH8 141-2AB55
044
044
044
100
100
100
11
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB75
8WH8 141-2AB85
8WH8 141-2AC05
044
044
044
100
100
100
12
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
13
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-3AA15
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB05
8WH8 120-3AB15
8WH8 120-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
14
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB45
8WH8 120-3AB55
8WH8 120-3AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
16
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB55 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-4AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB15 044 100
8WH8 120-4AA15
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-4AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-4AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-4XA05 044 100
4
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB55 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB05 - 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
8WH8 140-4AB75
8WH8 140-4AB85
8WH8 140-4AC05
044
044
044
100
100
100
5
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-4XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-4AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 8.2 mm, blank
7
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-4AB45
8WH8 121-4AB55
8WH8 121-4AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
8
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-4AB85
8WH8 121-4AC05
8WH8 121-4XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
9
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 141-4AB05
8WH8 141-4AB15
044
044
100
100
10
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB25 044 100
11
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-4AB85
8WH8 141-4AC05
8WH8 141-4XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
12
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-4AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 12/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
The neutral isolating valves are in the same position on all
terminals using 8WH4 plug-in technology.
A 10 mm x 3 mm busbar is used.
Installation instructions: To ensure that the neutral busbars are
securely mounted, the support brackets must be placed at the
beginning and end of each terminal strip (in the case of longer
terminal strips: every 20 cm).
■ Technical specifications
8WH4 000-0BF00 / 8WH4 003-0BF00 8WH4 000-0BG00 / 8WH4 003-0BG00 8WH4 000-0BH00
Type of molded plastic
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
8WH4 000-0BH00
• Maximum load current 51 A
• Cross-section max. 10 mm²
• Rated voltage 400 V
• Rigid 0.5 to 10 mm²
4
• Flexible without end sleeve 0.5 to 6 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.5 to 6 mm²
• AWG 20-8
Accessories
Support brackets, for terminal size 6 mm²
Section
Accessories 12/9
Page
8WH9 141-0AH01 044 50
5
Covers, for terminal size 6 mm² Accessories 12/9 100 units
8WH9 004-1WA00 044 50
Accessories
Support brackets
• Made of blue molded plastic
6
• For holding the neutral busbar
7
Versions
• For terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² 8WH9 140-0AF01 044 50
• For terminal size 6 mm² 8WH9 141-0AH01 044 50
8WH9 140-0AF01
Cover plates
8
gray 100 units
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-1WA00 044 50
100 units
• For terminal size 4 mm² 8WH9 003-7WA00 044 50
100 units
8WH9 000-1WA00 • For terminal size 6 mm² 8WH9 004-1WA00 044 50
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbars
• 6 × 6 mm and 10 × 3 mm
• Bare
9
Versions
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, for connection of up to 4 mm 2
10
8WA2 867 041 50
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A, for connection of up to 25 mm 2 8WA2 868 041 50
8WA2 867/8WA2 868/8WA2 870
• Rated uninterrupted current 125 A, for connection of up to 35 mm 2 8WA2 870 041 50
Neutral busbars
• Rated uninterrupted current 125 A
11
• 6 x 6 mm
Versions
• 1109 mm long 8GF9 324-2 042 10
- for four-field
8GF9 324-2 • 2000 mm long 8WC5 020 103 1
- bare
Note
Prices apply for orders from € 25.00. For orders below € 25.00,
a processing charge of € 2.50 net is added.
12
Test adapters 8WH9 010-0JB00 044 10
• For 4 mm ∅ PS test plugs and 4 mm ∅ safety test plugs
• Makes contact in the bridge slot
13
14
8WH9 010-0JB00
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 12/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB55 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
6
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB05
8WH8 140-3AB15
044
044
100
100
7
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB25 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB35
8WH8 140-3AB45
8WH8 140-3AB55
044
044
044
100
100
100
8
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB65 044 100
9
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
10
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB05
8WH8 121-3AB15
8WH8 121-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
11
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB45
8WH8 121-3AB55
8WH8 121-3AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
12
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-3AB85
8WH8 121-3AC05
8WH8 121-3XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
13
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB05
8WH8 141-3AB15
8WH8 141-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
14
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB35 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB45
8WH8 141-3AB55
8WH8 141-3AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-3AB85
8WH8 141-3AC05
8WH8 141-3XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
16
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
8WH8 110-4AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm,
8WH8 121-4AB05 horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-4AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
■ Overview 2
The three-tier plug-type terminals offer optimum operating
characteristics for modern building installations. The plug-type
connectors enable solid wires to be wired without the need for
tools.
These terminals can be used interconnected with the neutral
busbar 10 × 3 mm.
Thanks to their compact design, the three-tier terminals can be
installed in all types of building distribution boards. A load circuit
can be wired quickly and easily, for example, with a 5.2 mm
4
narrow installation terminal with terminal size 2.5 mm² and
PE/L/NT terminals.
The double comb slots support a multitude of individual
switching tasks. This also means it is practical and convenient to
make subsequent modifications to the installation.
5
6
■ Technical specifications
8WH4 001-0AF00 / -4DF00 / 8WH4 001-0HF00 / -0EF00
-4CF00 8WH4 001-4GF00 / -4NF00
8WH4 001-4PF00 / -4MF00
8WH4 001-4FF00
7
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
5.5 / 99.5 / 2.2
50.5 / 58 8
• Max. load current per cross-section in A/mm² 24 / 4 20 / 4
• Current carrying capacity of the neutral busbar in A - 140
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / -
III / I
4 / 3 (potential / frame)
6 / 3 (potential / potential) 9
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with TWIN end sleeve
with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.25 ... 2.5
0.25 ... 2.5
0.5
10
Stripped length without insulation stop sleeve 9
(no insulation stop sleeves should be used
when using end sleeves)
Stripped length with insulation stop sleeve
(no insulation stop sleeves should be used
14
11
when using end sleeves)
Plug gage (IEC 60947-1)
Insulation type
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
A3
PA
V0
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 12/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
4
8WH4 001-4PF00 - AWG 22-12
- I = 24 A
- U = 400 V, phase conductor/phase conductor
- U = 250 V, phase conductor/PE
• Upper tier
- rigid, 0.25 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.25 ... 4 mm²
- AWG 22-12
- I = 16 A
- U = 400 V, phase conductor/phase conductor
5
- U = 250 V, phase conductor/PE
Versions
• PE/L/L
• PE/L/L isolation
Accessories Section Page
8WH4 001-4PF00
8WH4 001-4MF00
044
044
50
50 6
Support brackets, for terminal size 2.5 mm² Accessories 12/15 8WH9 141-0AF01 044 50
7
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and Accessories 12/15 100 units
isolating terminal in same contour 8WH9 000-6WA00 044 50
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbars
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, Accessories 12/15 8WA2 867 041 50
for connection of up to 4 mm 2
8
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A, Accessories 12/15 8WA2 868 041 50
for connection of up to 25 mm 2
• Rated uninterrupted current 125 A, Accessories 12/15 8WA2 870 041 50
for connection of up to 35 mm 2
Neutral busbars
• 1109 mm long Accessories 12/15 8GF9 324-2 042 10
Accessories
• 2000 mm long
8WH9 141-0AF01
103
044
1
50
9
• For holding the neutral busbar
• To be placed every 20 cm
10
• 2 mm wide
8WH9 141-0AF01
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and 100 units
isolating terminal in same contour 8WH9 000-6WA00 044 50
8WH9 000-6WA00
gray
11
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 100 units
gray 8WH9 000-3WA00 044 50
12
8WH9 000-3WA00
Feeder terminals, for neutral busbars
• 6 × 6 mm and 10 × 3 mm
• Bare
Versions
13
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, for connection of up to 4 mm 2 8WA2 867 041 50
8WH9 010-0JB00
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB35 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB55 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB85 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AC05 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
■ Technical specifications
Mounting rail type Excerpt from IEC 60947-7-2/EN 60947-7-2/
VDE 0611 part 3
Width Height Thick- Perforation Material Surface Rail profile Short-circuit Short-time Max.
ness type strength q E CU withstand permissible
conductor current, 1 s thermal rated
current at PEN
function
mm mm mm mm² 1) kA A
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92 2)
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Perforated Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without V2A high-grade Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures steel dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0 150
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 125
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 15 2.3 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 95 11.4 232
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 70 8.4 192
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
1) Cross-sections calculated according to IEC 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / VDE 0660 Part 500.
2) Steel protective conductor busbars are not permissible for PEN function.
ALPHA FIX
Insulation Displacement
Terminals
13/2 Introduction
13/13
13/30
8WH hybrid through-type terminals
13/36
8WH isolating blade terminals
13/1
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Introduction
The insulation displacement range stands out with its IDC rotary Conductors from 0.25 to 2.5 mm² are connected by the insula-
connection. This concept saves considerable space in the tion displacement contact. High-grade special alloys and
control cabinet without impairing other quality features, such as latching of the switch states ensure reliable electrical connec-
• Large surface marking, tions at all times. Large, spring-loaded contact points guarantee
a current load rating of 24 A.
• Maximum connection compartment,
• Flexible connecting combs.
Time saving of 60 % and more compared to other connection Where power cables with large cross-sections are connected,
systems. the reducing comb allows a time and cost-saving distribution of
the potential. The reducing comb can be used, for example, to
With the high-speed insulation displacement connection connect a 10 mm² spring-loaded through-type terminal with an
system, there is no need to strip the insulation or protect the insulation displacement through-type terminal for terminal size
splice. Just cut the cables to length and they can be contacted 1.5 mm² and two clamping points or an insulation displacement
in seconds. through-type terminal for terminal size 2.5 mm² and two
clamping points.
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
The unambiguous and easy-to-read marking in the center of the The hybrid versions combine the time-saving insulation dis-
terminal is essential for time-saving installation. In addition to the placement connection system with the advantages of a screw or
large inscription in the center, each clamping point can be spring-loaded terminal.
separately labeled.
The cover segment is used to cover multi-wire terminals when Insulation displacement terminals are available for creating
mounting two-wire terminals side-by-side. These devices meet plug-in arrangements of signal wiring. The system is fingerproof
all fingerproof requirements. and includes plugs with a comprehensive range of accessories
for assembly by the user in situ.
■ Overview 2
A key feature of the IDC through-type terminals is their compact
design. With its clear and space-saving front connection
arrangement, this IDC series provides additional space between
the cable ducts for wiring. The double bridge slot enables not
only individual chain bridging but also reduction bridging, e.g.
3
between the spring-loaded through-type terminals with terminal
size 2.5 mm² and spring-loaded through-type terminals with
terminal size 35 mm². In this way it is possible to use reducing
combs to quickly and easily build potential incoming feeders
and distribution boards.
4
5
6
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH3 000-0AE00 / 8WH3 003-0AE00 / 8WH3 004-0AE00 / 8WH3 000-0CE07
-0AE01 -0AE01 -0AE01
8WH3 003-0CE07
7
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 58.8 / 2.2 5.2 / 76.4 / 2.2 5.2 / 94 / 2.2 5.2 / 58.8 / 2.2 5.2 / 76.4 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm
Technical specifications acc. to
IEC/DIN VDE
39.3 / 46.8
8
• Max. load current per cross-section 17.5 / 1.5 -
in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree
in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / -
8/3
III / I
9
Conductor cross-section acc. to
DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation
• Solid / stranded / finely stranded
H05V-U/R/K // H07V-U/R/K in mm²
PVC / PE (other insulation types on request)
0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 10
• Halogen-free 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5
11
H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm²
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.1 mm) in mm² 0.25 ... 0.34
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG 24-16
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section
in mm²
Insulation type
0.25 ... 1.5
PA
12
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG
- CSA: in V/A / AWG
600 / 10 / 24-16
-
- / - / 24-16
13
Mounting rail/ - See section
14
protective conductor busbars Mounting rails
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH3 004-0CE07 8WH3 000-0AF00 / 8WH3 003-0AF00 / 8WH3 000-0CF07 8WH3 003-0CF07
-0AF01 -AF01
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 94 / 2.2 6.2 / 62.6 / 2.2 6.2 / 82.5 / 2.2 6.2 / 62.6 / 2.2 6.2 / 82.5 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 39.3 / 46.8 42.8 / 50.3 39.3 / 46.8 42.8 / 50.3
Technical specifications acc. to
IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section - 24 / 2.5 -
in A / mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree 8/3
in kV / -
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Conductor cross-section acc. to
DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation PVC / PE (other insulation types on request)
• Solid / stranded / finely stranded 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 0.5 ... 1.5 // 1.5 ... 2.5
H05V-U/R/K // H07V-U/R/K in mm²
• Halogen-free 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 0.5 ... 1.5 // 1.5 ... 2.5
H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm²
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.1 mm) in mm² 0.25 ... 0.34 -
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG 24-16 20-14
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section 0.25 ... 1.5 0.5 ... 2.5
in mm²
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG - / - / 24-16 applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG - applied for
Mounting rail/ See section - See section
protective conductor busbars Mounting rails Mounting rails
4
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- AWG 24-16
- I = 17.5 A
- U = 800 V
5
8WH3 000-0AE00 • EN 50019
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- AWG 24-16
- I = 16 A
- U = 550 V
• More information under Technical specifications
8WH3 003-0AE00
Versions
• Gray
- two clamping points 8WH3 000-0AE00 044 50
6
- three clamping points 8WH3 003-0AE00 044 50
- four clamping points 8WH3 004-0AE00 044 50
8WH3 004-0AE00
• Blue
- two clamping points
- three clamping points
- four clamping points
8WH3 000-0AE01
8WH3 003-0AE01
8WH3 004-0AE01
044
044
044
50
50
50
7
Note
On terminals with three and four clamping points, the total current
through all connected conductors must not exceed the max. load current.
Accessories Section Page
8
Compartment partitions,
for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 100 units
• Two clamping points
Accessories 13/10
8WH9 070-0JA00
8WH9 070-0KA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
50
50
9
• Four clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 070-0LA00 044 50
100 units
044 50 11
• Four clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 001-4AA00 044 50
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 mm² and Accessories 13/10 100 units
3 clamping points or four clamping points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 13/12
8WH9 001-0AA00
8WH9 020-6BC10
044
044
50
50
12
• 3-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
13/12
13/12
13/12
13/12
8WH9 020-6BF10
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
I2_12724
8WH3 004-0CE07
8WH3 000-0AF00
- AWG 20-14
- I = 24 A
- U = 800 V
Versions
4
• Gray
- two clamping points
- three clamping points
• Blue
- two clamping points
8WH3 000-0AF00
8WH3 003-0AF00
8WH3 000-0AF01
044
044
044
50
50
50
5
- three clamping points 8WH3 003-0AF01 044 50
8WH3 003-0AF00
Note
On terminals with three clamping points, the total current through all
connected conductors must not exceed the max. load current.
Accessories Section Page
6
Compartment partitions, for terminal
7
size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 100 units
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 070-0JA00 044 50
100 units
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 070-0KA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/10 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
for terminal size 6.2 mm²
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 000-1AA00
100 units
100 units
044 50 8
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 000-2AA00 044 50
9
Cover segments, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and 3 Accessories 13/10 100 units
clamping points or four clamping points 8WH9 000-0AA00 044 50
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
13/12
13/12
13/12
13/12
8WH9 020-6CF10
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
044
50
10
10
10
10
Through-type PE terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
11
• Green-yellow
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 20-14
8WH3 000-0CF07 Versions
• Two clamping points
• Three clamping points
Accessories Section Page
8WH3 000-0CF07
8WH3 003-0CF07
044
044
50
50
12
Compartment partitions,
I2_12725
for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm²
• Two clamping points
Accessories 13/10
8WH9 070-0JA00
8WH9 070-0KA00
100 units
100 units
044
044
50
50
13
8WH3 000-0CF07
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/10 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
for terminal size 6.2 mm²
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 000-1AA00
100 units
100 units
044 50
14
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/10 8WH9 000-2AA00 044 50
8WH3 003-0CF07 Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
• 4-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
13/12
13/12
13/12
8WH9 020-6CC10
8WH9 020-6CD10
8WH9 020-6CE10
044
044
044
50
50
50
15
• 5-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 13/12 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
I2_12726
8WH3 003-0CF07
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
13/12
13/12
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
10
10
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-2AA05
8WH8 120-3AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB05 044 100
3
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB25 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA15
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB35
8WH8 120-3AB45
8WH8 120-3AB55
8WH8 120-3AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
• U/V/W/N/grounding
8WH8 120-3AC05
8WH8 120-3AA15
8WH8 120-3XA05
8WH8 120-3AA25
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
5
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB05
8WH8 140-3AB15
8WH8 140-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
6
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB45 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB55
8WH8 140-3AB65
8WH8 140-3AB75
8WH8 140-3AB85
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
7
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-3AA05 044 100
8
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 121-2AB05
8WH8 121-2AB15
8WH8 121-2AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
9
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
10
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB95
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
11
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-2AB25
8WH8 141-2AB35
8WH8 141-2AB45
8WH8 141-2AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
12
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-2AB85
8WH8 141-2AB95
8WH8 141-2XA05
044
044
100
100
13
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview 2
The advantages of the various connection systems are
combined in the hybrid versions. In a control cabinet for
example, it is preferable to use the time-saving insulation
displacement terminal. For wiring to the final customer, the screw
terminal can be used.
3
PE terminals are also available with the same contour as the
through-type terminals.
4
5
6
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH3 100-2DE00 / -0DE01 8WH3 120-2FE00 / -2FE01 8WH3 103-2DE00 / -2DE01
7
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 58.8 / 2.2 5.2 / 93.5 / 22 5.2 / 76.4 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 42.8 / 50.3 55.5 / 63 42.8 / 50.3
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A/mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / -
17.5 / 1.5
8/3
8
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Conductor cross-section acc. to DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation
• Solid / stranded / finely stranded H05V-U/R/K //
PVC / PE (other insulation types on request)
0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5
9
H07V-U/R/K in mm²
• Halogen-free H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm² 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.1 mm) in mm²
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG
0.25 - 0.34
24-16
10
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section in mm²
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve without/with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.25 ... 1.5
screw terminal
0.25 ... 2.5 / 0.25 ... 2.5
11
Multi-conductor connection (two conductors of same
12
cross-section)
• Rigid / flexible 0.14 ... 1.5 / 0.14 ... 1.5
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm² 0.25 ... 1.5
• Flexible with TWIN end sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm² 0.5 ... 1.5
Stripped length 9
Plug gage (IEC 60 947-1)
Screw thread
Tightening torque in Nm
A3
M3
0.6 ... 0.8
13
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
V0
14
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG applied for
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
-
49.9 / 57.4 39.3 / 46.8
3
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 8/3 6/3 8/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / -
Conductor cross-section acc. to DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation
III / I
24 / 2.5 -
10
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 8/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / -
Conductor cross-section acc. to DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation
III / I
12
• Halogen-free 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 ... 2.5
H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm²
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG 20-14
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section in mm²
Connection capacities
• Flexible with end sleeve without/with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.5 ... 2.5
screw terminal
0.25 ... 4 / 0.25 / 4
13
Multi-conductor connection (two conductors of same
cross-section)
• Rigid/flexible in mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve in mm²
• Flexible with TWINend sleeve with plastic sleeve in mm²
0.14 ... 1.5 / 0.14 ... 1.5
0.25 ... 1.5
0.5 ... 2.5
14
Stripped length -
Plug gage (IEC 60 947-1)
Screw thread
Tightening torque in Nm
A4
M3
0.6 ... 0.8
15
Insulation type PA
16
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG applied for
Mounting rails/protective conductor busbars See section Mounting rails
4
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• Screw terminal
- rigid, 0.14 ... 4 mm²
- flexible, 0.14 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 26-12
- I = 17.5 A
5
8WH3 100-2DE00 - U = 800 V (500 V for two-tier version)
• Insulation displacement terminal
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- AWG 24-16
- I = 17.5 A
- U = 800 V (500 V for two-tier version)
8WH3 120-2FE00
• More information under Technical specifications
Type
• Gray
Connections
1 × screw, 8WH3 100-2DE00 044 50
6
1 × insulation displacement terminal
• Blue 1 × screw, 8WH3 100-2DE01 044 50
8WH3 120-2FE01
044
044
50
50
7
2 × insulation displacement terminals
8
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions,
for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 100 units
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/26 8WH9 070-0JA00 044 50
100 units
9
• Two clamping points two tiers Accessories 13/26 8WH9 070-0MA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/26 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
for terminal width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 mm² and
two clamping points 100 units
• Screw/insulation displacement terminal Accessories 13/27 8WH9 001-1DA00 044 50
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/17
17
© Siemens AG 2007
7
Accessories Section Page 100 units
Compartment partitions, for terminal size Accessories 13/26 8WH9 070-0KA00 044 50
1.5 to 2.5 mm² and three clamping points
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/26 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
for terminal width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 mm² and
three clamping points and screw /
insulation displacement terminals
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 mm²
Accessories 13/27
Accessories 13/27
8WH9 001-2DA00
100 units
100 units
044 50
8
and three or four clamping points 8WH9 001-0AA00 044 50
9
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
10
• 20-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/19
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH3 100-3DE07
- flexible, 0.14 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 26-12
• Insulation displacement terminal
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
4
- flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- AWG 24-16
• More information under Technical specifications
Type
• Two clamping points
Connections
1 × screw,
1 × insulation displacement terminal
8WH3 100-3DE07 044 50
5
• Two clamping points, 2 × screw, 8WH3 120-3FE07 044 50
6
I2_12727 two-tier, 2-pole 2 × insulation displacement terminal
• Three clamping points 1 × screw, 8WH3 103-3DE07 044 50
8WH3 100-3DE07
2 × insulation displacement terminal
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions,
for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 100 units
8WH3 120-3FE07
• Two clamping points
Accessories 13/27
8WH9 070-0JA00
8WH9 070-0MA00
100 units
044
044
50
50
7
100 units
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/27 8WH9 070-0KA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs,
for terminal width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 mm² and
Accessories 13/26 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
8
screw / insulation displacement terminals 100 units
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/27 8WH9 001-1DA00 044 50
9
I2_12728
8WH3 103-3DE07
three or four clamping points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole
• 3-pole
Accessories
Accessories
13/29
13/29
8WH9 001-0AA00
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
044
044
044
50
50
50
10
• 4-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
11
• 5-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
I2_12729
8WH3 103-3DE07
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/21
17
© Siemens AG 2007
I2_12732
8WH3 103-3HE07
8WH3 100-2DF00
- flexible, 0.14 ... 4 mm²
- AWG 26-10
- I = 24 A
- U = 800 V
4
• Insulation displacement terminal
- rigid, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 20-14
- I = 24 A
- U = 800 V
5
8WH3 103-2DF00 • More information under Technical specifications
Type Connections
• Gray
- two clamping points 1 × screw,
1 × insulation displacement terminal
8WH3 100-2DF00 044 50 6
- three clamping points 1 × screw, 8WH3 103-2DF00 044 50
2 × insulation displacement terminal
• Blue
- two clamping points
8WH3 103-2DF01
044
044
50
50
7
2 × insulation displacement terminal
Note
On terminals with three clamping points, the total current through all
connected conductors must not exceed the max. load current.
Accessories Section Page
8
Compartment partitions,
9
for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 100 units
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/26 8WH9 070-0JA00 044 50
100 units
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/26 8WH9 070-0KA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/26 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
for terminal size 6.2 mm²
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
screw / insulation displacement terminals
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/27 8WH9 000-1DA00
100 units
044 50
10
100 units
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/27 8WH9 000-2DA00 044 50
Cover segments, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
three or four clamping points
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
Accessories 13/27
8WH9 000-0AA00
100 units
044 50 11
• 2-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole
• 5-pole
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
13/29
13/29
13/29
13/29
8WH9 020-6CE10
8WH9 020-6CF10
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
044
044
044
044
50
50
10
10
12
• 50-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/23
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH3 100-3DF07
- flexible, 0.14 ... 4 mm²
- AWG 26-10
• Insulation displacement terminal
- rigid, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
4
- flexible, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 20-14
• More information under Technical specifications
Type
• Two clamping points
Connections
1 × screw,
1 × insulation displacement terminal
8WH3 100-3DF07 044 50
5
• Three clamping points 1 × screw, 8WH3 103-3DF07 044 50
I2_12733
6
2 × insulation displacement terminal
8WH3 100-3DF07
Accessories Section Page
Compartment partitions,
for terminal size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² 100 units
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/26 8WH9 070-0JA00 044 50
8WH3 103-3DF07
• Three clamping points
Lateral mounting test plugs,
for terminal size 6.2 mm²
Accessories 13/26
Accessories 13/26
8WH9 070-0KA00
8WH9 010-0FB02
100 units
044
044
50
10 7
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
8
screw / insulation displacement terminals 100 units
• Two clamping points Accessories 13/27 8WH9 000-1DA00 044 50
100 units
• Three clamping points Accessories 13/27 8WH9 000-2DA00 044 50
I2_12734 Cover segments, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and Accessories 13/27 100 units
three or four clamping points 8WH9 000-0AA00 044 50
9
8WH3 103-3DF07
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 13/29 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
13/29
13/29
13/29
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
10
10
10 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/25
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 070-0JA00
Lateral mounting test plugs 1 units
• For terminal width 5.2 mm 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
1 units
• For terminal width 6.2 mm 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
7
8WH9 001-2CA00
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Two clamping points
- screw/insulation displacement terminal 8WH9 000-1DA00 044 50
8
- spring-loaded/insulation displacement terminal 8WH9 000-1CA00 044 50
• Three clamping points
- screw/insulation displacement terminal
- spring-loaded/insulation displacement terminal
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 mm² and
three or four clamping points
8WH9 000-2DA00
8WH9 000-2CA00
8WH9 001-0AA00
100 units
044
044
044
50
50
50
9
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
8WH8 120-2AB05
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB05
8WH8 120-2AB15
044
044
100
100
10
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
8WH8 120-2AB45
8WH8 120-2AB55
8WH8 120-2AB65
8WH8 120-2AB75
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
11
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AA15
8WH8 120-2XA05
044
044
100
100
12
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
13
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB65 044 100
14
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 110-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-2AA05
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/27
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-2AB15 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB95
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-3AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank
8WH8 141-3XA05
8WH8 111-3AA05
044
044
100
100 5
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
- 5-pole
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
6
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
- 50-pole
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
8WH9 020-6BT10
8WH9 020-6CC10
8WH9 020-6CD10
044
044
044
10
50
50
7
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole
- 20-pole
- 50-pole
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
10
10
10
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/29
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
The insulation displacement two-tier terminals for terminal size
1.5 mm² are characterized in particular by their compact design
and by a double bridge slot per tier. This enables simultaneous
bridging and testing.
With its clear and space-saving front connection arrangement,
this two-tier terminal series provides additional space between
the cable ducts for wiring.
The PE/ground conductor terminal of this series meets all the
requirements of IEC 60947-7-2.
These include:
• Low contact resistance,
• Stainless clamping points and PE mounting foot
• Green-yellow enclosure and
• Additional inscription options
■ Technical specifications
8WH3 020-0AE00 / -0AE01 8WH3 020-0CE07
8WH3 020-5AE00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 99.6 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 49.9 / 57.4
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A/mm² 17.5 / 1.5 -
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Conductor cross-section acc. to DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation PVC / PE (other insulation types on request)
• Solid / stranded / finely stranded H05V-U/R/K // 0.4 ... 1.0 // 1.5
H07V-U/R/K in mm²
• Halogen-free H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm² 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.1 mm) in mm² 0.25 ... 0.34
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG 24-16
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section in mm² 0.25 ... 1.5
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 10 / 24-16 - / - / 24-16
- CSA: in V/A / AWG -
Mounting rail/protective conductor busbars See section
Mounting rails
4
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5
8WH3 020-0AE00 - AWG 24-16
- I = 17.5 A
5
- U = 500 V
• EN 50019
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
- flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5
- AWG 24-16
- I = 15 A
- U = 420 V
• More information under Technical specifications
Versions
• Gray 8WH3 020-0AE00 044 50
6
• Blue 8WH3 020-0AE01 044 50
7
Accessories Section Page 100 units
Compartment partitions, for terminal size 1.5 mm² Accessories 13/32 8WH9 070-0MA00 044 50
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/32 8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
for terminal width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 mm² Accessories 13/32 100 units
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
044
044
044
50
50
50
8
• 4-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
Two-tier terminals, terminal size 1.5 mm², with diode
13/32
13/32
13/32
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
8WH3 020-5AE00
044
044
044
044
10
10
10
50
9
• Gray
10
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• CUUS
• Supply data
- rigid, 0.25 ... 1.5 mm²
8WH3 020-5AE00 - flexible, 0.25 ... 1.5
- AWG 24-16
11
- I = 17.5 A
- U = 500 V
• More information under Technical specifications
Accessories Section Page 100 units
I2_12737
Compartment partitions, for terminal size 1.5 mm² Accessories 13/32 8WH9 070-0MA00 044 50
8WH3 020-5AE00 Lateral mounting test plugs,
for terminal width 5.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 mm²
Accessories 13/32
Accessories 13/32
8WH9 010-0EB02
8WH9 001-1BA00
100 units
044
044
10
50
12
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
13
• 2-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
14
• 50-pole Accessories 13/32 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/31
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 070-0MA00
Lateral mounting test plugs, for terminal width 5.2 mm 1 unit
8WH9 010-0EB02 044 10
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 mm²
8WH9 001-1BA00 044 50
8WH9 001-1BA00
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-2AB15 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB95
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB95
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 111-2AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 5.2 mm
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 044 50
• 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 044 50
• 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 044 50
• 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
• 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
• 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
• 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 044 10
■ Overview 2
Through-type terminals with isolating capability are the most
commonly used terminal types in instrumentation and control.
The isolating and isolating blade terminals with insulation
displacement connection have a mounting width of 6.2 mm and
a current load rating of 16 A. A special feature of both terminal
3
type is their three comb slots. Two in the same position as that of
the IDC and spring-loaded terminal series and an additional slot
on the other side of the isolating point.
The isolating blade terminal for terminal size 2.5 mm² has an
integrated blade; in the case of the isolating terminal for terminal
4
size 2.5 mm² the through-type connector, the isolating plug, the
component connector and the fused connector can be used.
The isolating blade is secured to the terminal so that it cannot be
lost.
5
6
■ Technical specifications
Dimensions
8WH3 000-6CF00 / -6CF01
7
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 6.2 / 82.5 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 42.8 / 50.3
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A/mm²
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / -
16 / 2.5
6/3
8
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Conductor cross-section acc. to DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation
• Solid / stranded / finely stranded
PVC / PE (other insulation types on request)
0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 ... 2.5
9
H05V-U/R/K // H07V-U/R/K in mm²
• Halogen-free 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 ... 2.5
H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm²
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.1 mm) in mm² -
10
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG 20-14
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section in mm²
Insulation type
0.5 ... 2.5
PA
11
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
12
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG applied for
13
14
15
16
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/33
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 121-3AB05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
3
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB35
8WH8 121-3AB45
8WH8 121-3AB55
8WH8 121-3AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
4
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-3AC05
8WH8 121-3XA05
044
044
100
100
5
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB25
8WH8 141-3AB35
8WH8 141-3AB45
8WH8 141-3AB55
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
6
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
8WH8 141-3AB05
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-3AB85
8WH8 141-3AC05
8WH8 141-3XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
7
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8
8WH8 111-3AA05
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole
• 20-pole
• 50-pole
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
10
10
10 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/35
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Technical specifications
8WH3 000-6AE00 8WH3 000-6AF00
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover in mm 5.2 / 76.4 / 2.2 6.2 / 82.5 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) in mm 39.3 / 46.8 42.8 / 50.3
Technical specifications acc. to IEC/DIN VDE
• Max. load current per cross-section in A/mm² 16 / 1.5 16 / 2.5
• Rated impulse voltage/pollution degree in kV / - 6/3
• Overvoltage category/insulating group - / - III / I
Conductor cross-section acc. to DIN VDE 0295
• Core insulation PVC / PE (other insulation types on request)
• Solid / stranded / finely stranded H05V-U/R/K // 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 ... 2.5
H07V-U/R/K in mm²
• Halogen-free H05Z-U/R/K // H07Z-U/R/K in mm² 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 0.5 ... 1.0 // 1.5 ... 2.5
• Finely stranded / very finely stranded
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.1 mm) in mm² 0.25 ... 0.34 -
- (strand ∅ ≥ 0.19 mm) AWG 24-16 20-14
Number of circuits
• At least 100-times the same cross-section in mm² 0.25 ... 1.5 0.5 ... 2.5
Insulation type PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Approval data (UL/CUL and CSA)
• Rated voltage / current / cable sizes
- UL/CUL: in V/A / AWG 600 / 10 / 24-16 applied for
- CSA: in V/A / AWG 600 / 10 / 24-16 applied for
8WH3 000-6AF00
- flexible, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
- AWG 20-14
- I = 16 A
- U = 400 V
4
- current and voltage are determined by the fitted plug.
• More information under Technical specifications
Accessories
Compartment partitions, for terminal
size 1.5 to 2.5 mm² and three clamping points
Section Page
Accessories 13/37 8WH9 070-0KA00
100 units
044 50 5
Lateral mounting test plugs, Accessories 13/37 8WH9 010-0FB02 044 10
for terminal width 6.2 mm
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
three clamping points
Cover segments, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and
Accessories 13/37
Accessories 13/37
8WH9 000-2AA00
100 units
100 units
044 50 6
three or four clamping points 8WH9 000-0AA00 044 50
7
Connecting combs, for terminal width 6.2 mm
• 2-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
• 3-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
• 4-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
• 5-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
• 10-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
8
• 20-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CS10 044 10
• 50-pole Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-6CT10 044 10
Plug-in zone connectors
• Isolating plugs Accessories 13/39 8WH9 040-0DB04 044 50
• Through-type connectors Accessories 13/39 8WH9 020-8AB00 044 50
• Fused connectors, without LED display Accessories 13/39 8WH9 040-3DB08 044 10
Accessories
• Component connectors Accessories
8WH9 070-0KA00
044
044
10
50
9
three clamping points
Lateral mounting test plugs
• For terminal width 5.2 mm
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
Cover plates
• For terminal size 1.5 mm² and three clamping points
8WH9 010-0EB02
8WH9 010-0FB02
8WH9 001-2AA00
044
044
044
10
10
50
10
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² and three clamping points 8WH9 000-2AA00 044 50
Cover segments
• For terminal size 1.5 mm² and three or four clamping points
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² and three or four clamping points
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
8WH9 001-0AA00
8WH9 000-0AA00
044
044
50
50 11
horizontal inscription
12
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-2AB05 - 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB45 044 100
8WH8 120-2AA15
13
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-2AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-2AA15 044 100
14
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 140-2AB35
8WH8 140-2AB45
8WH8 140-2AB55
8WH8 140-2AB65
044
044
044
044
100
100
100
100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 140-2AB85 044 100
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm, blank
8WH8 140-2AC05
8WH8 140-2XA05
8WH8 110-2AA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
16
8WH8 110-2AA05
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB95
8WH8 111-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-3XA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
• Custom inscription
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank
8WH8 141-3XA05
8WH8 111-3AA05
044
044
100
100 5
Connecting combs
• For terminal width 5.2
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
- 5-pole
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
8WH9 020-6BF10
044
044
044
044
50
50
50
50
6
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 044 10
- 50-pole
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
8WH9 020-6BT10
8WH9 020-6CC10
8WH9 020-6CD10
044
044
044
10
50
50
7
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole
- 20-pole
- 50-pole
8WH9 020-6CL10
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
044
10
10
10
8
Plug-in zone connectors
• Isolating plugs 8WH9 040-0DB04 044 50
8WH9 040-0DB04
- orange
• Through-type connectors
- gray
- Imax: 16 A
8WH9 020-8AB00 044 50
9
- for terminal width 6.2 mm
• Fused connectors, without LED display 8WH9 040-3DB08 044 10
10
- Black
- Imax: 6.3 A
8WH9 020-8AB00 • Component connectors 8WH9 040-0BB00 044 10
- Imax: 6 A, depending on the power loss of the components,
max. 1 W with single arrangement
- facility for inscription with ZBF 5
11
8WH9 040-3DB08
12
13
14
8WH9 040-0BB00
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 13/39
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Technical specifications
Mounting rail type Excerpt from IEC 60947-7-2/EN 60947-7-2/
VDE 0611 part 3
Width Height Thick- Perforation Material Surface Rail profile Short-circuit Short-time Max.
ness type strength q E CU withstand permissible
conductor current, 1 s thermal rated
current at PEN
function
mm mm mm mm² 1) kA A
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92 2)
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Perforated Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 7.5 1.5 Without V2A high-grade Chromated Standard mounting rail, 16 1.92
apertures steel dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0 150
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
35 7.5 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 125
apertures dimensions
acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 7.5
2)
35 15 2.3 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 50 6.0
apertures acc. to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Chromated Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
2)
35 15 1.5 Without Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Perforated Steel Galvanized Standard mounting rail, 35 4.2 2)
similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Copper Chromated Standard mounting rail, 95 11.4 232
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
35 15 1.5 Without Aluminum Chromated Standard mounting rail, 70 8.4 192
apertures similar to EN 60715 – 35 x 15
1)
Cross-sections calculated according to IEC 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / EN 60439-1 / VDE 0660 Part 500.
2)
PE/ground conductor busbars are not permissible for PEN function.
ALPHA FIX
Accessories for
8WA and 8WH
8WA accessories 8WA labeling accessories
14/2 • Blank labeling plates
14/3 • Inscribed labeling plates
14/5
14/5
• Other label accessories
• Other labeling accessories
4
8WA mounting accessories
14/6
14/6
14/6
• End retainers
• Standard mounting rails
• Test plugs
5
14/6 • Test sockets
14/6
14/6
14/7
• Reduction plugs
• Spacer brackets
• Spacers
6
14/7 • Fixing components
14/7
14/7
14/7
• Mounting brackets
• Insulation carriers
• Labels
7
14/7 • Screwdrivers
8WH accessories
14/8
8WH labeling accessories
• Blank labeling plates
8
14/9 • Inscribed labeling plates
14/14
14/14
8WH mounting accessories
• Lateral mounting test plugs
• Spacer plates
9
14/14 • Terminal strip markers
14/14
14/14
14/14
• Test adapters
• Reducing combs
• Quick-fit end retainers
10
14/14 • Screwdrivers
14/15
14/15
• Connecting combs
• Plug-in zone connectors 11
12
13
14
14/1
© Siemens AG 2007
1 unit Unit(s)
Blank labeling plates
Labeling plates, for manual inscription
not suitable for plotting
Versions
• Label size 5 mm x 7 mm 100 units
8WA8 848-2AY 041 100
• Label size 5 mm x 10 mm 100 units
8WA8 800-2AY 041 100
Labeling plates, for plotter inscription
Versions
• For 8WA1 and 8WA2, individually removable
- 5 × 7, white 100 units
8WA8 850-2AY 041 1020
- 5 × 10, white 100 units
not for two-tier terminals (bottom level); flat-type terminals: 8WA8 851-2AY 041 1020
NSH00037
Device labels,
1 frame = 20 labels
Computer labeling systems Obtainable from:
for individual inscription of: murrplastik
• Labeling plates for terminal blocks Systemtechnik GmbH
• Device labels FabrikStraße 10
• Labeling plates for individual wires 71570 Oppenweiler
Telephone+49 (0) 7191 / 4 82 - 0
Fax +49 (0) 7191 / 4 82 - 2 80
E-mail gl@murrplastik.de
3
Inscribed labeling plates
Labeling plates, type 860/861
• Label size 5 mm x 7 mm
• Font height 2 mm
• Grid size: 6.2 mm
4
Versions
• Vertical inscription 100 units
8WA8 860-@@@ 041 200
Vertical inscriptions • Horizontal inscription 100 units
(8WA8 860-0AA) 8WA8 861-@@@ 041 200
5
▲
Inscriptions
• 1…5 (40x) 0BA
• 6…10 (40x) 0BB
• 11…15 (40x) 0BC
6
• 16…20 (40x) 0BD
• 21…25 (40x) 0BE
• 26…30 (40x) 0BF
Horizontal inscriptions • 31…35 (40x) 0BG
(8WA8 861-0AA) • 36…40 (40x) 0BH
• 41…45 (40x)
• 46…50 (40x)
• 51…55 (40x)
0BJ
0BK
0BL
7
• 56…60 (40x) 0BM
• 61…65 (40x)
• 66…70 (40x)
• 71…75 (40x)
0BN
0BP
0BQ
8
• 76…80 (40x) 0BR
• 81…85 (40x)
• 86…90 (40x)
• 91…95 (40x)
0BS
0BT
0BU
9
• 96…100 (40x) 0BV
10
• 1…20 (10x) 0AB
• 1…40 (5x) 0AC
• 41…100 (3x) 0AD
• 101…200 (2x) 0AF
• 201…300 (2x) 0AG
• 1…9, blank (20x)
• 1…100 (2x)
• A, B…T (10x)
0AA
0AE
1AA
11
• U, V, W, X, Y, Z (30x) +, - (10x) 1AB
• L1, L2, L3, N, PE (40x)
• U1, V1, W1, U2, V2, W2, (30x); blank (20x)
1AC
1AD 12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 14/3
17
© Siemens AG 2007
3
Other label accessories
End labels 8WA1 806 041 50
• 21 × 42 mm
• Paper label, inscription possible, with transparent cover
• Suitable for 8WA1 805, 8WA1 808 and 8WA2 808 end retainers
8WA1 806
8WA2 838
Group labels
• White
• For 8WA2 terminals for plugging onto retaining plates or insulation
8WA2 838 041 50
4
plates
• L = 100 mm
6
8WA8 846-2AY
Terminal strip labels 7
NSH00041
8WA8 826-0AB
100 units
041
041
100
100
8
• Printed with "X3" 100 units
8WA8 826-0AC 041 100
• Blank
8WA2 850
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 14/5
17
© Siemens AG 2007
• Terminal height 31 mm
• Terminal length 67mm
• Suitable for
67 - 8WA1 806 end label or
8WA2 808 - 8WA8 826-0A terminal strip labeling plate or
- -0H device labeling plate or
- 4 8WA8 ... labels
• Can also be used for neutral busbar 10 × 3 mm as retainer with the
corresponding 8WA2 837 part
End retainers, with screw fixing 8WA1 808 041 50
• Mounting width 10 mm
• Suitable for 8WA1 806 end label or 8WA8 826-0A terminal strip labeling
plate or 3TX4 210-0H device labeling plate or four 8WA8 8 labels.
8WA1 808
End retainers, steel 8WA1 805 041 50
• Mounting width 10.3 mm
• suitable for 8WA1 806 end labels
Note
8WA1 805
An 8WA1 820 barrier must be inserted if using end retainers against an
8WA1 89. link rail (size 2.5).
Standard mounting rails
• Perforated 5ST1 145 027 20
- EN 50022-35 × 7.5
- 2 m long, 1 mm thick,
- steel, sendzimir-galvanized
• Non-perforated 5ST1 141 027 20
5ST1 141 • Non-perforated, copper 8WA7 551 041 1
- EN 50022-35 × 15
- 2 m long, 2.3 mm thick,
• Non-perforated, steel, galvanized, chromized 5ST1 142 027 10
- similar to EN 50022-35 × 15
- 2 m long, 1.5 mm thick,
Test plugs
• For 8WA1 and 8WA2 terminals with 2.3 mm ø hole or
8WA1 867 8WA1 854, 8WA1 884 test sockets
• Uninterrupted current 10 A
Versions
• Red 8WA1 868 041 10
• Blue 8WA1 870 041 10
Test sockets
• ø 2, 3 mm
8WA1 884 • With matching spacer sleeve for link rails, terminal sizes 2.5 and 4 mm²,
two-tier terminals, rear level, terminal size 6 mm²
• Uninterrupted current 10 A
Versions
• Test socket 8WA1 884 041 100
• Spacer sleeve 8WA1 822-7VH11 041 100
Note
The test socket must be used with a spacer sleeve.
Reduction plugs 8WA1 871 041 10
• For 8WA1 and 8WA2 terminals with 2.3 mm ø hole or
8WA1 854, 8WA1 884 test sockets
• Uninterrupted current 10 A
8WA1 871
• With 4 mm Ø hole
Spacer brackets 8WA7 53 041 50
M5 For raised mounting of terminal strips
45
NSH00043
20 22
8WA7 53
3
5,5 Spacers 8WA7 52 041 50
• With 5.5 mm hole
NSH00044
13
37,5 8,5
Fixing components
for screw fixing of 8WA1 304, 8WA1 011-3DF21, 8WA1 011-3DG21,
8WA1 011-0DG22, 8WA1 011-3DH21 terminal blocks and single
terminals (no end retainer required)
8WA1 815 041 1
4
5
15
NSH00046
4,5
57
8WA1 815
30°
Mounting brackets
for standard mounting rails
8WA7 46 041 10
6
50
70
14 M5
7
NSH00042
6
25 50
8WA7 46
Insulation carriers 8WA1 857 041 20
for insulated mounting of mounting rails onto plates, frame profiles and
M4
standard mounting rails EN 50022-35
8
49
54
NSH00045
8WA1 857
20 8
14 9
Labes, for indentifical of insulation carriers 8WA1 864 041 100
10
Screwdrivers
• Green
• Approx. 175 mm long
Versions
• Up to terminal size 6 mm²
8WA2 803
- 3.5 mm × 0.5 mm
- 3.5 mm × 0.5 mm, partially insulated
8WA2 803
8WA2 880
041
041
1
1 11
12
13
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 14/7
17
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Design
Using the 8WH9 060-4AA00 adapter, all 8WA8 labels can be
8WA 8WH snapped onto the 8WH terminal blocks (front).
I2_12847a
Front
Adapter
8WH8 120-1AB05
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 120-1AB05
8WH8 120-1AB15
044
044
100
100
4
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 120-1AB25 044 100
5
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-1AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 120-1AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 120-1AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 120-1AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-1AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 120-1AB85
8WH8 120-1AC05
8WH8 120-1XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
6
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 4.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 140-1AB05
8WH8 140-1AB15
044
044
100
100
7
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 140-1AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 140-1AB35
8WH8 140-1AB45
8WH8 140-1AB55
044
044
044
100
100
100
8
8WH8 140-1AB05 - 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 140-1AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 140-1AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 140-1AB85
8WH8 140-1AC05
8WH8 140-1XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
9
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 4.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-1AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-1AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, horizontal inscription
10
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 121-1AB05
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 121-1AB05
8WH8 121-1AB15
8WH8 121-1AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
11
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 121-1AB45
8WH8 121-1AB55
8WH8 121-1AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
12
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB75 044 100
13
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-1AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-1XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 141-1AB05
8WH8 141-1AB15
8WH8 141-1AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
14
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB35 044 100
8WH8 141-1AB05
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 141-1AB45
8WH8 141-1AB55
8WH8 141-1AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
15
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-1AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 141-1AB85
8WH8 141-1AC05
8WH8 141-1XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
16
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-1AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-1AA05
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 14/9
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-2XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm,
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB45 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-2AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-2XA05 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05
Terminal width 6.2 mm
3
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8WH8 120-3AB05
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB05
8WH8 120-3AB15
8WH8 120-3AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
4
8WH8 120-3AA15 - 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB35 044 100
8WH8 120-3AA25
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
- 61 to 70 (10×)
8WH8 120-3AB45
8WH8 120-3AB55
8WH8 120-3AB65
044
044
044
100
100
100
5
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB75 044 100
6
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 120-3AC05 044 100
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-3AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-3XA05 044 100
• U/V/W/N/grounding 8WH8 120-3AA25 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB05 044 100
7
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB25
8WH8 140-3AB35
8WH8 140-3AB45
044
044
044
100
100
100
8
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AB55 044 100
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 61 to 70 (10×)
- 71 to 80 (10×)
- 81 to 90 (10×)
8WH8 140-3AB65
8WH8 140-3AB75
8WH8 140-3AB85
044
044
044
100
100
100
9
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 140-3AC05 044 100
10
• Custom inscription 8WH8 140-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 110-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-3AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05 • Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 121-3AB05
8WH8 121-3AB15
044
044
100
100
11
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB25 044 100
12
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×)
- 91 to 100 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-3AB85
8WH8 121-3AC05
8WH8 121-3XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
13
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB05
8WH8 141-3AB15
044
044
100
100
14
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×)
- 41 to 50 (10×)
- 51 to 60 (10×)
8WH8 141-3AB35
8WH8 141-3AB45
8WH8 141-3AB55
044
044
044
100
100
100
15
8WH8 141-3AB05 - 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB65 044 100
16
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-3XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-3AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 14/11
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH8 110-4AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm,
8WH8 121-4AB05 horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 121-4AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 121-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm,
vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB35 044 100
- 41 to 50 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB45 044 100
- 51 to 60 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB55 044 100
- 61 to 70 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB65 044 100
- 71 to 80 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB75 044 100
- 81 to 90 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AB85 044 100
- 91 to 100 (10×) 8WH8 141-4AC05 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-4XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm, blank 8WH8 111-4AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-3AA05
8WH8 120-5AB05
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
3
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 120-5AB05 044 100
8WH8 120-5AA15 - 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
8WH8 120-5AB15
8WH8 120-5AB25
8WH8 120-5AB35
044
044
044
100
100
100
4
8WH8 120-5AA25 • L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-5AA15 044 100
• Custom inscription
• U/V/W/N/grounding
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm,
8WH8 120-5XA05
8WH8 120-5AA25
044
044
100
100 5
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×)
- 11 to 20 (10×)
- 21 to 30 (10×)
8WH8 140-5AB05
8WH8 140-5AB15
8WH8 140-5AB25
044
044
044
100
100
100
6
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 140-5AB35 044 100
8WH8 140-5AB05
• Custom inscription
8WH8 110-5AA05
044
044
100
100
7
8WH8 110-5AA05
8WH8 121-5AB05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm,
horizontal inscription
• Incremental numbering
8
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-5AB05 044 100
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 121-5AB15 044 100
- 21 to 30 (10×)
- 31 to 40 (10×)
• Custom inscription
8WH8 121-5AB25
8WH8 121-5AB35
8WH8 121-5XA05
044
044
044
100
100
100
9
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm,
8WH8 141-5AB05 vertical inscription
• Incremental numbering
- 1 to 10 (10×) 8WH8 121-5AB05 044 100
10
- 11 to 20 (10×) 8WH8 141-5AB15 044 100
11
- 21 to 30 (10×) 8WH8 141-5AB25 044 100
- 31 to 40 (10×) 8WH8 141-5AB35 044 100
• Custom inscription 8WH8 141-5XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm, blank 8WH8 111-5AA05 044 100
8WH8 111-5AA05
Terminal width 16 mm
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 16 mm,
horizontal inscription
12
8WH8 120-7AA15 • L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-7AA15 044 100
13
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-7XA05 044 100
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 16 mm, 8WH8 140-7XA05 044 100
vertical custom inscription
Labeling plates, front, for terminal width 16 mm, blank 8WH8 110-7AA05 044 100
8WH8 110-7AA05
Labeling plates, flat, for terminal width 16 mm, blank 8WH8 111-7AA05 044 100
14
15
16
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens ET A1 · 2007 14/13
17
© Siemens AG 2007
8WH9 010-0DB02
Spacer plates
for skipping single terminals for individual test adapter
assembly
Versions
8WH9 010-2AA02 • For terminal width 4.2 mm 8WH9 010-2AA02 044 10
• For terminal width 5.2 mm 8WH9 010-2BA02 044 10
• For terminal width 6.2 mm 8WH9 010-2CA02 044 10
• For terminal width 8.2 mm 8WH9 010-2DA02 044 10
Terminal strip markers, for end retainers 8WH9 150-1CA00 044 100
• Height-adjustable
• For quick-fit end retainers
• Inscription possible with terminal strip marker or two labels,
front, for terminal width 10.2 mm
• Labeling field size: 20 x 8 mm
8WH9 150-1CA00
Test adapters 8WH9 010-0JB00 044 10
• For 4 mm ∅ PS test plugs and 4 mm ∅ safety test plugs
• Makes contact in the bridge slot
8WH9 010-0JB00
Reducing combs
• For connecting to a through-type terminal, terminal size 2.5 or 4 mm²
- to a through-type terminal, terminal size 6 mm², Imax: 48 A 8WH9 020-0FC10 044 10
- to a through-type terminal, terminal size 10 mm², Imax: 55 A 8WH9 020-0AC10 044 10
- to a through-type terminal, terminal size 16 mm², Imax: 64 A 8WH9 020-0BC10 044 10
- to a through-type terminal, terminal size 35 mm², Imax: 64 A 8WH9 020-0EC10 044 10
• For connecting to a through-type terminal, terminal size 16 mm²
- to a through-type terminal, terminal size 35 mm², Imax: 90 A 8WH9 020-0DC10 044 10
8WH9 020-0FC10
Quick-fit end retainers 8WH9 150-0CA00 044 50
• For labeling with front labels, for terminal width 5.2 mm and
terminal strip markers
8WH9 150-0CA00
Screwdrivers
for actuating the tension springs
Versions
• 0.4 x 2.5 mm 8WH9 200-0AA00 044 10
• 0.6 x 3.5 mm 8WH9 200-0AB00 044 10
• 0.8 x 4.0 mm 8WH9 200-0AC00 044 10
• 1.0 x 5.5 mm 8WH9 200-0AD00 044 10
8WH9 200-0AA00
4
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6AE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6AF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6AL10 044 10
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6AS10 044 10
8WH9 020-6AC10 • For terminal width 5.2 mm
- 2-pole
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
8WH9 020-6BC10
8WH9 020-6BD10
8WH9 020-6BE10
044
044
044
50
50
50
5
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 044 50
- 10-pole
- 20-pole
- 50-pole
8WH9 020-6BL10
8WH9 020-6BS10
8WH9 020-6BT10
044
044
044
10
10
10
6
• For terminal width 6.2 mm
7
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6CC10 044 50
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 044 50
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 044 50
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 044 50
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 044 10
- 20-pole
- 50-pole
• For terminal width 8.2 mm
8WH9 020-6CS10
8WH9 020-6CT10
044
044
10
10 8
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6DC10 044 10
- 3-pole
- 4-pole
- 5-pole
8WH9 020-6DD10
8WH9 020-6DE10
8WH9 020-6DF10
044
044
044
10
10
10
9
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6DL10 044 10
• For terminal width 10 mm, 2-pole
• For terminal width 12 mm, 2-pole
• For terminal width 16 mm, 2-pole
8WH9 020-6EC10
8WH9 020-6FC10
8WH9 020-6GC10
044
044
044
10
10
10
10
Plug-in zone connectors
11
• Isolating plug 8WH9 040-0DB04 044 50
- orange
• Through-type connectors 8WH9 020-8AB00 044 50
8WH9 040-0DB04 - Gray
- Imax: 16 A
• Fused connectors
8WH9 020-8AB00
- black
- Imax: 6.3 A
- inscription possible with labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm
- G fuses 5 x 20 mm
12
Versions
- with LED display for 12 to 30 V
- with LED display for 30 to 60 V
- with LED display for 110 to 250 V
1 ... 2.5 mA
0.8 ... 2.0 mA
0.5 ... 2.5 mA
8WH9 040-3AB08
8WH9 040-3BB08
8WH9 040-3CB08
044
044
044
10
10
10
13
- without LED display 8WH9 040-3DB08 044 10
14
Note
Select G fuse holders according to the max. power loss (heat
dissipation) of the G fuse links. Test the heating conditions in
8WH9 040-3AB08 enclosed fuse holders, which depend on application and
installation method.
15
Higher ambient temperatures present an additional burden for
the fuse links. In this case, take the offset of the rated current
into account.
• Component connectors 8WH9 040-0BB00 044 10
- Imax: 6 A, depending on the power loss of the components,
max. 1 W with single arrangement
- inscription possible with labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm
16
8WH9 040-0BB00
Notes
Appendix
15/3 Approvals
15/5
15/6
Contacts
A&D-Online services
4
15/7
15/8
Customer support
Subject index
5
15/12 Order number index
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
15/1
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Ordering notes
Ag and Cu surcharges
All products containing silver/copper shall be subject to The metal basis
surcharges if the limit value is exceeded. The level of the • for copper (CU) is 175.- €/100 kg
surcharges is calculated as follows:
• for silver (AG) is 150.- €/1 kg
The limit value of
The surcharges are calculated as % of the list price (see the Tables
• copper (CU) is 175 €/100 kg "Copper surcharges" and "Silver surcharge").
• for silver (AG) is €150/1 kg
Appendix
1
Approvals
3
public King-
dom
s cUUS u cuUS U CCC EZU SKTC SEP MEEI GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
Terminal 8WA1 010–1PH01 + – – – + – – + – – – – – + –
blocks 8WA1 010–1PQ00 + – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
For s and
U
approved
ratings of
8WA1 011–0D
8WA1 011–1BF21
8WA1 011–1BF22
8WA1 011–1BF23
+
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
4
terminal
blocks, see 8WA1 011–1BF24 + – + – – – – + + + + – – – +
5
Technical 8WA1 011–1BF25 + – + – – – – – – – – – – – –
Specifica- 8WA1 011–1BG11 + – + + + – + + + + + – – + +
tions 8WA1 011–1BG21 + – + + + – + + + + + – – + +
8WA1 011–1BG22 + – + + + – + + + + + – – + +
8WA1 011–1BG24 + – + – – – – + + + + – – – +
8WA1 011–1BH23 + – + + + – + + + + + – – – +
8WA1 011–1BH24
8WA1 011–1BK11
8WA1 011–1BM11
8WA1 011–1BP11
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
6
8WA1 011–1DF11 + – + + + – + + + + + – – + +
8WA1 011–1DG11
8WA1 011–1DH11
8WA1 011–1DQ10
8WA1 011–1DS10
+
+
–
–
+
+
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
–
–
+
+
–
–
+
+
–
–
+
+
–
–
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
–
–
+
+
–
–
7
8WA1 011–1DU10 – + – + + – – – – – – – – – – –
8WA1 011–1EF20 – – – + – – + – – – – – – + –
8WA1 011–1MH1. +3)
8WA1 011–1EF28
8WA1 011–1NF01
8WA1 011–1NF02
–
+
+
–
–
–
–
+
–
+
+
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
–
–
–
–
+
+
+
–
+
–
+
+
+
–
+
+
+
–
+
+
+
–
+
+
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
+
–
+
+
+
–
+
+
8
8WA1 011–1NG31 + – + – – – + + + + + – – + +
9
8WA1 011–1NG32 + – + – – – – + + + + – – + +
In the event of queries regarding UL/CSA approvals, please + Standard version approved.
contact Technical Support, see page 15/7. – Not yet submitted for approval.
1)
For further information on standards and approvals, please visit For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
our website at www.siemens.com/automation/support and http://www.siemens.com/automation/support.
select
"Product Support"
2)
3)
cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with US approval,
unless otherwise specified.
600 A, 5 A, Type D or 300 V Type C.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Appendix
Approvals
Appendix
Contacts 1
Siemens contacts worldwide
6
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and ordering
in the internet and on CD-ROM
Appendix
Customer Support 1
Our services for every phase of your project
■ General
.I
■ Configuration and Software Engineering
Support in configuring and
2
developing with customer-
3
oriented services from actual
configuration to implementation of
the automation project.1)
4
■ Service on Site
5
With Service On Site we offer
services for startup and
maintenance, essential for
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to ensuring system availability.
keep ahead all the time: In Germany:
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 4441)
6
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the
■ Repairs and Spare Parts
In the operating phase of a
machine or automation system
7
productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top we provide a comprehensive
form. repair and spare parts service
■ Online Support
The comprehensive information
ensuring the highest degree of
operating safety and reliability. 8
system available round the In Germany:
clock via Internet ranging from Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 4461)
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop. ■ Optimization and Upgrading
9
http://www.siemens.com To enhance productivity and
automation/service&support save costs in your project we
offer high-quality services in
optimization and upgrading.1)
10
■ Technical Support
Competent consulting in
technical questions covering a
wide range of customer-
11
oriented services for all our
products and systems.
In Germany:
Tel.: +49 (0)911 895 59001)
12
Fax: +49 (0)911 895 59071)
E-Mail: technical-assistance@
siemens.com
13
■ Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and
designing of your project from
detailed actual-state analysis,
14
target definition and consulting
on product and system
questions right to the creation of
the automation solution.1) 15
1)
For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Appendix
Subject index
Numbers C D
1-component flanges 3/33, 4/20 Cabinet frames for modular distribution boards Designs 8/4
2-component flanges 2/15, 3/33, 4/20 5/3 Device labels 9/28, 14/2
8HP empty enclosures 7/9 Cabinet mounting lugs, flat 2/15, 3/33 Devices for busbar mounting 7/30
8HP single enclosures 7/7 Cable clamping rails 4/21 Dimensions
8WH two-tier terminals 10/68 Cable entries 7/32 SIMBOX 63 1/7
Cable entry plates 7/33 SIMBOX WP 1/16
A Cable holders 3/37, 4/20, 4/23, 4/24 Diode terminals 9/32, 9/33, 10/16, 10/78
Cable inlet flanges 1/15 Distribution board kits for SIMBOX 63 flush-moun-
Accessories for meter enclosures 7/36 Cable space covers 7/41 ting distribution boards 1/2
Actuating flaps 7/33 Captive nuts 3/35 Distribution boards
Actuator terminals 10/22 Certifications 15/3 ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/4–2/16
Adapter sets for modular distribution boards 5/4 ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/6–3/37
Circuit diagram pockets 3/34, 4/21, 5/18
Adapters for individual inscription of 8WA labels ALPHA 400-ZS 6/2
Circuit-breaker terminals 9/44 ALPHA 630 - DIN 4/4–4/28
14/8 for auxiliary circuits 9/43
Aids 7/38 Door hinges 3/36, 4/23
Combs 9/15
ALPHA 160 - DIN partially equipped distribution Door locking kits 1/6
Compact isolating blade terminals 10/99
boards 2/4 Door locks 1/6
Compact isolating terminals 10/101
ALPHA 160 - DIN wall-mounted distribution Compact through-type PE terminals
boards 2/4–2/16 2 connecting points 10/91, 10/93, 10/95 E
ALPHA 400 - DIN wall-mounted distribution 3 connecting points 10/91, 10/93, 10/95
boards 3/6–3/37 Enclosures
4 connecting points 10/91, 10/93 Accessories 7/32
ALPHA 400-ZS meter cabinets 6/2 Compact through-type terminals ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/2
ALPHA 630 - DIN floor-mounted distribution 2 connecting points 10/90, 10/92, 10/94 ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/2
boards 4/4–4/28 3 connecting points 10/90, 10/92 ALPHA 630 - DIN 4/2
ALPHA assembly tools 2/15, 2/16 4 connecting points 10/91, 10/93 for modular installation devices with snap-on
ALPHA distribution boards 2/4–2/16, 3/6–3/37, Compact two-tier PE terminals 10/104, 10/105 mounting 7/10, 7/11
4/4–4/28, 6/2 Compact two-tier terminals 10/104 with DIAZED/NEOZED screw-in fuse links 25 A
ALPHA SELECT 8/4 Compartment partitions 10/44, 10/56, 10/61, and 63 A 7/12, 7/13
ALPHA modular distribution boards 5/3–5/20 10/65, 10/75, 10/78, 10/83, 10/95, 10/105, 11/7, with fuse switch disconnectors, 160 A to 630 A
ALPHA small distribution boards 1/3–1/16 11/12, 11/15, 11/18, 11/21, 13/10, 13/26, 13/32, 7/16–7/18
13/34, 13/37 with LV HRC fuse bases 7/14
Assembly kits
Component connectors 10/67, 10/102, 13/36, with main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches,
for bus-mounting fuse bases 3/28, 3/30, 4/17,
13/37, 13/39 63 A to 800 A 7/20, 7/21
4/19, 5/15, 5/17
with NEOZED screw-in fuse links 7/11, 7/13
for fuse switch disconnectors 2/12, 3/25, 3/26, Components for busbar runs 7/24–7/31
with switch disconnectors with fuses, 63 A to
4/13, 4/14, 5/11, 5/12 Components of the support rack 7/40 250 A 7/22
for horizontal terminal blocks 2/9, 3/20, 4/8, 5/6 Computer labeling systems 14/2, 14/8
for in-line fuse switch disconnectors 4/16, 5/14 End labels 14/5
Connecting combs 9/33, 9/42, 10/32, 10/48, End plates for two-tier terminals 9/30
for load transfer switches and parallel switches 10/53, 10/58, 10/62, 10/66, 10/70, 10/76, 10/79,
7/23 End retainers 14/6
10/83, 10/97, 10/99, 10/101, 10/106, 11/7, 11/13,
for meter mounting 3/30, 4/18, 5/17 Molded thermoplastic 14/6
11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/32, 12/17, 13/12, 13/29,
for modular installation devices 2/8, 3/19, 4/7, Steel 14/6
13/32, 13/35, 13/39, 14/15
5/5 Thermoplastic 9/9, 9/28
for SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers 3/27, Connecting elements 1/11
Extension terminals 7/27
4/15, 5/13 Connecting kits, IP41 5/18
Extra-deep brackets 3/37
for SR60 busbar system, 60 mm 3/29, 4/18, Connecting kits, IP43/IP55 3/37, 4/23, 5/18
5/16 Connection assembly kits 7/35
for unequipped distribution boards 2/7–2/12, F
Connection modules
3/19–3/30, 4/7–4/19, 5/5–5/17 for all PNP and NPN terminals 10/22 Feeder terminals 9/45, 10/22
for unequipped panels 2/11, 3/23, 4/11, 5/9, Copper busbars 3/35, 4/22, 7/28, 7/29 for Insta terminals 10/20
5/10 Cover for unequipped panel for neutral busbars 9/26, 9/28, 10/10, 10/20,
for unequipped panels with deep-drawn cover, Supports for 3/35, 4/22 12/9, 12/15
40 mm 3/24, 4/12, 5/10 for neutral isolating terminals 10/10
Cover plates 7/32, 10/44, 10/52, 10/61, 10/75,
for vertical terminal blocks 3/21, 4/9, 5/7 Fixing components 9/8, 14/7
10/78, 10/95, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/12,
Longitudinal stays 2/7, 3/18, 4/4, 4/5, 4/6, 5/18
11/15, 11/18, 11/21, 11/26, 12/4, 12/9, 12/15, Flange plates (sheet steel) 3/33, 4/20
with mounting plates 2/10, 3/22, 4/10, 5/8
13/10, 13/27, 13/32, 13/34, 13/37 Flanges 1/15, 2/15, 3/33, 4/20
Cover segments 10/44, 10/61, 10/65, 10/78, 11/7, Flat clamps 9/22
B 11/12, 13/10, 13/27, 13/34, 13/37 Flat connectors 9/9, 9/30
Barriers 9/10, 9/33, 9/37, 9/42, 10/8, 10/20 Covers 1/15, 9/8, 9/28, 9/30, 9/37 Flat Pack
for Insta terminals 9/28 for link rails 9/26, 9/28, 9/30, 9/41 ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/6, 3/7
for two-tier terminals 9/30, 10/13 white, facility for inscriptions 9/28, 9/30 ALPHA 630 - DIN 4/4
Base frames 5/4 with lightning symbols 9/28, 9/30 Flat-type terminals 9/21, 9/22
Base terminals 7/31 Covers for unequipped panels Flush-mounting distribution boards 1/10
Supports for 2/16, 4/27 partially equipped, with quick-assembly kits
Bases for ALPHA 630 - DIN 4/21
Cylinder locks 1/11 2/4
Blank labeling plates 9/28, 14/2
Blanking covers 7/35 SIMBOX 63 1/2
SIMBOX LC 1/10
Blanking strips 1/6, 1/11, 1/15, 2/16, 3/37, 4/23
Unequipped distribution boards,
Boards, partially equipped, with quick-assembly preassembled 2/5, 3/12, 3/13
kits 2/4 Wall recessed boxes 2/13, 3/31
Bolt-type screw terminals 9/18 Front doors 5/4
Bottom plates 5/3, 5/4 Fuse switch disconnectors 7/30
Branch terminals 9/24, 9/25, 9/26 Assembly kits for 2/12, 3/25, 3/26, 4/13, 4/14,
Bridging links 9/36, 10/14 5/11, 5/12
Busbar assembly kits 7/28 Fuse terminals 9/35, 10/14, 10/55
Busbar supports 3/35, 4/22, 5/20, 7/24, 7/27 for G fuse links 5 x 20 mm 10/55
Busbars 3/35, 4/22 for G fuse links 6.3 x 32 mm 10/56
Bus-mounting fuse bases, Assembly kits Fused connectors 10/67, 10/102, 13/36, 13/37,
3/28, 3/30, 4/17, 4/19, 5/15, 5/17 13/39
Siemens ET A1 · 2007
15/8
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Subject index
G
General technical specifications to 8WA 10/23
J
Jumpers 9/9, 9/30, 9/41
Labeling strips 9/46
Labeling systems 14/2, 14/8
Latches 11/32
2
G-fuse links 9/36, 10/14 Lateral mounting test plugs 10/61, 10/75, 10/105,
13/10, 13/26, 13/32, 13/34, 13/37, 14/14
3
Giugiaro transparent doors L
ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/14 Link rails 9/10, 9/23, 9/30, 9/36, 9/37, 9/42, 10/8,
ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/32 Label holders 9/26, 10/13, 14/5 10/11, 10/13, 10/15, 10/16, 10/17, 10/20
ALPHA 630 - DIN 4/20 Labeling accessories 14/2, 14/5 for Insta terminals 9/28
Grip ends 7/33 Labeling plates 14/2, 14/5, 14/7 Single-pole 9/45
Grounding terminal strips 1/15 Customized inscriptions 14/4 Links 9/8, 9/30
4
Group labels 14/5 for cables 14/5 Locking systems 2/15, 3/33, 4/20, 4/21, 5/18
for identification of insulation carriers 14/7 Lockouts for neutral isolating terminals 10/11,
for individual wires 14/2 10/20
H for manual inscriptions 14/2 Longitudinal stays 2/7, 3/18, 4/4, 4/5, 4/6, 5/18
High-current PE terminals 9/13, 9/14 for plotter inscriptions 14/2
for terminal strips 14/5
High-current terminals 9/13, 9/14 M
5
Type 847/848 14/4
Hinged covers with tension spring 7/33 Type 860/861 14/3
Hinged windows 7/36 Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 7/21
Labeling plates, flat
Holders for PE/N bars 7/27 Marshaling boxes 4/6
for terminal width 10 mm
Hollow-wall distribution boards 1/3, 1/4 Blank 14/13 Measuring instruments 7/36
Hood-type distribution boards 1/5 Horizontal inscriptions 14/13 Measuring transformer terminals 9/38
6
Hybrid isolating blade terminals 11/17, 11/18 Vertical inscriptions 14/13 Meter enclosures 7/19
Hybrid isolating terminals 11/20, 11/21 for terminal width 4.2 mm Meter mounting
Blank 10/75, 14/9 Assembly kits for 3/30, 4/18, 5/17
Hybrid through-type PE terminals 10/50, 10/51,
Horizontal inscriptions 10/75, 14/9 Modular distribution boards 5/2–5/20
11/11
Vertical inscriptions 10/75, 14/9 Modular installation devices
2 connecting points 11/12
for terminal width 5.2 mm Assembly kits for 2/8, 3/19, 4/7, 5/5
Screw/insulation displacement terminals
7
Blank 10/76, 11/26, 11/31, 12/5, 12/10, Quick-assembly kits for 2/6, 3/14, 3/15
13/21, 13/25
12/16, 14/11 Mounting accessories 14/6, 14/14
Spring-loaded/insulation displacement termi-
Horizontal inscriptions 10/75, 11/26, 11/31,
nals 13/22, 13/26 Mounting brackets 14/7
12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 14/10
Hybrid through-type terminals 10/50, 10/51, 11/8, Vertical inscriptions 10/76, 11/26, 11/31, Mounting brackets for N/PE/PEN 5/20
11/10, 13/13 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 14/10 Mounting frames 4/28
2 connecting points 11/11
8
for terminal width 6.2 mm Mounting plates 3/22, 3/35, 4/10, 5/8, 7/33
Screw/insulation displacement terminals Blank 10/76, 11/26, 11/31 Assembly kits for 2/10, 3/22, 4/10, 5/8
13/23 Horizontal inscriptions 10/76, 11/26, 11/31, Mounting rails 7/33, 9/52, 10/107, 11/33, 12/18,
2 connecting points 13/17 12/6, 12/11, 14/11 13/40
3 connecting points 13/19 Vertical inscriptions 10/76, 11/26, 11/31,
Spring-loaded/insulation displacement termi- 12/6, 12/11, 14/11
nals 13/24 N
9
for terminal width 8.2 mm
2 connecting points 13/18 Blank 12/7, 12/12, 14/12
3 connecting points 13/20 N/PE bars 2/16, 3/36, 4/22
Horizontal inscriptions 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 N/PE bars as plug-in terminal 2/16, 3/36, 4/22
Hybrid two-tier PE terminals 11/15 Vertical inscriptions 12/7, 12/12, 14/12
Hybrid two-tier terminals 11/14, 11/15 N/PE terminal strips 1/6, 1/11
Labeling plates, for plotter inscriptions 14/8 Neutral busbar ends 10/10, 10/20
Labeling plates, front 10/44 Neutral busbar supports 10/10, 10/20
10
I Blank 9/16, 9/23, 10/45, 10/46, 10/52, 10/57,
10/61, 10/65, 10/78, 10/85, 10/96, 10/99, Neutral busbars 9/26, 9/28, 10/10, 10/20, 12/9,
Incoming and outgoing terminals 7/24, 7/26, 7/28 10/101, 10/105 12/15
Indicator lights 7/36 for terminal width 10 mm Neutral isolating terminals 9/24, 9/25, 10/9, 10/10,
Individual components for empty enclosures 7/9 Blank 14/13 10/19, 12/8
Individual parts for cable space cover 7/41 Horizontal inscriptions 14/13 2 connecting points 12/9
11
Initiator terminals 10/22 Vertical inscriptions 14/13
Initiator/actuator terminals 10/21 for terminal width 15 mm O
Horizontal inscriptions 14/13
In-line fuse switch disconnectors One-pin plugs 10/8, 10/10, 10/13, 10/15, 10/16,
Vertical inscription
Assembly kits for 4/16, 5/14 10/17, 10/20
Custom inscriptions 14/13
Inner partitions 1/15 for terminal width 4.2 mm Ordering large quantities 4/25–4/27
Inscribed labeling plates 14/8
12
Blank 14/9 Other label accessories 14/5
Inscribed labels 14/3, 14/9 Horizontal inscriptions 14/9
Insertion profiles 9/15 Vertical inscriptions 14/9
Insta or three-tier terminals 10/18 for terminal width 5.2 mm
Insta terminals 9/27, 10/18 Blank 11/7, 11/13, 11/18, 11/21, 12/16,
Insta/three-tier terminals 10/19 13/10, 13/27, 13/37
13
Horizontal inscriptions 11/7, 11/12, 11/18,
Installation accessories 7/35
11/21, 12/4, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
Installation terminals 12/13 13/37, 14/10
for isolating function 12/15 Vertical inscriptions 11/7, 11/13, 11/18,
Standard version for N bar 12/14 11/21, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
with N isolating link 12/14 13/37, 14/10
Installation tools 2/15, 2/16
14
for terminal width 6.2 mm
Instrument isolating terminals 9/41 Blank 12/6, 12/11, 14/11
Insulation carrier 7/35 Horizontal inscriptions 11/13, 12/5, 12/11,
Insulation carriers 7/35, 14/7 13/11, 13/28, 13/34, 13/38, 14/11
for surface mounting of mounting rails 9/28 Vertical inscriptions 11/13, 12/6, 12/11,
Insulation plates 9/9, 9/28, 9/30, 9/41, 10/8 13/11, 13/28, 13/34, 13/38, 14/11
15
for terminal width 8.2 mm
Insulation stops for conductors 10/22
Blank 12/7, 12/12, 14/12
Intermediate covering strips 7/35 Horizontal inscriptions 12/6, 12/12, 14/12
Intermediate frames 7/9 Vertical inscriptions 12/7, 12/12, 14/12
Introduction to 8WH 10/25 Custom inscriptions 10/46
ISO meter support plates 7/36
Isolating blade terminals 10/60, 13/33, 13/34
Isolating plugs 10/67, 10/102, 13/36, 13/37, 13/39
Isolating terminals 9/40, 10/64, 13/36, 13/37
Siemens ET A1 · 2007
15/9
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Subject index
P S T
Paint spray cans 2/15, 3/33, 3/34, 4/20 Safety cylinder locks 1/15 Tap-off terminals 9/15
Paint sticks 2/15, 3/33, 3/34, 4/20 Screw mounting lugs 2/15, 3/33, 4/20 Terminal blocks
Partitions 1/6, 1/15, 2/16, 3/36, 4/23, 9/23 Screwdrivers 14/7, 14/14 Assembly kits for 2/9, 3/20, 3/21, 4/8, 4/9, 5/6
PE bars 2/16, 3/36, 4/22 Sealing caps 7/36 Terminal blocks for circular conductors 3/36, 4/23
PE plugs 11/29 Sealing fasteners 7/36 Terminal size 1.5 mm²
without slot for combs 11/30 Sealing frames 7/32 Actuator terminals 10/22
PE terminals 9/14 Section covers Circuit-breaker terminals 9/44
PE terminals and PEN terminals 9/14 closed 4/25 Connection modules for all PNP and NPN ter-
with cut-out section 4/26 minals 10/22
PE two-tier terminals 10/70, 10/73, 10/74, 13/32
Feeder terminals 10/22
3 connecting points 10/73 Self-tapping screws 7/33
Fuse terminals 9/35
PEN terminals 9/14 SENTRON VL/VF circuit-breakers Hybrid through-type PE terminals
Permanent links 9/15 Assembly kits for 3/27, 4/15, 5/13 Screw/insulation displacement terminals
Planning 8/4 Shield terminals 9/48, 9/49, 9/50 13/21
Plastic cable flange plates 5/18 for busbars 9/48 Spring-loaded/insulation displacement
Platform concepts 3/3 Side panels, closed 5/4 terminals 13/22
Plug-in connectors 11/23, 11/25 Siemens nameplates 2/15, 3/34, 4/21 Hybrid through-type terminals
Plug-in PE connectors 11/25 SIMBOX 63 small distribution boards 1/2–1/5 Screw/insulation displacement terminals
SIMBOX LC small distribution boards 1/9, 1/10 13/17, 13/19
Plugs 10/15, 11/27, 11/29 Spring-loaded/insulation displacement
without slot for combs 11/30 SIMBOX WP small distribution boards 1/13
terminals 13/18, 13/20
Plugs for components 9/34 Single operating mechanisms 7/37 Initiator terminals 10/22
Profile semicylinders 2/15, 3/33, 4/21, 5/18 Sleeves 1/6 Isolating terminals 13/36
Protective caps 7/33 Sliding-link terminals 10/17, 10/18 PE two-tier terminals 10/70, 13/32
Protective conductor busbars 9/52, 10/107, 11/33, Small distribution boards Plugs for components 9/34
12/18, 13/40 SIMBOX 63 1/2–1/5 Terminals for components 9/34
Pushbuttons 7/36 SIMBOX LC 1/9, 1/10 Through-type PE terminals 10/33, 13/8
SIMBOX WP 1/13 Through-type terminals 10/32, 13/7
Spacer brackets 14/6 Two-tier terminals 10/70, 13/31
Q with diode 13/31
Spacer plates 14/14
Quick-assembly kits Spacer sleeves 9/30 Terminal size 10 mm²
combined 3/16, 3/17 Spacers 14/7 Through-type PE terminals 10/42
for modular installation devices 2/6, 3/14, 3/15 with 2 clamping points 10/7
Spare keys 1/6, 4/24
for terminal blocks, modular installation de- Through-type terminals 10/41
SR60 busbar system, 60 mm with 2 clamping points 10/7
vices and fuse switch disconnectors 3/16 Assembly kits for 3/29, 4/18, 5/16
for terminal blocks, modular installation de- Terminal size 14 mm²
vices and unequipped panels 3/17 Standard busbar supports 5/20 Shield terminals 9/49
for unequipped distribution boards 2/6, 3/14– Standard locking devices 3/33 Terminal size 150 mm²
3/17 Standard mounting rail holders 4/27 Bolt-type screw terminals 9/18
partially equipped distribution boards 2/4 Standard mounting rails 3/37, 4/27, 7/33, 14/6 Flat-type terminals 9/22
Quick-fit end retainers 9/18, 14/14 Strain relief cleats 7/33 High-current terminals 9/14
Quick-release cover locks 7/33 Stud bolts 7/35 Terminal size 16 mm²
Support brackets 9/50, 12/4, 12/9, 12/15 Branch terminals 9/26
R Supports Neutral isolating terminals 9/25, 10/10
for heavy weights 4/27 Through-type PE terminals 10/42
Racks and cable space covers 7/39, 7/41 for unequipped panels 2/16, 3/35, 4/22, 4/27 with 2 clamping points 10/7
Rain guards 7/38 Surface-mounting distribution boards 1/5, 1/10 Through-type terminals 9/7, 10/42
RCCB terminals 1/6 Marshaling boxes 4/6 with 2 clamping points 10/7
Reducing combs 10/44, 10/56, 14/14 partially equipped, with quick-assembly kits
Reduction plugs 9/33, 14/6 2/4
Replacement door hinges 3/36, 4/23 SIMBOX 63 1/4
SIMBOX LC 1/9
Retaining plates
SIMBOX WP 1/13
for link rails 10/8, 10/13
Transparent doors 2/14, 3/32, 4/20
Retrofit kits 3/33 Unequipped distribution boards
Roofing plates 5/3 Flat Pack 3/6, 3/7, 4/4
Rotary handle locking devices for profile semicy- preassembled 2/5, 3/8–3/11, 4/4
linders 3/33
Rotary handles 4/21, 5/18
Round conductors, terminating terminals for 3/36
Rubber cable entries 5/19, 7/33
Siemens ET A1 · 2007
15/10
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Subject index
T (cont.)
Terminal size 2.5 mm² 11/15
Terminal size 4 mm² (cont.)
Diode terminals 9/32, 10/16
Fuse terminals 10/14, 10/55
Through-type PE terminals 9/7, 9/8, 10/5, 10/6,
10/33, 10/36, 10/39, 10/42, 10/43, 11/6, 12/3,
12/4, 13/8, 13/9
2
Branch terminals 9/24 for G fuse links 5 x 20 mm 10/55 2 connecting points 10/40
Compact isolating blade terminals 10/99 for G fuse links 6.3 x 32 mm 10/56 3 connecting points 10/41
Compact isolating terminals 10/101
Compact through-type PE terminals
2 connecting points 10/91
3 connecting points 10/91
Hybrid through-type PE terminals 10/51
Hybrid through-type terminals 10/51
2 connecting points 11/11
Insta/three-tier terminals 10/19
with 2 clamping points 10/6, 10/7
with 2 screw connections 9/6
with one screw connection 9/6
with screw connection 9/4, 9/5
3
4 connecting points 10/91 Isolating blade terminals 10/60 Through-type PEN terminals 9/7, 9/8
Compact through-type terminals Isolating terminals 10/64 Through-type terminals 9/8, 9/39, 10/32, 10/41,
2 connecting points 10/90
3 connecting points 10/90
4 connecting points 10/91
Compact two-tier PE terminals 10/104
Neutral isolating terminals 9/25, 10/9, 12/8
PE plugs 11/30
PE two-tier terminals 10/74
Plug-in connectors 11/25
10/42, 10/43, 11/5, 12/3, 12/4, 13/5, 13/7, 13/9
2 connecting points 10/34, 10/37, 10/40
3 connecting points 10/34, 10/37, 10/41
4 connecting points 10/35, 10/38
4
Compact two-tier terminals 10/104 Plug-in PE connectors 11/25 Individual terminals 9/4, 9/5, 9/6, 9/7
Diode terminals 9/33, 10/16, 10/78 Plugs 11/30 Terminal blocks 9/4, 9/5, 9/6, 9/7
Hybrid isolating blade terminals 11/18
Hybrid isolating terminals 11/21
Hybrid through-type PE terminals 10/50, 11/11
Screw/insulation displacement terminals
Terminals for components 10/15
Terminals with red LED 9/32
Through-type PE terminals 10/6, 10/39
with screw connection 9/5
with 2 clamping points 10/4, 10/5, 10/6, 10/7
with 3 clamping points 10/4, 10/6
with 4 clamping points 10/5
with sectionalizing feature 9/33
5
13/25 Through-type terminals 9/5, 12/3 with solder and plug-type connection 9/37
Spring-loaded/insulation displacement 2 connecting points 10/37 Tools 7/38
terminals 13/26
Hybrid through-type terminals 10/50, 11/10
Screw/insulation displacement terminals
13/23
3 connecting points 10/37
4 connecting points 10/38
with 2 clamping points 10/5
with 3 clamping points 10/6
Transformer terminals 9/46
Transparent doors for surface-mounting distributi-
on boards
ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/14
6
Spring-loaded/insulation displacement Two-tier terminals 9/29, 10/74
1-pole 10/12 ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/32
terminals 13/24
7
2-pole 10/12 ALPHA 630 - DIN 4/20
Hybrid two-tier terminals 11/15
Zener diode terminals 9/32 Two-pole bridges 10/8, 10/10, 10/13, 10/15,
Insta terminals 9/27
Terminal size 5 mm² 10/16, 10/17, 10/20
Installation terminals 12/14, 12/15
Isolating blade terminals 10/60, 13/34 Shield terminals 9/48 Two-tier diode terminals
Isolating terminals 10/64, 13/37 Terminal size 50 mm² with LED display 10/83
Neutral isolating terminals 9/24, 12/8 Bolt-type screw terminals 9/18 with one diode 10/81
8
PE plugs 11/29 Flat-type terminals 9/21 with two diodes 10/82
PE two-tier terminals 10/73 High-current PE terminals 9/13 Two-tier terminals 9/29, 9/32, 10/70, 10/71, 10/74,
3 connecting points 10/73 High-current terminals 9/13 13/30, 13/31
Plug-in connectors 11/25 Terminal size 6 1-pole 10/12
Plug-in PE connectors 11/25 Through-type PE terminals 9/6 2-pole 10/12
Plugs 11/29 3 connecting points 10/71
Terminal size 6 mm²
Sliding-link terminals 10/17
Through-type PE terminals 10/5, 10/36, 11/6,
12/3, 13/9
Through-type terminals 9/4, 9/33, 12/3, 13/9
Compact through-type PE terminals
2 connecting points 10/95
3 connecting points 10/95
Compact through-type terminals
gray, L at top and PE at bottom 10/72
gray, N at top and L at bottom 10/72
gray, PE at top and L at bottom 10/72
with diode 13/31
9
2 connecting points 10/34 with electronic components 9/31
2 connecting points 10/94
3 connecting points 10/34 Instrument isolating terminals 9/41
4 connecting points 10/35
with 2 clamping points 10/4
with 3 clamping points 10/4
with 4 clamping points 10/5
Isolating terminals 9/40
Neutral isolating terminals 9/25, 10/9, 12/9
Through-type PE terminals 9/6, 12/4
2 connecting points 10/40
U
Unequipped distribution boards
ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/5
10
Two-tier diode terminals 3 connecting points 10/41 ALPHA 400 - DIN
with LED display 10/83 with 2 clamping points 10/6 Flat Pack 3/6, 3/7
with one diode 10/81
with two diodes 10/82
Two-tier terminals 10/71
3 connecting points 10/71
Through-type terminals 9/6, 9/39, 12/4
2 connecting points 10/40
3 connecting points 10/41
with 2 clamping points 10/6
preassembled 3/8–3/13
ALPHA 630 - DIN
Flat Pack 4/4
preassembled 4/4, 4/5
11
gray, L at top and PE at bottom 10/72 Assembly kits 2/7–2/12, 3/19–3/30, 4/7–4/19,
Terminal size 70 mm²
gray, N at top and L at bottom 10/72 5/5–5/17
Through-type terminals 9/8
12
gray, PE at top and L at bottom 10/72 Quick-assembly kits 2/6, 3/14–3/17
Terminal size 8 mm²
Terminal size 20 mm² Unequipped panels
Shield terminals 9/48
Shield terminals 9/49 Assembly kits for 2/11, 3/23, 4/11, 5/9, 5/10
Terminal size 95 mm²
Terminal size 240 mm² Bolt-type screw terminals 9/18
Flat-type terminals 9/22 Flat-type terminals 9/21 W
High-current terminals 9/14
13
High-current PE terminals 9/14 Wall anchors 1/6
Terminal size 25 mm² High-current terminals 9/13
Flat-type terminals 9/21 PE terminals and PEN terminals 9/14 Wall mounting of distribution boards 7/37
Terminal size 35 mm² Terminal strip labels 14/5 Wall recessed boxes for flush-mounting distributi-
Shield terminals 9/50 on boards
Terminal strip markers for end retainers 14/14 ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/13
Through-type PE terminals 9/8, 10/43
Terminal strips 9/9 ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/31
Through-type PEN terminals 9/8
Through-type terminals 9/7, 10/43
Terminal size 4 mm²
Branch terminals 9/25
Compact through-type PE terminals
Terminals for components 9/34, 10/15
Terminals for fuse switch disconnectors 7/26
Terminals with red LED 9/32
Test adapters 12/9, 12/16, 14/14
SIMBOX 63 1/2
Wall-mounted distribution boards
ALPHA 160 - DIN 2/4–2/16
ALPHA 400 - DIN 3/6–3/37
14
2 connecting points 10/93 Test plugs 9/9, 9/33, 9/41, 10/11, 14/6 Wall-mounting rails 2/15, 3/33
3 connecting points 10/93
15
Test sockets 9/9, 9/30, 9/41, 14/6
4 connecting points 10/93 Three-tier terminals 10/18 Z
Compact through-type terminals Through-type and PE terminals 12/2
3 connecting points 10/92 Zener diode terminals 9/32
4 connecting points 10/93 Through-type connectors 10/67, 10/102, 13/36,
Compact through-type terminals, 2 connecting 13/37, 13/39
points 10/92
Compact two-tier PE terminals 10/105
Compact two-tier terminals 10/104
Siemens ET A1 · 2007
15/11
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
3KE4
3KE42 30-0AA 7/23 1 103 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/12 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GB1 311-4
8GB1 312-1
1/10
1/10
1
1
032
032
1
1
3
8GB1 312-4 1/10 1 032 1
8GB1 313-1
8GB1 313-4
1/10
1/10
1
1
032
032
1
1
4
8GB1 321-2 1/10 1 032 1
8GB1 321-4
8GB1 322-1
1/10
1/10
1
1
032
032
1
1
5
8GB1 322-4 1/10 1 032 1
8GB1 323-1
8GB1 323-4
1/10
1/10
1
1
032
032
1
1
6
8GB1 371-0 1/14 1 032 1
8GB1 371-1
8GB1 371-2
1/14
1/14
1
1
032
032
1
1
7
8GB1 371-3 1/14 1 032 1
8GB1 372-2
8GB1 372-3
1/14
1/14
1
1
032
032
1
1
8
8GB1 373-3 1/14 1 032 1
8GB1 374-3
8GB2
1/14 1 032 1
9
8GB2 050-0 1/15 1 032 10
8GB2 051-0
8GB2 051-1
1/15
1/15
1
1
032
032
10
10
10
8GB2 052-0 1/15 1 032 10
8GB2 052-1
8GB2 052-2
1/15
1/15
1
1
032
032
10
10
11
8GB2 053-0 1/15 1 032 10
8GB2 053-1
8GB2 055-0
1/15
1/15
1
1
032
032
10
10 12
8GB2 081-0 1/11 1 032 10
8GB2 081-1
8GB2 081-2
1/11
1/11
1
1
032
032
10
10 13
8GB2 081-3 1/11 1 032 10
8GB2 082-0
8GB2 082-1
1/11
1/11
1
1
032
032
10
10 14
8GB2 083-0 1/11 1 032 8
8GB4
8GB4 100 1/6 1 set 032 1 set 15
8GB4 378 1/6 1 set 032 1 set
Appendix
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GD6 050
8GD6 051
5/18
5/18
1
1
042
042
1/5
1/5
3
8GD6 052 5/18 1 042 1/5
8GD6 054
8GD6 055
5/18
5/18
1
1
042
042
1
1
4
8GD6 056 5/18 1 042 1
8GD6 095
8GD6 157
5/18
5/18
1
1 set
042
042
1/5
1 set
5
8GD9
8GD9 084
8GD9 132
2/15, 3/34, 4/21
3/34, 4/21
1
1
042
042
1
1/10
6
8GD9 255 5/18 1 set 042 1 set
8GD9 290
8GE3
4/24 1 042 1
7
8GE3 710-7 3/27, 4/15, 5/13 1 042 1 set
8GE3 711-0
8GE3 711-2
3/27, 4/15, 5/13
1
042
042
1 set
1 8
8GE3 711-3 4/15, 5/13 1 042 1 set
8GE3 712-1
8GE3 713-4
3/27, 4/15, 5/13
1
042
042
1
1 set 9
8GF5
8GF5 801
8GF5 802
5/20
5/20
1
1
155
155
1
1 10
8GF5 806 5/20 1 155 1
8GF5 807
8GF9
8GF9 318-2
5/20
7/27
1
1 set
155
042
1
1 set/
11
50 sets
8GF9 320-1
8GF9 324-2
7/27
1
042
042
50 sets
10
12
8GG2
8GG2 401-1
8GG2 402-1
5/3
5/3
1
1
155
155
1
1
13
8GG2 404-1 5/3 1 155 1
8GG2 406-1
8GG2 411-1
5/3
5/3
1
1
155
155
1
1
14
8GG2 412-1 5/3 1 155 1
8GG2 414-1
8GG2 416-1
5/3
5/3
1
1
155
155
1
1
15
8GG3
8GG3 004-1 5/4 1 155 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/15
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/16 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GG5
8GG5 220-0 5/20 1 155 1
3
8GG5 220-1 5/20 1 155 1
8GG5 820-0
8GG5 820-1
5/20
5/20
1
1
155
155
1 set
1 set
4
8GG5 820-3 5/20 1 155 1 set
8GG5 820-5
8GG5 821-0
5/20
5/20
1
1
155
155
1 set
1
5
8GK1
8GK1 031-1KK11
8GK1 031-1KK21
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 6
8GK1 031-1KK31 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 031-2KK11
8GK1 031-2KK21
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK1 031-2KK31 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 031-2KK41
8GK1 031-3KK11
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 8
8GK1 031-3KK21 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 031-3KK31
8GK1 031-3KK41
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 9
8GK1 031-4KK11 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 031-4KK21
8GK1 031-4KK31
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 10
8GK1 031-4KK41 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 031-5KK11
8GK1 031-5KK21
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 11
8GK1 031-5KK31 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 031-5KK41
8GK1 032-1KK11
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 12
8GK1 032-1KK21 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 032-1KK31
8GK1 032-2KK11
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 13
8GK1 032-2KK21 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 032-2KK31
8GK1 032-2KK41
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 14
8GK1 032-3KK11 2/5 1 039 1
8GK1 032-3KK21
8GK1 032-3KK31
2/5
2/5
1
1
039
039
1
1 15
8GK1 032-3KK41 2/5 1 039 1
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/18 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK1 071-1KK11
8GK1 071-1KK21
2/13
2/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK1 071-1KK31 2/13 1 039 1
8GK1 071-2KK11
8GK1 071-2KK21
2/13
2/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK1 071-2KK31 2/13 1 039 1
8GK1 071-2KK41
8GK1 071-3KK11
2/13
2/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
5
8GK1 071-3KK21 2/13 1 039 1
8GK1 071-3KK31
8GK1 071-3KK41
2/13
2/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
6
8GK1 071-4KK11 2/13 1 039 1
8GK1 071-4KK21
8GK1 071-4KK31
2/13
2/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK1 071-4KK41 2/13 1 039 1
8GK1 071-5KK11
8GK1 071-5KK21
2/13
2/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
8
8GK1 071-5KK31 2/13 1 039 1
8GK1 071-5KK41
8GK1 102-2KK12
2/13
3/6
1
1
039
039
1
1
9
8GK1 102-2KK22 3/6 1 039 1
8GK1 102-2KK32
8GK1 102-2KK42
3/6
3/6
1
1
039
039
1
1
10
8GK1 102-2KK52 3/6 1 039 1
8GK1 102-3KK12
8GK1 102-3KK22
3/6
3/6
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK1 102-3KK32 3/6 1 039 1
8GK1 102-3KK42
8GK1 102-3KK52
3/6
3/6
1
1
039
039
1
1
12
8GK1 102-4KK12 3/6 1 039 1
8GK1 102-4KK22
8GK1 102-4KK32
3/6
3/6
1
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK1 102-4KK42 3/6 1 039 1
8GK1 102-4KK52
8GK1 102-5KK12
3/6
3/7
1
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK1 102-5KK22 3/7 1 039 1
8GK1 102-5KK32
8GK1 102-5KK42
3/7
3/7
1
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK1 102-5KK52 3/7 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/19
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/20 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK1 121-4KK12
8GK1 121-4KK22
3/12
3/12
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK1 121-4KK32 3/12 1 039 1
8GK1 121-4KK42
8GK1 121-4KK52
3/12
3/12
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK1 121-5KK12 3/12 1 039 1
8GK1 121-5KK22
8GK1 121-5KK32
3/12
3/12
1
1
039
039
1
1
5
8GK1 121-5KK42 3/12 1 039 1
8GK1 121-5KK52
8GK1 121-6KK12
3/12
3/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
6
8GK1 121-6KK22 3/13 1 039 1
8GK1 121-6KK32
8GK1 121-6KK42
3/13
3/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK1 121-6KK52 3/13 1 039 1
8GK1 121-7KK12
8GK1 121-7KK22
3/13
3/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
8
8GK1 121-7KK32 3/13 1 039 1
8GK1 121-7KK42
8GK1 121-7KK52
3/13
3/13
1
1
039
039
1
1
9
8GK1 122-2KK12 3/8 1 039 1
8GK1 122-2KK22
8GK1 122-2KK32
3/8
3/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
10
8GK1 122-2KK42 3/8 1 039 1
8GK1 122-2KK52
8GK1 122-3KK12
3/8
3/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK1 122-3KK22 3/8 1 039 1
8GK1 122-3KK32
8GK1 122-3KK42
3/8
3/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
12
8GK1 122-3KK52 3/8 1 039 1
8GK1 122-4KK12
8GK1 122-4KK22
3/8
3/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK1 122-4KK32 3/8 1 039 1
8GK1 122-4KK42
8GK1 122-4KK52
3/8
3/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK1 122-5KK12 3/9 1 039 1
8GK1 122-5KK22
8GK1 122-5KK32
3/9
3/9
1
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK1 122-5KK42 3/9 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/21
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/22 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK1 131-5KK52
8GK1 131-6KK12
3/12, 6/3
3/13, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
3
8GK1 131-6KK22 3/13, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 131-6KK32
8GK1 131-6KK42
3/13, 6/3
3/13, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
4
8GK1 131-6KK52 3/13, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 131-7KK12
8GK1 131-7KK22
3/13, 6/3
3/13, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
5
8GK1 131-7KK32 3/13, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 131-7KK42
8GK1 131-7KK52
3/13, 6/3
3/13, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
6
8GK1 132-2KK12 3/8 1 043 1
8GK1 132-2KK22
8GK1 132-2KK32
3/8
3/8
1
1
043
043
1
1
7
8GK1 132-2KK42 3/8 1 043 1
8GK1 132-2KK52
8GK1 132-3KK12
3/8
3/8
1
1
043
043
1
1
8
8GK1 132-3KK22 3/8 1 043 1
8GK1 132-3KK32
8GK1 132-3KK42
3/8
3/8
1
1
043
043
1
1
9
8GK1 132-3KK52 3/8 1 043 1
8GK1 132-4KK12
8GK1 132-4KK22
3/8, 6/3
3/8, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
10
8GK1 132-4KK32 3/8, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 132-4KK42
8GK1 132-4KK52
3/8, 6/3
3/8, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
11
8GK1 132-5KK12 3/9, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 132-5KK22
8GK1 132-5KK32
3/9, 6/3
3/9, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
12
8GK1 132-5KK42 3/9, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 132-5KK52
8GK1 132-6KK12
3/9, 6/3
3/9, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
13
8GK1 132-6KK22 3/9, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 132-6KK32
8GK1 132-6KK42
3/9, 6/3
3/9, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
14
8GK1 132-6KK52 3/9, 6/3 1 043 1
8GK1 132-7KK12
8GK1 132-7KK22
3/9, 6/3
3/9, 6/3
1
1
043
043
1
1
15
8GK1 132-7KK32 3/9, 6/3 1 043 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/23
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/24 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
* Diese Menge oder ein Vielfaches dieser Menge kann bestellt werden.
Unverbindliche Preisempfehlungen
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK1 171-7KK42
8GK1 171-7KK52
3/31
3/31
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK1 302-8KK12 4/4 1 039 1
8GK1 302-8KK22
8GK1 302-8KK32
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK1 302-8KK42 4/4 1 039 1
8GK1 302-8KK52
8GK1 312-8KK12
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
5
8GK1 312-8KK22 4/4 1 039 1
8GK1 312-8KK32
8GK1 312-8KK42
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
6
8GK1 312-8KK52 4/4 1 039 1
8GK1 322-8KK12
8GK1 322-8KK22
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK1 322-8KK32 4/4 1 039 1
8GK1 322-8KK42
8GK1 322-8KK52
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
8
8GK1 323-8KK13 4/5 1 039 1
8GK1 323-8KK14
8GK1 323-8KK23
4/5
4/5
1
1
039
039
1
1
9
8GK1 323-8KK24 4/5 1 039 1
8GK1 323-8KK33
8GK1 323-8KK34
4/5
4/5
1
1
039
039
1
1
10
8GK1 323-8KK43 4/5 1 039 1
8GK1 323-8KK44
8GK1 323-8KK53
4/5
4/5
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK1 323-8KK54 4/5 1 039 1
8GK1 332-8KK12
8GK1 332-8KK22
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
12
8GK1 332-8KK32 4/4 1 039 1
8GK1 332-8KK42
8GK1 332-8KK52
4/4
4/4
1
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK1 333-8KK13 4/5 1 039 1
8GK1 333-8KK14
8GK1 333-8KK23
4/5
4/5
1
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK1 333-8KK24 4/5 1 039 1
8GK1 333-8KK33
8GK1 333-8KK34
4/5
4/5
1
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK1 333-8KK43 4/5 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/25
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/26 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK4 101-7KK22
8GK4 101-8KK12
3/15
3/15
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK4 101-8KK22 3/15 1 039 1
8GK4 102-8KK12
8GK4 102-8KK22
3/15
3/15
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK4 103-6KK12 3/16 1 039 1
8GK4 103-7KK12
8GK4 103-8KK12
3/16
3/16
1
1
039
039
1
1
5
8GK4 104-8KK12 3/16 1 039 1
8GK4 105-6KK12
8GK4 105-6KK22
3/17
3/17
1
1
039
039
1
1
6
8GK4 105-7KK12 3/17 1 039 1
8GK4 105-7KK22
8GK4 105-8KK12
3/17
3/17
1
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK4 105-8KK22 3/17 1 039 1
8GK4 106-8KK12
8GK4 106-8KK22
3/17
3/17
1
1
039
039
1
1
8
8GK4 107-6KK12 6/5 1 039 1
8GK4 301-2KK11
8GK4 301-2KK12
2/8
3/19
1
1
039
039
1
1
9
8GK4 301-2KK21 2/8 1 039 1
8GK4 301-2KK22
8GK4 301-3KK11
3/19
2/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
10
8GK4 301-3KK12 3/19 1 039 1
8GK4 301-3KK21
8GK4 301-3KK22
2/8
3/19
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK4 301-4KK11 2/8 1 039 1
8GK4 301-4KK12
8GK4 301-4KK21
3/19
2/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
12
8GK4 301-4KK22 3/19 1 039 1
8GK4 351-1KK11
8GK4 351-1KK12
2/8
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK4 351-1KK21 2/8 1 039 1
8GK4 351-1KK22
8GK4 351-1KK32
3/19, 4/7, 5/5
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK4 351-2KK11 2/8 1 039 1
8GK4 351-2KK12
8GK4 351-2KK21
3/19, 4/7, 5/5
2/8
1
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK4 351-2KK22 3/19, 4/7, 5/5 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/27
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/28 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK4 501-1KK12
8GK4 501-1KK21
3/23, 4/11, 5/9
2/11
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK4 501-1KK22 3/23, 4/11, 5/9 1 039 1
8GK4 501-1KK32
8GK4 501-2KK11
3/23, 4/11, 5/9
2/11
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK4 501-2KK12 3/23, 4/11, 5/9 1 039 1
8GK4 501-2KK13
8GK4 501-2KK21
3/24, 4/12
2/11 1 039 1
5
8GK4 501-2KK22 3/23, 4/11, 5/9 1 039 1
8GK4 501-2KK23
8GK4 501-2KK32
3/24, 4/12
8GK4 501-3KK11
8GK4 501-3KK12
2/11
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK4 501-3KK13 3/24, 4/12
8GK4 501-3KK21
8GK4 501-3KK22
2/11
1
039
039
1
1
8
8GK4 501-3KK23 3/24, 4/12
8GK4 501-3KK32
8GK4 501-3KK33
3/23, 4/11, 5/9
3/24, 4/12
1 039 1
9
8GK4 501-4KK11 2/11 1 039 1
8GK4 501-4KK12
8GK4 501-4KK21
3/23, 4/11, 5/9
2/11
1
1
039
039
1
1
10
8GK4 501-4KK22 3/23, 4/11, 5/9 1 039 1
8GK4 501-4KK32
8GK4 551-2KK11
3/23, 4/11, 5/9
2/12
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK4 551-2KK12 3/25, 4/13, 5/11 1 039 1
8GK4 552-2KK11
8GK4 552-2KK12
2/12
1
039
039
1
1
12
8GK4 553-3KK12 3/25, 4/13, 5/11 1 039 1
8GK4 554-2KK11
8GK4 554-2KK12
2/12
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK4 555-2KK11 2/12 1 039 1
8GK4 555-2KK12
8GK4 556-3KK12
3/25, 4/13, 5/11
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK4 557-3KK12 3/25, 4/13, 5/11 1 039 1
8GK4 558-3KK13
8GK4 651-2KK12
4/13, 5/11
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK4 652-2KK12 3/26, 4/14, 5/12 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/29
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/30 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK9 100-0KK01
8GK9 100-0KK02
3/33, 4/20
3/33, 4/20
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK9 100-0KK03 3/33, 4/20 1 039 1
8GK9 100-0KK10
8GK9 101-4KK01
3/33, 4/20
3/36, 4/23
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK9 101-5KK01 3/36, 4/23 1 039 1
8GK9 101-6KK01
8GK9 101-7KK01
3/36, 4/23
3/36, 4/23
1
1
039
039
1
1
5
8GK9 101-8KK01 3/36, 4/23 1 039 1
8GK9 102-8KK01
8GK9 103-0KK10
3/36, 4/23
3/36, 4/23
1
1
039
039
1
1
6
8GK9 103-0KK20 3/36, 4/23 1 039 1
8GK9 103-0KK30
8GK9 301-2KK01
3/36, 4/23
3/36, 4/23
1
1
039
039
1
1
7
8GK9 301-3KK01 3/36, 4/23 1 039 1
8GK9 400-0KK15
8GK9 400-0KK17
5/4
5/4
1 set
1 set
039
039
1 set
1 set
8
8GK9 400-0KK25 5/4 1 set 039 1 set
8GK9 400-0KK27
8GK9 400-0KK35
5/4
5/4
1 set
1 set
039
039
1
1 set
9
8GK9 400-0KK37 5/4 1 set 039 1
8GK9 400-0KK45
8GK9 400-0KK47
5/4
5/4
1 set
1 set
039
039
1 set
1
10
8GK9 501-3KK10 2/14 1 039 1
8GK9 501-3KK20
8GK9 501-3KK30
2/14
2/14
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK9 501-4KK10 2/14, 3/32 1 039 1
8GK9 501-4KK20
8GK9 501-4KK30
2/14, 3/32
2/14, 3/32
1
1
039
039
1
1
12
8GK9 501-4KK40 2/14, 3/32 1 039 1
8GK9 501-5KK10
8GK9 501-5KK20
2/14, 3/32
2/14, 3/32
1
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK9 501-5KK30 2/14, 3/32 1 039 1
8GK9 501-5KK40
8GK9 501-5KK50
2/14, 3/32
3/32
1
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK9 501-6KK10 2/14, 3/32 1 039 1
8GK9 501-6KK20
8GK9 501-6KK30
2/14, 3/32
2/14, 3/32
1
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK9 501-6KK40 2/14, 3/32 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/31
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/32 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK9 560-0KK12
8GK9 560-0KK13
3/33
2/15
1
1
039
039
1
1
3
8GK9 561-0KK00 4/21 1 039 1
8GK9 561-0KK01
8GK9 561-0KK02
4/21
4/21
1
1
039
039
1
1
4
8GK9 601-0KK10 4/25 1 039 10
8GK9 601-1KK10
8GK9 601-1KK11
4/25
4/26
1
1
039
039
10
10
5
8GK9 601-1KK20 4/25 1 039 10
8GK9 601-1KK21
8GK9 601-1KK30
4/26
4/25
1
1
039
039
10
10
6
8GK9 601-1KK31 4/26 1 039 10
8GK9 601-2KK10
8GK9 601-2KK11
4/25
4/26
1
1
039
039
10 sets
10
7
8GK9 601-2KK20 4/25 1 039 10
8GK9 601-2KK21
8GK9 601-2KK30
4/26
4/25
1
1
039
039
10
10
8
8GK9 601-2KK31 4/26 1 039 10
8GK9 601-3KK10
8GK9 601-3KK11
4/25
4/26
1
1
039
039
10
10
9
8GK9 601-3KK20 4/25 1 039 10
8GK9 601-3KK21
8GK9 601-3KK30
4/26
4/25
1
1
039
039
10
10
10
8GK9 601-3KK31 4/26 1 039 10
8GK9 601-4KK10
8GK9 601-4KK11
4/25
4/26
1
1
039
039
10
10
11
8GK9 601-4KK20 4/25 1 039 10
8GK9 601-4KK21
8GK9 601-4KK30
4/26
4/25
1
1
039
039
10
10
12
8GK9 601-4KK31 4/26 1 039 10
8GK9 651-0KK00
8GK9 671-0KK00
3/35, 4/22
3/35, 4/22
1
1
039
039
1
1
13
8GK9 711-0KK00 3/35, 4/22 1 039 1
8GK9 711-0KK01
8GK9 711-0KK03
3/35, 4/22
3/35, 4/22
1
1
039
039
1
1
14
8GK9 731-0KK10 3/35, 4/22 1 039 1
8GK9 731-0KK20
8GK9 731-0KK30
3/35, 4/22
3/35, 4/22
1
1
039
039
1
1
15
8GK9 731-0KK40 3/35, 4/22 1 039 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/33
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/34 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8GK9 910-0KK26
8GK9 910-0KK27
4/24
1
039
039
20 sets
1
3
8GK9 910-0KK30 3/35, 4/22 1 set 039 1
8GK9 910-0KK31
8GK9 910-0KK34
4/27
3/37
1
1 set
039
039
100
1
4
8GK9 910-0KK35 3/37 1 039 1
8GK9 910-0KK36
8GK9 910-0KK37
2/15, 3/33, 4/20
1 set
039
039
1 set
1 set
5
8GK9 910-1KK10 4/27 1 039 10
8GK9 910-1KK20
8GK9 910-1KK30
4/27
4/27
1
1
039
039
10
10
6
8GK9 910-1KK40 4/27 1 039 10
8GK9 910-1KK50
8GK9 910-1KK80
4/27
1 set
039
039
10
1 set
7
8GK9 910-1KK81 4/27 1 set 039 1 set
8GK9 910-1KK83
8GK9 910-1KK84
4/27
4/27
1 set
1 set
039
039
1 set
1 set
8
8GK9 910-1KK85 4/27 1 set 039 1 set
8GK9 911-0KK10
8GK9 911-0KK20
4/21
4/21
1
1
039
039
1
1
9
8GK9 911-0KK30 4/21 1 039 1
8GK9 911-0KK40
8GK9 911-0KK50
4/21
4/21
1
1
039
039
1
1
10
8GK9 912-0KK10 2/15, 3/33 1 039 1
8GK9 912-0KK20
8GK9 912-0KK30
2/15, 3/33
2/15, 3/33
1
1
039
039
1
1
11
8GK9 912-0KK40 2/15, 3/33 1 039 1
8GK9 912-0KK50
8GK9 920-0KK21
2/15, 3/33
3/35
1
1
039
038
1
10 sets
12
8GK9 920-0KK22 3/35 1 set 038 1 set
8GK9 920-0KK23
8GK9 920-0KK24
3/35
3/36, 4/23
1 set
1 set
038
038
1 set
1 set
13
8GK9 920-0KK31 3/37, 4/23 1 039 1
8GK9 998-0KK50
8GS2
4/28 1 039 1
14
8GS2 077-8 6/7 1 043 1
8GS2 078-0
8GS2 078-1
6/7
6/7
1
1
043
043
1
1 15
8GS2 078-2 6/7 1 043 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/35
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/36 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8HP1 212
8HP1 221
7/9
7/9
1
1
046
046
1
1
3
8HP1 222 7/9 1 046 1
8HP1 223
8HP1 224
7/9
7/9
1
1
046
046
1
1
4
8HP1 227 7/9 1 046 1
8HP1 232
8HP1 247
7/9
7/9
1
1
046
046
1
1
5
8HP1 257 7/19 1 046 1
8HP1 283
8HP1 284
7/9
7/23
1
1
046
046
1
1
6
8HP1 331 7/11 1 046 1
8HP1 351
8HP1 352
7/11
7/11
1
1
046
046
1
1
7
8HP1 353 7/11 1 046 1
8HP1 354
8HP1 440
7/11
7/33
1
1
046
046
1
1
8
8HP1 441 7/34 1 046 1
8HP1 442
8HP1 500
7/34
7/32
1
1
046
046
1
1
9
8HP1 511 7/32 1 046 1
8HP1 512
8HP1 513
7/32
7/32
1
1
046
046
1
1
10
8HP1 520 7/33 1 046 1
8HP1 525
8HP1 530
7/33
7/33
1
1
046
046
1
1
11
8HP1 541 7/32 1 046 1
8HP1 542
8HP1 701
7/32
7/24
1
1
046
046
1
1
12
8HP1 703 7/24 1 046 1
8HP1 704
8HP1 706
7/24
7/24
1
1
046
046
1
1
13
8HP1 707 7/24 1 046 1
8HP1 708
8HP1 724
7/24
7/26
1
1
046
046
1
1
14
8HP1 728 7/27 1 046 1
8HP1 783
8HP1 784
7/28
7/28
1
1
046
046
1
1
2.470
3.290
15
8HP1 785 7/28 1 046 1 4.100
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/37
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/38 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8HP2 157
8HP2 300
7/13
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
3
8HP2 301 7/15 1 046 1
8HP2 302
8HP2 306
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
4
8HP2 307 7/15 1 046 1
8HP2 311
8HP2 312
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
5
8HP2 313 7/15 1 046 1
8HP2 314
8HP2 315
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
6
8HP2 318 7/15 1 046 1
8HP2 320
8HP2 321
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
7
8HP2 322 7/15 1 046 1
8HP2 331
8HP2 332
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
8
8HP2 333 7/15 1 046 1
8HP2 334
8HP2 335
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
9
8HP2 405 7/18 1 046 1 yes
8HP2 410
8HP2 411
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1
yes
yes
10
8HP2 412 7/18 1 046 1 yes
8HP2 414
8HP2 416
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1
yes
yes
11
8HP2 417 7/18 1 046 1 yes
8HP2 426
8HP2 437
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1
yes
yes
12
8HP2 438 7/18 1 046 1 yes
8HP2 440
8HP2 441
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1
yes
yes
13
8HP2 442 7/18 1 046 1 yes
8HP2 443
8HP2 444
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1
yes
14
8HP2 445 7/18 1 046 1 yes
8HP2 446
8HP2 447
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1
yes
yes
15
8HP2 448 7/18 1 046 1 yes
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/39
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/40 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8HP4 311
8HP4 314
7/30
7/30
1
1
046
046
1
1
3
8HP5
8HP5 142
8HP5 144
7/13
7/13
1
1
046
046
1
1
4
8HP5 145 7/13 1 046 1
8HP5 147
8HP5 148
7/13
7/13
1
1
046
046
1
1
5
8HP5 150 7/13 1 046 1
8HP5 157
8HP5 162
7/13
7/13
1
1
046
046
1
1
6
8HP5 164 7/13 1 046 1
8HP5 166
8HP5 167
7/13
7/13
1
1
046
046
1
1
7
8HP5 170 7/13 1 046 1
8HP5 171
8HP5 172
7/13
7/13
1
1
046
046
1
1
8
8HP5 173 7/13 1 046 1
8HP5 174
8HP5 175
7/13
7/13
1
1
046
046
1
1
9
8HP5 300 7/15 1 046 1
8HP5 301
8HP5 302
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
10
8HP5 311 7/15 1 046 1
8HP5 312
8HP5 314
7/15
7/15
1
1
046
046
1
1
11
8HP5 411 7/18 1 046 1
8HP5 413
8HP5 414
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1 12
8HP5 415 7/18 1 046 1
8HP5 421
8HP5 422
7/18
7/18
1
1
046
046
1
1 13
8HP5 423 7/18 1 046 1
8HP5 424
8HP5 457
7/18
7/23
1
1
046
046
1
1 14
8HP5 458 7/23 1 046 1
8HP5 531
8HP5 532
7/11
7/11
1
1
046
046
1
1 15
8HP5 533 7/11 1 046 1
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/42 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8HP9
8HP9 000 7/38 1 046 1
3
8HP9 001 7/38 1 046 1
8HP9 002
8HP9 003
7/38
7/38
1
1
046
046
1
1
4
8HP9 004 7/38 1 046 1
8HP9 006
8HP9 007
7/38
7/38
1
1
046
046
1
1
5
8HP9 020 7/37 1 046 1
8HP9 030
8HP9 031
7/40
7/40
1
1
046
046
1
1
6
8HP9 032 7/40 1 046 1
8HP9 033
8HP9 034
7/40
7/40
1
1
046
046
1
1
7
8HP9 035 7/40 1 046 1
8HP9 036
8HP9 037
7/40
7/40
1
1
046
046
1
1
8
8HP9 038 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 040
8HP9 041
7/41
7/41
1
1
046
046
1
1
9
8HP9 042 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 045
8HP9 046
7/41
7/41
1
1
046
046
1
1
10
8HP9 057 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 058
8HP9 060
7/41
7/40
1
1
046
046
1
1
11
8HP9 061 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 062
8HP9 063
7/41
7/41
1
1
046
046
1
1 12
8HP9 064 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 065
8HP9 066
7/41
7/41
1
1
046
046
1
1 13
8HP9 067 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 071
8HP9 072
7/41
7/41
1
1
046
046
1
1 14
8HP9 073 7/41 1 046 1
8HP9 074
8HP9 075
7/41
7/41
1
1
046
046
1
1 15
8HP9 076 7/41 1 046 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/43
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Appendix
1
Order number index
8JK3 171
8JK3 172
7/26
7/26
1
1
046
046
1
1
3
8JK3 201 7/27 1 set 046 10
8JK3 281
8JK3 441
7/27
7/28
1
1
046
046
1
1
4
8JK3 544 7/26 1 046 1
8JK4
8JK4 01 7/31 1 046 1
5
8JK4 04 7/31 1 046 1
8JK4 06
8JK4 061
7/31
7/31
1
1
046
046
1
1
6
8JK4 100 7/31 1 046 1
8KG9
8KG9 910-0KK16 5/19 1 039 1
7
8KG9 910-0KK18 5/19 1 039 1
8UC6
8UC61 11-1BB10 7/37 1 103 1 8
8UC61 21-3BB10 7/37 1 103 1
8UC62 12-1BB20
8UC62 22-3BB20
7/37
7/37
1
1
103
103
1
1 9
8UC63 13-1BB30 7/37 1 103 1
8UC63 14-1BB44
8UC63 23-3BB30
7/37
7/37
1
1
103
103
1
1 10
8UC63 24-3BB44 7/37 1 103 1
8UC64 14-1BB44
8UC64 24-3BB44
8US1
7/37
7/37
1
1
103
103
1
1 11
12
8US19 21-2AA00 3/36, 4/23 100 103 100
13
8US19 21-2AD00 3/36, 4/23, 7/25 1 103 50
14
8US19 21-2BC00 3/36, 4/23, 7/25 1 103 50
15
8US19 22-2BA00 7/27 1 103 10
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/45
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/46 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WA1 011-1SF12
8WA1 011-1SF13
9/35
9/35
1
1
041
041
10
10
3
8WA1 011-1SF14 9/35 1 041 10
8WA1 011-1SF15
8WA1 011-1SF24
9/35
9/44
1
1
041
041
10
10
4
8WA1 011-1SF25 9/44 1 041 10
8WA1 011-1SF26
8WA1 011-1SF27
9/44
9/44
1
1
041
041
10
10
5
8WA1 011-1SF28 9/44 1 041 10
8WA1 011-1SF30
8WA1 011-1SF31
9/35
9/35
1
1
041
041
10
10
6
8WA1 011-1SF32 9/35 1 041 10
8WA1 011-2BG11
8WA1 011-2DG11
9/29
9/29
1
1
041
041
50
50
7
8WA1 011-2SF24 9/44 1 041 10
8WA1 011-2SF25
8WA1 011-2SF26
9/44
9/44
1
1
041
041
10
10
8
8WA1 011-2SF27 9/44 1 041 10
8WA1 011-2SF28
8WA1 011-3DF21
9/44
9/4
1
1
041
041
10
10
9
8WA1 011-3DG21 9/5 1 041 10
8WA1 011-3DH21
8WA1 011-3JF16
9/6
9/27
1
1
041
041
20
50
10
8WA1 011-3JF17 9/27 1 041 50
8WA1 011-3JF18
8WA1 011-3JF20
9/27
9/27
1
1
041
041
50
50
11
8WA1 011-4SF24 9/45 1 041 5
8WA1 011-4SF25
8WA1 011-4SF26
9/45
9/45
1
1
041
041
5
5
12
8WA1 011-4SF27 9/45 1 041 5
8WA1 011-4SF28
8WA1 011-6BG11
9/45
9/29
1
1
041
041
5
50
13
8WA1 011-6DG11 9/29 1 041 50
8WA1 011-6EG20
8WA1 011-6EG21
9/32
9/32
1
1
041
041
10
10
14
8WA1 011-6EG22 9/32 1 041 10
8WA1 011-6EG23
8WA1 011-6EG24
9/32
9/32
1
1
041
041
10
10
15
8WA1 011-6EG25 9/32 1 041 10
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/47
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WA1 811 9/5, 9/6, 9/8, 9/28, 9/29, 9/30, 9/37 1 041 50
8WA1 822-7AX01 9/4, 9/5, 9/6, 9/8, 9/28, 9/29, 9/30, 9/39, 9/40, 1 041 10
9/41
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/48 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WA1 822-7AX04
8WA1 822-7EE00
9/7, 9/8
9/34, 10/15
1
1
041
041
10
1
3
8WA1 822-7EF16 9/35, 9/36, 10/14 1 041 10/200
8WA1 822-7EF18
8WA1 822-7EF21
9/35, 9/36, 10/14
1
041
041
10
10
4
8WA1 822-7EF23 9/35, 9/36, 10/14 1 041 10
8WA1 822-7EF25
8WA1 822-7EF76
9/35, 9/36, 10/14
1
041
041
10
10
5
8WA1 822-7EF78 9/35, 9/36, 10/14 1 041 10
8WA1 822-7EF81
8WA1 822-7EF83
9/35, 9/36, 10/14
1
041
041
10
10
6
8WA1 822-7EF85 9/35, 9/36, 10/14 1 041 10
8WA1 822-7PH00
8WA1 822-7PH03
9/39, 9/40, 9/41
1
041
041
50
50
7
8WA1 822-7PH06 9/39, 9/40, 9/41 1 041 50
8WA1 822-7PH08
8WA1 822-7TH00
9/39, 9/40, 9/41
1
041
041
50
50
8
8WA1 822-7TK00 9/7, 9/9 1 041 50
8WA1 822-7VD00
8WA1 822-7VD01
9/44, 9/45
9/45
1
1
041
041
10
20
9
8WA1 822-7VD02 9/45 1 041 20
8WA1 822-7VD05
8WA1 822-7VD06
9/35, 9/36
9/44, 9/45
1
1
041
041
20
20
10
8WA1 822-7VD07 9/44, 9/45 1 041 20
8WA1 822-7VF01
8WA1 822-7VF02
9/4, 9/8
9/28
1
1
041
041
50
50
11
8WA1 822-7VF03 9/28 1 041 50
8WA1 822-7VF04
8WA1 822-7VF10
9/28
9/28
1
1
041
041
20
10
12
8WA1 822-7VF14 9/33 1 041 20
8WA1 822-7VG00
8WA1 822-7VG01
9/5, 9/8, 9/29, 9/30
9/29, 9/30
1
1
041
041
50
50
13
8WA1 822-7VH00 9/6, 9/8 1 041 50
8WA1 822-7VH01
8WA1 822-7VH10
9/39, 9/40, 9/41
1
041
041
50
50
14
8WA1 822-7VH11 9/29, 9/30, 14/6 1 041 100
8WA1 822-7VH12
8WA1 822-7VH20
9/37
9/37
1
1
041
041
50
10
15
8WA1 822-7VH22 9/39, 9/40, 9/41, 9/42 1 041 10
8WA1 825 9/4, 9/5, 9/6, 9/9, 9/27, 9/28, 9/29, 9/30, 9/39, 1 041 50
9/40, 9/41
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/49
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WA1 854 9/4, 9/5, 9/6, 9/9, 9/29, 9/30 1 041 100
8WA1 862 9/5, 9/6, 9/8, 9/28, 9/29, 9/30, 9/37 1 041 50
8WA1 868 9/9, 9/33, 9/39, 9/40, 9/41, 10/10, 10/11, 14/6 1 041 10
8WA1 890 9/4, 9/5, 9/6, 9/9, 9/29, 9/30 1 041 100
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/50 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WA2 011-1BH23
8WA2 011-1BJ23
10/6
10/7
1
1
041
041
50
20
3
8WA2 011-1BK23 10/7 1 041 20
8WA2 011-1DF20
8WA2 011-1DF30
10/4
10/4
1
1
041
041
50
10
4
8WA2 011-1DF40 10/5 1 041 10
8WA2 011-1DG20
8WA2 011-1DG30
10/5
10/6
1
1
041
041
50
10
5
8WA2 011-1DH20 10/6 1 041 50
8WA2 011-1DJ20
8WA2 011-1DK20
10/7
10/7
1
1
041
041
20
20
6
8WA2 011-1EF20 10/16 1 041 50
8WA2 011-1LF20
8WA2 011-1NG23
10/17
10/9
1
1
041
041
10
50
7
8WA2 011-1NH23 10/9 1 041 50
8WA2 011-1NK20
8WA2 011-1NK23
10/10
10/9, 10/10
1
1
041
041
20
20
8
8WA2 011-1PF20 10/5 1 041 50
8WA2 011-1PF30
8WA2 011-1PF40
10/5
10/5
1
1
041
041
10
20
9
8WA2 011-1PG20 10/6 1 041 50
8WA2 011-1PG30
8WA2 011-1PH20
10/6
10/6
1
1
041
041
10
50
10
8WA2 011-1PJ20 10/7 1 041 20
8WA2 011-1PK20
8WA2 011-1SG20
10/7
10/14
1
1
041
041
20
10
11
8WA2 011-1SG21 10/14 1 041 10
8WA2 011-1SG22
8WA2 011-1SG23
10/14
10/14
1
1
041
041
10
10
12
8WA2 011-1SG28 10/15 1 041 5
8WA2 011-2BG23
8WA2 011-2DG20
10/12
10/12
1
1
041
041
50
50
13
8WA2 011-2DG40 10/12 1 041 50
8WA2 011-3JG10
8WA2 011-3JG11
10/19
10/19, 10/20
1
1
041
041
20
20
14
8WA2 011-3JG12 10/19 1 041 20
8WA2 011-3JG16
8WA2 011-3JG17
10/19
10/19
1
1
041
041
20
20
15
8WA2 011-3JG18 10/19 1 041 20
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/51
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WA2 830 10/4, 10/5, 10/6, 10/8, 10/11, 10/12, 10/13, 1 041 20
10/15, 10/16, 10/17, 10/19, 10/20
8WA2 831 10/4, 10/5, 10/6, 10/8, 10/10, 10/12, 10/13, 1 041 50/1000
10/15, 10/16, 10/17, 10/19, 10/20
8WA2 832 10/4, 10/5, 10/6, 10/8, 10/10, 10/12, 10/13, 1 041 50
10/15, 10/16, 10/17, 10/19, 10/20
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WA2 861
8WA2 867
7/28
1
041
041
50
50
3
12/15
8WA2 868
8WA2 870
9/25, 9/26, 9/28, 10/9, 10/10, 10/20, 12/9,
12/15
1
041
041
50
50
4
8WA2 880 14/7 1 041 1
8WA7
8WA7 163 9/39, 9/40, 9/41, 9/42 1 041 10
5
8WA7 46 14/7 1 041 10
8WA7 52
8WA7 53
14/7
14/6
1
1
041
041
50
50
6
8WA7 551 14/6 1 041 1
8WA8
8WA8 800-2AY 14/2 100 041 100
7
8WA8 826-0AA 14/5 100 041 100
8WA8 826-0AB
8WA8 826-0AC
14/5
14/5
100
100
041
041
100
100
8
8WA8 846-2AY 14/5 100 041 1000
8WA8 847-@@@
8WA8 847-0XA
14/4
9/46, 14/4
100
100
041
041
100
100
9
8WA8 848-@@@ 14/4 100 041 100
8WA8 848-0XA
8WA8 848-2AY
14/4
100
041
041
100
100
10
8WA8 850-2AY 14/2 100 041 1020
8WA8 851-2AY
8WA8 853-2AY
14/2
14/2
100
100
041
041
1020
1080 11
8WA8 854-2AY 14/2 100 041 1260
8WA8 855-2AY
8WA8 860-@@@
14/2
14/3
100
100
041
041
1080
200 12
8WA8 861-@@@ 14/3 100 041 200
8WA9
8WA9 200
8WC5
9/46 1 041 100 13
14
8WC5 020 7/29, 9/24, 9/25, 9/26, 9/28, 12/9, 12/15 1 103 1
15
8WC5 027 7/29 1 103 1
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/53
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WH1
8WH1 000-0AN00 9/13 1 044 10
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH2 000-1BG38
8WH2 000-1GG08
10/55
10/55
1
1
044
044
50
50
3
8WH2 000-1HG08 10/56 1 044 50
8WH2 000-1JG38
8WH2 000-1JG68
10/55
10/55
1
1
044
044
50
50
4
8WH2 000-1MG08 10/55 1 044 50
8WH2 000-1NG38
8WH2 000-1NG68
10/56
10/56
1
1
044
044
50
50
5
8WH2 000-1RG08 10/56 1 044 50
8WH2 000-6AF00
8WH2 000-6AG00
10/64
10/64
1
1
044
044
50
50
6
8WH2 000-6CF00 10/60 1 044 50
8WH2 000-6CG00
8WH2 003-0AE00
10/60
10/32
1
1
044
044
50
50
7
8WH2 003-0AE01 10/32 1 044 50
8WH2 003-0AF00
8WH2 003-0AF01
10/34
10/34
1
1
044
044
50
50
8
8WH2 003-0AG00 10/37 1 044 50
8WH2 003-0AG01
8WH2 003-0AH00
10/37
10/41
1
1
044
044
50
50
9
8WH2 003-0AH01 10/41 1 044 50
8WH2 003-0CE07
8WH2 003-0CF07
10/33
10/36
1
1
044
044
50
50
10
8WH2 003-0CG07 10/39 1 044 50
8WH2 003-0CH07
8WH2 003-5CF00
10/41
10/78
1
1
044
044
50
50
11
8WH2 003-5DF00 10/78 1 044 50
8WH2 003-6AF00
8WH2 003-6CF00
10/64
10/60
1
1
044
044
50
50
12
8WH2 004-0AE00 10/32 1 044 50
8WH2 004-0AE01
8WH2 004-0AF00
10/32
10/35
1
1
044
044
50
50
13
8WH2 004-0AF01 10/35 1 044 50
8WH2 004-0AG00
8WH2 004-0AG01
10/38
10/38
1
1
044
044
50
50
14
8WH2 004-0CE07 10/33 1 044 50
8WH2 004-0CF07
8WH2 004-0CG07
10/36
10/39
1
1
044
044
50
50
15
8WH2 004-6AF00 10/64 1 044 50
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/55
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/56 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH2 500-0AH00
8WH2 500-0AH01
10/94
10/94
1
1
044
044
50
50
3
8WH2 500-0CF07 10/91 1 044 50
8WH2 500-0CG07
8WH2 500-0CH07
10/93
10/95
1
1
044
044
50
50
4
8WH2 500-6AF00 10/101 1 044 50
8WH2 500-6CF00
8WH2 503-0AF00
10/99
10/90
1
1
044
044
50
50
5
8WH2 503-0AF01 10/90 1 044 50
8WH2 503-0AG00
8WH2 503-0AG01
10/92
10/92
1
1
044
044
50
50
6
8WH2 503-0AH00 10/94 1 044 50
8WH2 503-0AH01
8WH2 503-0CF07
10/94
10/91
1
1
044
044
50
50
7
8WH2 503-0CG07 10/93 1 044 50
8WH2 503-0CH07
8WH2 504-0AF00
10/95
10/91
1
1
044
044
50
50
8
8WH2 504-0AF01 10/91 1 044 50
8WH2 504-0AG00
8WH2 504-0AG01
10/93
10/93
1
1
044
044
50
50
9
8WH2 504-0CF07 10/91 1 044 50
8WH2 504-0CG07
8WH2 520-0AF00
10/93
10/104
1
1
044
044
50
50
10
8WH2 520-0AF01 10/104 1 044 50
8WH2 520-0AG00
8WH2 520-0AG01
10/104
10/104
1
1
044
044
50
50
11
8WH2 520-0CF07 10/104 1 044 50
8WH2 520-0CG07
8WH3
10/105 1 044 50
12
8WH3 000-0AE00 13/7 1 044 50
8WH3 000-0AE01
8WH3 000-0AF00
13/7
13/9
1
1
044
044
50
50 13
8WH3 000-0AF01 13/9 1 044 50
8WH3 000-0CE07
8WH3 000-0CF07
13/8
13/9
1
1
044
044
50
50 14
8WH3 000-6AE00 13/36 1 044 50
8WH3 000-6AF00
8WH3 000-6CF00
13/37
13/34
1
1
044
044
50
50 15
8WH3 000-6CF01 13/34 1 044 50
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/57
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/58 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH4
8WH4 000-0AF00 12/3 1 044 50
3
8WH4 000-0AF01 12/3 1 044 50
8WH4 000-0AG00
8WH4 000-0AG01
12/3
12/3
1
1
044
044
50
50
4
8WH4 000-0AH00 12/4 1 044 50
8WH4 000-0AH01
8WH4 000-0BF00
12/4
12/8
1
1
044
044
50
50
5
8WH4 000-0BG00 12/8 1 044 50
8WH4 000-0BH00
8WH4 000-0CF07
12/9
12/3
1
1
044
044
50
50
6
8WH4 000-0CG07 12/3 1 044 50
8WH4 000-0CH07
8WH4 001-0AF00
12/4
12/14
1
1
044
044
50
50
7
8WH4 001-4CF00 12/14 1 044 50
8WH4 001-4DF00
8WH4 001-4EF00
12/14
12/14
1
1
044
044
50
50
8
8WH4 001-4FF00 12/14 1 044 50
8WH4 001-4GF00
8WH4 001-4HF00
12/14
12/14
1
1
044
044
50
50
9
8WH4 001-4MF00 12/15 1 044 50
8WH4 001-4NF00
8WH4 001-4PF00
12/14
12/15
1
1
044
044
50
50
10
8WH4 003-0BF00 12/8 1 044 50
8WH4 003-0BG00
8WH5
12/8 1 044 50
11
8WH5 000-0AF00 11/6 1 044 50
8WH5 000-0AF01
8WH5 000-0CF07
11/6
11/6
1
1
044
044
50
50 12
8WH5 004-0AF00 11/6 1 044 50
8WH5 004-0AF01
8WH5 004-0CF07
11/6
11/6
1
1
044
044
50
50 13
8WH5 100-2KF00 11/10 1 044 50
8WH5 100-2KF01
8WH5 100-2KG00
11/10
11/11
1
1
044
044
50
50 14
8WH5 100-2KG01 11/11 1 044 50
8WH5 100-3KF07
8WH5 100-3KG07
11/11
11/12
1
1
044
044
50
50 15
8WH5 103-2LF00 11/10 1 044 50
Appendix
8WH8 110-2AA05 10/45, 10/52, 10/61, 10/65, 10/78, 10/85, 100 044 100
10/96, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/13,
11/18, 11/21, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 110-3AA05 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/62, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 110-4AA05 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 111-2AA05 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 111-3AA05 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 111-4AA05 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/60 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH8 120-2AB35
11/18, 11/21, 12/4, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
7
11/18, 11/21, 12/4, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
8WH8 120-2AB45 10/45, 10/52, 10/61, 10/65, 10/78, 10/85, 100 044 100
10/95, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/12,
11/18, 11/21, 12/4, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
8WH8 120-2AB55
13/37, 14/10
12
10/95, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/12,
11/18, 11/21, 12/4, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
8WH8 120-2XA05 10/45, 10/52, 10/61, 10/65, 10/78, 10/85, 100 044 100
10/95, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/12,
13
11/18, 11/21, 12/4, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
8WH8 120-3AA15 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB15
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB25 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/61
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WH8 120-3AB35 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB45 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB55 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB65 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB75 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AB85 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3AC05 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-3XA05 10/45, 10/52, 10/56, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/5, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 120-4AA15 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB05 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB15 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB25 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB35 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB45 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB55 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB65 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB75 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AB85 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4AC05 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 120-4XA05 10/45, 10/57, 10/96, 12/6, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/62 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH8 121-1AB55
8WH8 121-1AB65
10/46, 10/75, 14/9
100
044
044
100
100
3
8WH8 121-1AB75 10/46, 10/75, 14/9 100 044 100
8WH8 121-1AB85
8WH8 121-1AC05
10/46, 10/75, 14/9
100
044
044
100
100
4
8WH8 121-1XA05 10/46, 10/75, 14/9 100 044 100
6
8WH8 121-2AB35 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/75, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
7
8WH8 121-2AB45 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/75, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
8WH8 121-2AB55
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
9
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 121-2AB65 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/75, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
10
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 121-2AB75 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/75, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 121-2AB95
8WH8 121-2AC05
13/11, 13/28, 13/32, 13/38
15
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AB25 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AB35 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/63
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WH8 121-3AB45 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AB55 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AB65 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AB75 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AB85 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3AC05 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-3XA05 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/28, 13/35,
13/38, 14/11
8WH8 121-4AB05 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB15 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB25 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB35 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB45 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB55 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB65 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB75 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AB85 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4AC05 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 121-4XA05 10/47, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/64 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH8 140-2AB45
11/18, 11/21, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
7
11/18, 11/21, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
8WH8 140-2AB55 10/45, 10/52, 10/61, 10/65, 10/78, 10/85, 100 044 100
10/95, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/13,
11/18, 11/21, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
8WH8 140-2AB65
13/37, 14/10
12
10/95, 10/99, 10/101, 10/105, 11/7, 11/13,
11/18, 11/21, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/10, 13/27,
13/37, 14/10
8WH8 140-3AB05 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3AB15 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
14
8WH8 140-3AB25 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3AB35 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
8WH8 140-3AB45
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3AB55 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/65
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WH8 140-3AB65 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3AB75 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3AB85 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3AC05 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-3XA05 10/45, 10/52, 10/57, 10/61, 10/65, 10/96, 100 044 100
10/106, 11/13, 12/6, 12/11, 13/11, 13/28,
13/34, 13/38, 14/11
8WH8 140-4AB05 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB15 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB25 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB35 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB45 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB55 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB65 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB75 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AB85 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4AC05 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 140-4XA05 10/46, 10/57, 10/96, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-2AB05 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32, 13/38, 100 044 100
14/10
8WH8 141-2AB15 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/66 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH8 141-2AB65
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
7
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 141-2AB75 10/47, 10/53, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 10/79, 100 044 100
10/83, 10/86, 11/16, 11/19, 11/22, 11/26,
11/31, 12/5, 12/10, 12/16, 13/11, 13/28, 13/32,
8WH8 141-2AB85
13/38, 14/10
8WH8 141-3AB15
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
12
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 141-3AB25 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
13
8WH8 141-3AB35 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 141-3AB45 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
14
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 141-3AB55 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
15
8WH8 141-3AB75 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 141-3AB85 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/67
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WH8 141-3AC05 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 141-3XA05 10/47, 10/53, 10/57, 10/62, 10/66, 10/76, 100 044 100
11/26, 11/31, 12/6, 12/11, 13/12, 13/29, 13/35,
13/39, 14/11
8WH8 141-4AB05 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB15 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB25 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB35 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB45 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB55 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB65 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB75 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AB85 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4AC05 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH8 141-4XA05 10/48, 10/58, 12/7, 12/12, 14/12 100 044 100
8WH9 000-0GA00 10/32, 10/33, 10/34, 10/35, 10/36, 10/44, 100 044 10
10/60, 10/61, 10/64, 10/65, 10/78, 11/10,
11/11, 11/12
8WH9 000-1GA00 10/32, 10/33, 10/34, 10/36, 10/39, 10/44, 11/6, 100 044 50
11/7
8WH9 000-1VA00 10/70, 10/71, 10/72, 10/73, 10/75, 10/81, 100 044 50
10/82, 10/83
8WH9 000-2GA00 10/32, 10/33, 10/34, 10/36, 10/39, 10/44, 100 044 50
10/60, 10/61, 10/78
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/68 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH9 000-2VA00
8WH9 000-3WA00
10/71, 10/73, 10/75
12/14, 12/15
100
100
044
044
50
50
3
8WH9 000-4GA00 10/32, 10/33, 10/35, 10/36, 10/39, 10/44, 100 044 50
8WH9 000-4LA00
10/60, 10/61
8WH9 000-6WA00
8WH9 000-7LA00
12/14, 12/15
11/25, 11/26
100
100
044
044
50
50 5
8WH9 001-0AA00 13/7, 13/8, 13/10, 13/19, 13/20, 13/21, 13/22, 100 044 50
13/27, 13/36, 13/37
8WH9 001-1AA00
8WH9 001-1BA00
13/7, 13/8, 13/10
13/31, 13/32
100
100
044
044
50
50
6
8WH9 001-1CA00 13/27 100 044 50
8WH9 001-1DA00
8WH9 001-1EA00
13/27
100
044
044
50
50
7
8WH9 001-1FA00 13/27 100 044 50
8WH9 001-2AA00
8WH9 001-2CA00
13/7, 13/8, 13/10, 13/36, 13/37
13/20, 13/27
100
100
044
044
50
50
8
8WH9 001-2DA00 13/19, 13/21, 13/22, 13/27 100 044 50
8WH9 001-4AA00
8WH9 003-0GA00
13/7, 13/8, 13/10
100
044
044
50
10
9
8WH9 003-1GA00 10/37, 10/44, 11/11, 11/12 100 044 50
8WH9 003-1JA00
8WH9 003-1KA00
10/92, 10/93, 10/95
10/104, 10/105
100
100
044
044
50
50
10
8WH9 003-1VA00 10/74, 10/75 100 044 50
8WH9 003-2GA00
8WH9 003-2HA00
10/37, 10/44
10/51, 10/52
100
100
044
044
50
50
11
8WH9 003-4GA00 10/38, 10/44 100 044 50
8WH9 003-7LA00
8WH9 003-7WA00
11/25, 11/26
100
044
044
50
50
12
8WH9 004-1GA00 10/40, 10/44 100 044 50
8WH9 004-1JA00
8WH9 004-1WA00
10/94, 10/95
12/4, 12/9
100
100
044
044
50
50
13
8WH9 004-2GA00 10/41, 10/44 100 044 50
8WH9 004-2JA00
8WH9 005-1GA00
10/94, 10/95
100
044
044
50
50
14
8WH9 006-1GA00 10/42, 10/44 100 044 50
8WH9 010-0DB02
8WH9 010-0EB02
10/70, 10/75, 14/14
1
044
044
10
10
15
13/20, 13/21, 13/22, 13/26, 13/31, 13/32,
13/34, 13/36, 13/37, 14/14
Appendix
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/70 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
1
Order number index
6
12/14, 12/17, 13/7, 13/8, 13/12, 13/17, 13/18,
13/19, 13/20, 13/21, 13/22, 13/29, 13/31,
13/32, 13/36, 13/39, 14/15
8WH9 020-6BT10
13/32, 13/36, 13/39, 14/15
8WH9 020-6CD10
13/39, 14/15
8WH9 020-6CE10
13/25, 13/26, 13/29, 13/34, 13/35, 13/37,
13/39, 14/15
14
10/58, 10/60, 10/62, 10/64, 10/66, 10/74,
10/76, 10/92, 10/97, 10/104, 10/105, 10/106,
11/11, 11/12, 11/13, 13/9, 13/12, 13/23, 13/24,
13/25, 13/26, 13/29, 13/34, 13/35, 13/37,
13/39, 14/15
15
8WH9 020-6CL10 10/37, 10/38, 10/48, 10/51, 10/53, 10/55, 1 044 10
10/58, 10/60, 10/62, 10/64, 10/66, 10/74,
10/76, 10/92, 10/97, 10/104, 10/105, 10/106,
11/11, 11/12, 11/13, 13/9, 13/12, 13/23, 13/24,
13/25, 13/26, 13/29, 13/34, 13/35, 13/37,
13/39, 14/15
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/71
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Appendix
1
Order number index
8WH9 040-1CB07
8WH9 040-1DB00
11/29
11/29
1
1
044
044
50
50
3
8WH9 040-1DB01 11/29 1 044 50
8WH9 040-1DB07
8WH9 040-1EB00
11/29
11/29
1
1
044
044
50
50
4
8WH9 040-1EB01 11/29 1 044 50
8WH9 040-1EB07
8WH9 040-1FB00
11/29
11/29
1
1
044
044
50
50
5
8WH9 040-1FB01 11/29 1 044 50
8WH9 040-1FB07
8WH9 040-1KB00
11/29
11/30
1
1
044
044
50
50
6
8WH9 040-1KB01 11/30 1 044 50
8WH9 040-1KB07
8WH9 040-1LB00
11/30
11/30
1
1
044
044
50
50
7
8WH9 040-1LB01 11/30 1 044 50
8WH9 040-1LB07
8WH9 040-1MB00
11/30
11/30
1
1
044
044
50
50
8
8WH9 040-1MB01 11/30 1 044 50
8WH9 040-1MB07
8WH9 040-3AB08
11/30
1
044
044
50
10
9
8WH9 040-3BB08 11/21, 11/22, 14/15 1 044 10
8WH9 040-3CB08
8WH9 040-3DB08
11/21, 11/22, 14/15
1
044
044
10
10
10
11
8WH9 050-0AB00 11/25 1 044 50
12
8WH9 050-0LB00 11/25 1 044 50
13
8WH9 050-2AA04 11/29, 11/30, 11/32 100 044 50
8WH9 070-0AA00 10/34, 10/37, 10/44, 10/55, 10/56, 10/60, 100 044 50
8WH9 070-0BA00
10/61, 10/64, 10/65, 11/6, 11/7, 11/10, 11/11,
11/12
8WH9 070-0DA00
8WH9 070-0GA00
10/40, 10/44, 10/94, 10/95
100
044
044
50
50
15
8WH9 070-0HA00 10/35, 10/38, 10/44, 10/60, 10/64, 10/65, 11/6, 100 044 50
11/7, 11/10, 11/11, 11/12, 11/18, 11/21
8WH9 070-0JA00 13/7, 13/8, 13/9, 13/10, 13/17, 13/18, 13/21, 100 044 50
13/22, 13/23, 13/24, 13/25, 13/26
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens ET A1 · 2007 15/73
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
8WH9 070-0KA00 10/56, 13/7, 13/8, 13/9, 13/10, 13/19, 13/20, 100 044 50
13/21, 13/22, 13/23, 13/24, 13/25, 13/26,
13/34, 13/36, 13/37
8WH9 070-0MA00 13/17, 13/18, 13/21, 13/22, 13/26, 13/31, 100 044 50
13/32
Legend:
PU Price unit
PG Price group
PS Package size
P.unit Packaging unit
1)
See Ordering Notes on page 15/2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
15/74 Siemens ET A1 · 2007
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Terms and conditions of sale and delivery
1
Export regulations
■ Terms and conditions of sale and delivery The texts of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale
and Delivery are available free of charge from your local Sie-
2
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software mens business office under the following Order Nos.:
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol- • 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi-
tions for supplies and services, including software products, by
any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger-
many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
(for customers based in Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
(for customers based outside of Germany)
3
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms or download them from the Internet
apply exclusivelyfor orders placed with Siemens AG.
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System) 4
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical ■ Export regulations
and Electronics Industry” shall apply.
For software products, the “„General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations. 5
a Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
6
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall
apply.
For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
AL Number of the German Export List
Products marked other than “N” require an export
license.
7
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. In the case of software products, the export des-
ignations of the relevant data medium must also
General
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger-
man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are
subject to a European or German export authori-
8
apply to devices for export. zation when being exported out of the EU.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
ECCN Export Control Classification Number.
Products marked other than “N” are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
9
these are subject to change without prior notice.
In the case of software products, the export
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “ECCN“ not equal to “N”
10
are subject to a US re-export authorization.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold, if the respective ba-
Even without a label or with an “AL: N” or “ECCN: N”, authoriza-
tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
11
sic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These sur- The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
charges will be determined based on the official price and the
12
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
metal factor of the respective product.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release or- A&D/VuL_mit MZ/En 05.09.06
der.
13
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products. An exact explanation of
the metal factor can be found on the page entitled “Metal sur-
14
charges”.
15
Appendix
Notes
Appendix
Notes
Appendix
Notes
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives Catalog Industrial Communication for Catalog
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD Automation and Drives IK PI
• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Low-Voltage
Automation Systems for Machine Tools Controls and Distribution – LV 1
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Controls and Distribution – LV 1 T
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61 Technical Information
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
Drive Systems SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60
Variable-Speed Drives SIVENT Fans LV 65
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, D 11 SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1 Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 D 12
Medium-Voltage Converters Process Instrumentation and Analytics
SINAMICS S120 Drive Converter Systems D 21.1 Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3 Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Positioners and Liquid Meters
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2
Technology, HT-direct PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
DC Motors DA 12 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
Converters SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
Cabinet Units PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 Components for the System Integration
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
Micro Automation
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Process Control System
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Process Control System
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1 pc-based Automation ST PC
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60 SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO SIMATIC Sensors FS 10
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors SIPOS Electric Actuators
• Drive System SINAMICS S120 Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1 Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2
Systems Engineering
Electrical Installation Technology
Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
PDF: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and ET A1
Distribution Boards, Terminal Blocks System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3
BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection ET B1 System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
interactive catalog CA 01
GAMMA Building Controls ET G1
TELEPERM M Process Control System
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80 PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
© Siemens AG 2007
Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 18302 | KG 1006 576 En / 703063 | © Siemens AG 2006
www.siemens.com/e-installation